Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K

(Mark One)    

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                to                               

Commission File Number 001-32722



INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State of incorporation)
  95-2848406
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

380 Madison Avenue, New York, New York
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

10017
(Zip Code)
(212) 588-4000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value
(Title of class)

 

New York Stock Exchange
(Name of exchange on which registered)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: None



         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act)

Yes  o     No  ý

Aggregate market value of the voting stock
held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant at June 30, 2011:
$570,290,213
  Number of shares outstanding of the
Registrant's Class of common stock
at February 17, 2012:
39,105,643

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

         Proxy Statement relating to the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (incorporated, in part, in Form 10-K Part III)

   


2011 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
 
Page
 

  Forward Looking Statements     ii  

PART I

 

Item 1.

  Business     1  

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors     9  

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments     18  

Item 2.

  Properties     18  

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings     19  

Item 4

  Mine Safety Disclosures     19  

PART II

 

Item 5.

  Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     20  

Item 6.

  Selected Financial Data     23  

Item 7.

  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     23  

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     49  

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     51  

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     100  

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures     100  

Item 9B.

  Other Information     102  

PART III

 

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     102  

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation     102  

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     102  

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     102  

Item 14.

  Principal Accounting Fees and Services     102  

PART IV

 

Item 15.

  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     103  

        Investment Technology Group, ITG, the ITG logo, AlterNet, ITG Algorithms, ITG List-Based Algorithms, ITG Net, ITG Single-Stock Algorithms, ITG TCA, POSIT, POSIT Alert, POSIT Marketplace and Triton are registered trademarks or service marks of the Investment Technology Group, Inc. companies. ITG Derivatives, ITG Smart Router and MATCH Now are trademarks or service marks of the Investment Technology Group, Inc. companies.

i


Table of Contents

PRELIMINARY NOTES

        When we use the terms "ITG," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our," we mean Investment Technology Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        In addition to the historical information contained throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, there are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements regarding our expectations related to our future financial position, results of operations, revenues, cash flows, dividends, financing plans, business and product strategies, competitive positions, as well as the plans and objectives of management for future operations, and all expectations concerning securities markets, client trading and economic trends are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as "may," "might," "will," "should," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "potential" or "continue" and the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology.

        Although we believe our expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions and beliefs, and on information currently available to our management, there can be no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements herein include, among others, general economic, business, credit and financial market conditions, internationally and nationally, financial market volatility, fluctuations in market trading volumes, effects of inflation, adverse changes or volatility in interest rates, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, evolving industry regulations, changes in tax policy or accounting rules, the actions of both current and potential new competitors, changes in commission pricing, potential impairment charges related to goodwill and other long-lived assets, rapid changes in technology, errors or malfunctions in our systems or technology, cash flows into or redemptions from equity mutual funds, ability to meet liquidity requirements related to the clearing of our customers' trades, customer trading patterns, the success of our products and service offerings, our ability to continue to innovate and meet the demands of our customers for new or enhanced products, our ability to successfully integrate companies we have acquired, our ability to attract and retain talented employees and our ability to achieve cost savings from our cost reduction plans.

        Certain of these factors, and other factors, are more fully discussed in Item 1A, Risk Factors , Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which you are encouraged to read.

        We disclaim any duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the filing of this report to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations and we do not intend to do so. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the filing of this report.

ii


Table of Contents


PART I

Item 1.    Business

        Investment Technology Group, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 22, 1983. Its principal subsidiaries include: (1) ITG Inc., AlterNet Securities, Inc. ("AlterNet") and ITG Derivatives LLC ("ITG Derivatives"), institutional broker-dealers in the United States ("U.S."), (2) Investment Technology Group Limited ("ITGL"), an institutional broker-dealer in Europe, (3) ITG Australia Limited ("ITG Australia"), an institutional broker-dealer in Australia, (4) ITG Canada Corp. ("ITG Canada"), an institutional broker-dealer in Canada, (5) ITG Hong Kong Limited ("ITG Hong Kong"), an institutional broker-dealer in Hong Kong, (6) ITG Software Solutions, Inc., our intangible property, software development and maintenance subsidiary in the U.S., and (7) ITG Solutions Network, Inc., a holding company for ITG Analytics, Inc., a provider of pre- and post- trade analysis, fair value and trade optimization services, ITG Investment Research, Inc. ("ITG Investment Research"), a provider of independent data-driven investment research, and The Macgregor Group, Inc. ("Macgregor"), a provider of trade order management technology and network connectivity services for the financial community.

        Our website can be found at http://www.itg.com . We are not including the information contained on our website as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We make available free of charge through our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

        ITG is an independent research and execution broker that partners with global portfolio managers and traders to provide unique data-driven insights throughout the investment process. From investment decision through to settlement, ITG helps clients understand market trends, improve performance, mitigate risk and navigate increasingly complex markets. A leader in electronic trading since launching the POSIT crossing network in 1987, ITG takes a consultative approach in delivering the highest quality institutional liquidity, execution services, analytical tools and proprietary research. The firm is headquartered in New York with offices in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region.

        Our reportable operating segments are: U.S. Operations, Canadian Operations, European Operations and Asia Pacific Operations (see Note 24, Segment Reporting , to the consolidated financial statements, which also includes financial information about geographic areas). The U.S. Operations segment provides trade execution, trade order management, network connectivity and research services. The Canadian Operations segment provides trade execution, network connectivity and research services. The European Operations segment provides trade execution, trade order management, network connectivity and research services and includes a technology research and development facility in Israel. The Asia Pacific Operations segment provides trade execution, network connectivity and research services.

Products and Services

        ITG offers a wide range of solutions for asset managers in the areas of market intelligence, liquidity, platforms and analytics. These offerings include investment research as well as trade execution services and solutions for portfolio management, pre-trade analytics, and post-trade analytics and processing, summarized below. Each product is offered in the U.S. and certain other jurisdictions, as further described in the section entitled Non-U.S. Operations .

1


Table of Contents

Market Intelligence

ITG Investment Research

        ITG provides unique, unbiased, data-driven equity research through its ITG Investment Research subsidiary. This offering has expanded ITG's client relationships beyond the trading desk to chief investment officers, portfolio managers and analysts. Through the use of innovative data mining and analysis, as well as detailed analysis of energy asset plays, ITG Investment Research identifies the key metrics that may influence a company's future performance. ITG Investment Research currently provides research on approximately 300 companies in more than 20 industry verticals.

ITG Market Research

        ITG Market Research offers market research capabilities to corporate clients within the healthcare and telecom industries. The healthcare market research practice combines survey results with proprietary empirical data to deliver innovative syndicated and custom reporting capabilities. The telecom research practice triangulates multiple proprietary data sources to provide insights into the mobile handset market in North America.

Liquidity Management

        ITG trade execution services include self-directed and high-touch agency trading in cash equities (including single stocks and portfolio lists), futures and options and many foreign exchange pairs.

ITG Algorithms and ITG Smart Router

        ITG Algorithms and ITG Smart Router offer portfolio managers and traders a way to trade orders quickly, comprehensively and cost-efficiently from any ITG Execution Management System ("EMS") or ITG Order Management System ("OMS"), ITG's high-touch trading desk and certain third-party trading platforms. The algorithms tap into liquidity, while remaining anonymous, thereby potentially lowering market impact costs and improving overall performance. ITG Algorithms also integrate with ITG Smart Trading Analytics and ITG Transaction Cost Analysis to create a feedback mechanism for greater execution efficiency.

        ITG Algorithms help users pursue best execution through two suites: ITG Single Stock Algorithms and ITG List-Based Algorithms. ITG Single Stock Algorithms access dark liquidity while simultaneously using scheduled or opportunistic strategies. ITG List-Based Algorithms manage dollar or sector imbalance, total trading risk or tracking error using automated portfolio trading with integrated dark pool access.

        ITG Smart Router offers an alternative to routing trades that can help capture blocks of liquidity with a combination of speed and confidentiality. This router continuously scans markets for liquidity with an emphasis on capturing the quote without posting the order. ITG Smart Router uses a proprietary algorithm to quickly and directly exhaust all available quantities at the best available price level in all destinations before moving on to the next level.

POSIT

        ITG's POSIT was launched in 1987 as a scheduled electronic trade matching system. The POSIT suite currently provides anonymous continuous matching of non-displayed equity orders to minimize market impact and may provide opportunities for price improvement within the National Best Bid and Offer ("NBBO").

        POSIT Marketplace provides access to rich, diverse liquidity, is useful for all trading styles and is especially valuable for trading large blocks and small, illiquid names. POSIT Marketplace is the single

2


Table of Contents

source to access POSIT liquidity, the dark pools of other providers, and unplaced shares from the trading blotters of POSIT Alert participating clients. POSIT Marketplace uses dark pool aggregation technology to provide clients with simplified access to an expanded range of liquidity destinations and incorporates advanced liquidity filter technology to help ensure that clients are protected from gaming and are only interacting with quality liquidity.

        POSIT Alert leverages crossing opportunities in the trading systems of participating clients and has the ability to access trading opportunities before they enter the market. POSIT Alert scans uncommitted shares on participating client trading systems. When a crossing opportunity is detected, the relevant POSIT Alert users are notified that an opportunity exists. POSIT Alert offers a way to access a reserve of hidden liquidity with minimal information leakage. POSIT Alert is accessed via the Triton EMS or via an integrated link to ITG liquidity from the trade blotter of most third-party EMSs and OMSs.

Commission Management Services

        ITG offers guidance, administration, and consolidation of client commission arrangements across the range of preferred brokerage and research providers of our clients using ITG Commission Manager, an automated web-based commission management portal.

Platforms

Execution Management and Order Management

        ITG EMSs are designed to meet the needs of disparate trading styles. Triton is ITG's award-winning, multi-asset and broker-neutral EMS, which brings a complete set of integrated execution and analytical tools to the user's desktop for global, list-based and single stock trading, as well as futures and options capabilities. Triton Derivatives is a broker-neutral direct access EMS that provides traders with access to scalable, low-latency, multi-asset trading opportunities.

        ITG OMS combines portfolio management, compliance functionality (ITG Compliance Monitoring System), trading and post-trade processing (ITG Trade Operations Outsourcing), and a fully integrated and supported financial services communications network (ITG Net) with a consolidated, outsourced service for global trade matching and settlement (ITG Trade Operations Outsourcing) that provides connectivity to the industry's post-trade utilities, support for multiple, flexible settlement communications methods and a real-time process monitor.

ITG Net

        ITG Net is a global financial communications network that provides secure, reliable and fully-supported connectivity between buy-side and sell-side firms for order routing and indication of interest messages. ITG Net supports more than 11,000 connections to over 500 trading destinations worldwide. ITG Net also integrates the trading products of third-party brokers and alternative trading systems ("ATSs") into our OMS and EMS platforms.

ITG Single Ticket Clearing

        ITG's commitment to best execution platforms also extends to broker-neutral operational services to help ensure that trades clear and settle efficiently, and to significantly lower the transaction costs associated with trade tickets. ITG Single Ticket Clearing is a broker-neutral service that aggregates executions across multiple destinations for settlement purposes. Single Ticket Clearing helps reduce the number of trade tickets and resulting charges imposed by custodians, reducing the growing costs of trade processing due to market fragmentation.

3


Table of Contents

Analytics

ITG Trading Analytics

        The ITG Smart Trading Analytics suite enables portfolio managers and traders to improve execution performance before the trade happens (pre-trade) and during trading (real-time) by providing reliable portfolio analytics and risk models that help them perform predictive analyses, manage risk, change strategy and reduce trading costs. Trading costs are affected by multiple factors, such as execution strategies, time horizon, volatility, spread, volume and order size. ITG Smart Trading Analytics gauges the effects of these factors and aids in the understanding of the trade-off between market impact and opportunity cost.

        ITG Transaction Cost Analysis ("TCA") offers unique measurement and reporting capabilities to analyze costs and performance across the trading continuum. ITG TCA assesses trading performance and implicit costs under various market conditions, so users can adjust strategies, and potentially both reduce costs and boost investment performance.

        ITG Alpha Capture Reporting measures cost at every point of the investment process and provides portfolio managers with quarterly analytical reviews, written interpretations and on-site consultative recommendations to enhance performance.

ITG Portfolio Analytics

        ITG provides market-leading tools to assist asset managers with portfolio decision-making tasks from portfolio construction and optimization to the enterprise challenges of global, real-time portfolio compliance monitoring and the fair valuation of securities.

        ITG Portfolio Fair Value Service helps mutual fund managers meet their obligations to investors and regulators to fairly price the securities within their funds, and helps minimize the impact of market timing.

        ITG Portfolio Optimization System allows portfolio managers to develop new portfolio construction strategies and solve complex optimization problems. ITG Portfolio Optimization System allows users to accurately model tax liability, transaction costs and long/short objectives, while adhering to diverse portfolio-specific constraints.

Non-U.S. Operations

        ITG has established a strong and growing presence in key financial centers around the world to serve the needs of global institutional investors. In addition to its New York headquarters and its Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles and San Francisco offices in the U.S., ITG has additional North American offices in Toronto and Calgary, Canada. In Europe, ITG has offices in London, Dublin and Paris. ITG also has a development center in Tel Aviv. In Asia Pacific, ITG has offices in Sydney, Melbourne, Hong Kong and Singapore. Local representation in regional markets provides an important competitive advantage for ITG.

Canadian Operations

        ITG Canada was founded in 2000 and ranks in the Top 10 investment dealers in Canada. ITG Canada provides high-touch agency execution and portfolio trading services, ITG Algorithms, ITG Smart Router, Triton, Triton Derivatives, POSIT Alert, ITG Portfolio Optimization System, ITG Smart Trading Analytics, ITG Investment Research and ITG TCA, while connectivity services are provided through ITG Net. ITG Canada also engages in principal trading activities. ITG Canada's customers primarily consist of asset and investment managers, broker-dealers and hedge funds.

4


Table of Contents

        In July 2007, ITG Canada launched MATCH Now, an alternative marketplace for Canadian-listed equities, operated by ITG's wholly-owned subsidiary, TriAct Canada Marketplace LP ("TriAct"). MATCH Now is Canada's largest dark pool, offering continuous execution opportunities within a fully confidential non-displayed book, providing automatic price improvement within the Canadian NBBO.

European Operations

        ITG Europe was established as a broker-dealer in 1998. Today, ITG Europe focuses on executing European, Middle Eastern and African equities as well as providing ITG's technologies to its clients. ITG Europe operates POSIT, a Multilateral Trading Facility ("MTF") and POSIT Alert. Other execution systems and services available include ITG Algorithms, ITG Smart Router, Triton, ITG Trade Operations Outsourcing and high-touch agency execution and portfolio trading services. ITG's suite of analytical products and services, with a focus primarily on ITG TCA, ITG Alpha Capture Reporting and ITG Smart Trading Analytics, are also available in Europe. Connectivity services are provided through ITG Net. ITG Europe's customers primarily consist of asset and investment managers and broker-dealers.

Asia Pacific Operations

    Australia

        In 1997, ITG launched ITG Australia, an institutional brokerage firm specializing in execution and analytics for Australia and New Zealand equities. ITG provides institutional investors with a range of ITG's products and services including trade execution, pre-and post-trade analysis through ITG TCA and ITG Smart Trading Analytics. Execution services are provided via high-touch agency trading and through ITG Algorithms and Triton. Connectivity services are provided through ITG Net.

    Hong Kong

        In 2001, ITG formed ITG Hong Kong, an institutional broker-dealer focused on developing and applying ITG's technologies across the Asian markets. ITG Hong Kong manages global trading into a number of markets across the region including Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand. Execution services are provided via an experienced high-touch agency trading services team and also through ITG Algorithms and Triton. Trading analysis tools, including ITG TCA and ITG Smart Trading Analytics are also available across most Asian markets. Connectivity services are provided through ITG Net.

    Singapore

        In 2010, ITG Singapore obtained a Capital Markets Services License from the Monetary Authority of Singapore. ITG Singapore provides institutional investors in Singapore with a range of ITG's products and services including execution management through Triton and trading analysis through ITG TCA and ITG Smart Trading Analytics.

Competition

        The financial services industry generally, and the institutional securities brokerage business in which we operate, are extremely competitive, and we expect them to remain so for the foreseeable future. Our extensive suite of products does not directly compete with a particular firm; however, individual products compete with various firms and consortia:

    Our trading analytics and our research products compete with several sell side-affiliated and independent companies.

5


Table of Contents

    Our POSIT suite competes with various national and regional securities exchanges, ATSs, Electronic Communications Networks, MTFs, and systematic internalizers for trade execution services. These destinations have proliferated in recent years. These include traditional ATSs, as well as sell side consortia and exchange-sponsored crossing systems.

    Our execution management systems, order management system and algorithmic trading products compete with offerings from independent vendors, agency-only firms and other sell-side firms.

    Our full range of domestic and international high-touch agency execution and portfolio trading services compete with trading desks at large sell-side firms.

    Our ITG Net business competes with managed network providers, which include certain order management system providers as well as firms offering stand-alone managed network services.

    Our ITG Investment Research offering competes with the research divisions of large and regional sell-side firms as well as a number of independent research firms.

Regulation

        Certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities regulations and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. In the U.S., the SEC is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws, with the regulation of broker-dealers primarily delegated to self-regulatory organizations ("SROs"), principally the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") as well as other national securities exchanges. In addition to federal and SRO oversight, securities firms are also subject to regulation by state securities administrators in those states in which they conduct business. Furthermore, our non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to regulation by central banks and regulatory bodies in those jurisdictions where each subsidiary is authorized to do business, as further discussed below. The SROs, central banks and regulatory bodies conduct periodic examinations of our broker-dealer subsidiaries in accordance with the rules they have adopted and amended from time to time.

        ITG's principal regulated subsidiaries are listed below. The principal self-regulator of all our U.S. broker-dealers is FINRA.

    ITG Inc. is a U.S. broker-dealer registered with the SEC, FINRA, The NASDAQ Stock Market ("NASDAQ"), New York Stock Exchange, NYSE Arca, Inc. ("ARCA"), American Stock Exchange ("AMEX"), BATS X-Exchange, Inc. ("BATSX"), BATS Y-Exchange, Inc., Chicago Stock Exchange Inc., EDGA Exchange, Inc. ("EDGA"), EDGX Exchange, Inc. ("EDGX"), NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc. ("NASDAQ BX"), NASDAQ OMX PHLX, Inc. ("NASDAQ OMX PHLX"), National Stock Exchange, National Futures Association ("NFA"), Ontario Securities Commission ("OSC"), all 50 states, Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia.

    ITG Derivatives is a U.S. broker-dealer registered with the SEC, FINRA, AMEX, ARCA, BATSX, BATSY, EDGA, EDGX, Chicago Board Options Exchange, C2 Options Exchange Incorporated, International Securities Exchange, NASDAQ, NASDAQ BX, NASDAQ OMX PHLX, Commodities and Futures Trading Commission, NFA and 28 states.

    AlterNet is a U.S. broker-dealer registered with the SEC, FINRA, NASDAQ, EDGA, EDGX and 13 states.

    ITG Canada is a Canadian broker-dealer registered as an investment dealer with the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada ("IIROC"), the OSC, the Autorité Des Marchés Financiers in Quebec, Alberta Securities Commission, British Columbia Securities Commission, Manitoba Securities Commission, New Brunswick Securities Commission, Nova Scotia Securities Commission and Saskatchewan Financial Services Commission. ITG Canada is also registered as a Futures Commission Merchant in Ontario and Manitoba and Derivatives Dealer in Quebec.

6


Table of Contents

      ITG Canada is a member of the Toronto Stock Exchange ("TSX"), TSX Venture Exchange, the Canadian National Stock Exchange and the Montreal Exchange. TriAct operates MATCH Now, an ATS under National Instrument 21-101 and is registered as an investment dealer with IIROC, the OSC and the Alberta Securities Commission.

    ITG Australia is a market participant of the Australian Securities Exchange ("ASX"), Chi-X Australia and a holder of an Australian Financial Services License issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC"). ITG Australia's principal regulators are the ASX and ASIC.

    ITG Europe refers to ITG Ventures Limited, ITGL and/or its wholly-owned subsidiary Investment Technology Group Europe Limited ("ITGEL"). ITGL and ITGEL are authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland ("CBoL") under the European Communities (Markets in Financial Instruments) Regulations 2007. ITGL is a member of the London Stock Exchange, Deutsche Börse and Euronext and operates the POSIT crossing system in Europe as an MTF under the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive ("MiFID"). ITGEL's London Branch is registered with the Financial Services Authority and ITGEL's Paris branch is registered with the Banque de France.

    ITG Hong Kong is a participating organization of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and a holder of a securities dealer's license issued by the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong ("SFC"), with the SFC acting as its principal regulator.

    ITG Singapore is a holder of a Capital Markets Services License from the Monetary Authority of Singapore ("MAS"), with the MAS acting as its principal regulator.

        Broker-dealers are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities trading business, including sales methods, trade practices, investment research distribution, use and safekeeping of clients' funds and securities, capital structure, record-keeping and conduct of directors, officers and employees. Additional legislation, changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules may directly affect the mode of operation and profitability of broker-dealers. The SEC, SROs, state securities commissions and foreign regulatory authorities may conduct administrative proceedings, which can result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer, its directors, officers or employees. The principal purpose of regulation and discipline of broker-dealers is the protection of investors and the securities markets, rather than the protection of creditors and stockholders of broker-dealers.

        ITG Inc., AlterNet, and ITG Derivatives are required by law to belong to the Securities Investor Protection Corporation ("SIPC"). In the event of a U.S. broker-dealer's insolvency, the SIPC fund provides protection for client accounts up to $500,000 per customer, with a limitation of $100,000 on claims for cash balances. ITG Canada and TriAct are required by Canadian law to belong to the Canadian Investors Protection Fund ("CIPF"). In the event of a Canadian broker-dealer's insolvency, CIPF provides protection for client accounts up to CAD $1 million per customer. ITGL and ITGEL are required to be members of the Investor Compensation Protection Schemes which provides compensation to retail investors in the event of certain stated defaults by an investment firm. ITG Hong Kong is regulated by the SFC. The SFC operates the Investor Compensation Fund which provides compensation to retail investors. ITG Australia is obligated to contribute to the ACH Clearing Fund and/or the National Guarantee Fund if and when requested by the ASIC. In the past twelve months, no such requests have been made of ITG Australia.

Regulation ATS

        Regulation ATS permits "alternative trading systems" such as POSIT to match orders submitted by buyers and sellers without having to register as a national securities exchange. Accordingly, POSIT is

7


Table of Contents

not registered with the SEC as an exchange. We continue to review and monitor POSIT's systems and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation ATS.

Net Capital Requirement

        ITG Inc., AlterNet and ITG Derivatives are subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1) under the Exchange Act, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital.

        ITG Inc. has elected to use the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that ITG Inc. maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions. AlterNet, and ITG Derivatives have elected to use the basic method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that they maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of 6 2 / 3 % of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000 and $1,000,000, respectively.

        For further information on our net capital position, see Note 19, Net Capital Requirement , to the consolidated financial statements.

Research and Product Development

        We devote a significant portion of our resources to the development and improvement of technology-based services. Important aspects of our research and development efforts include enhancements of existing software, the ongoing development of new software and services and investment in technology to enhance our efficiency.

        The amounts expensed for research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are estimated at $47.5 million, $49.1 million and $43.1 million, respectively.

Intellectual Property

        Patents and other proprietary rights are important to our business. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations, and licensing opportunities to maintain and improve our competitive position. We review third-party proprietary rights, including patents and patent applications, as available, in an effort to develop an effective intellectual property strategy, avoid infringement of third-party proprietary rights, identify licensing opportunities, and monitor the intellectual property claims of others.

        We own a portfolio of patents that principally relate to financial services. We also own and maintain a portfolio of trademarks. Patents for individual products extend for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. The extent and duration of trademark rights are dependent upon national laws and use of the trademarks.

        While we consider our patents and trademarks to be valued assets, we do not believe that our competitive position is dependent on patent or trademark protection or that our operations are dependent upon any single patent or group of related patents.

        It is our practice to enter into confidentiality and intellectual property ownership agreements with our clients, employees, independent contractors and business partners, and to control access to, and distribution of, our intellectual property.

Clients

        For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, no single client accounted for more than 5% of our consolidated revenue.

8


Table of Contents

Employees

        As of December 31, 2011, the Company employed 1,118 staff globally, of which 775, 83, 156 and 104 staff were employed by the U.S., Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations, respectively.

Availability of Public Reports

        Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K are available without charge on our website at http://investor.itg.com . You may also obtain copies of our reports without charge by writing to: ITG, 380 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017, Attn: Investor Relations.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

Certain Factors That May Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        While our management's long term expectations are optimistic, we face risks or uncertainties that may affect our financial condition and results of operations. The following conditions, among others, should be considered in evaluating our business and growth outlook.

Decreases in equity trading volumes by domestic equity funds or declining securities prices could harm our business and profitability.

        Declines in the volume of equity securities traded by domestic equity funds would generally result in lower revenues from our trading solutions, which generate the majority of our revenues globally. In addition, securities' price declines would adversely affect our non-North American trading commissions, which are based on the value of transactions. The demand for our trading solutions is directly affected by factors such as economic, regulatory and political conditions that may lead to decreased trading activity and prices in the securities markets in the U.S. and in all of the foreign markets we serve. Over the past several years, trading volumes and market values have fluctuated significantly and may continue to do so. Increased risk aversion brought about by the financial crisis of 2008 and the resulting global recession, ongoing concerns over sovereign debt levels and the U.S. "flash crash" in May 2010 resulted in a significant flow of funds out of domestic equity funds, thereby curtailing their trading activity, which has weighed heavily on our average daily volumes and the use of our higher value services. While there is a historical correlation between recovering share prices and the flow of money back into equity funds, there is uncertainty as to when a real, sustainable recovery in domestic institutional equity activity will materialize, as well as the extent to which it will recover.

Decreases in our commission rates and other transactional revenues could adversely affect our operating results.

        For the last several years, the institutional equities markets have experienced continued pricing pressure on commission rates, and we experienced a significant decrease in our overall average commission rate in recent years. Reduced activity from our active fund manager clients has also resulted in a shift in the mix of our business to include an increased portion from higher-turnover lower-rate clients, particularly sell-side firms and active quantitative investors. We anticipate a continuation of the competitive commission pricing environment for the foreseeable future due to the proliferation of electronic execution firms and the bundling of commissions and other services. A significant decrease in commission rates or revenue capture from further mix shifts or from rate reductions within client segments could materially reduce our margins and harm our financial condition and operating results.

9


Table of Contents

Our fixed costs may result in reduced profitability or losses.

        We incur significant operating and capital expenditures to support our business that do not vary directly, at least in the short term, with fluctuations in executed transaction volumes and revenues. In addition, changes in market practices have required us, and may require us in the future, to invest in additional infrastructure to increase capacity levels without a corresponding increase in revenues. To ensure that we have the capacity to process projected increases in transaction volumes, we have historically made substantial capital, operating and research expenditures in advance of such projected increases, including during periods of low revenues. In the event of a material reduction in trade executions and/or revenues, we may not be able to reduce such expenses quickly and, as a result, we could experience reduced profitability or losses. In the event that growth in executed volumes does not occur or we are not able to successfully implement and monetize our capital and research projects, including by failing to accurately forecast the demand for new products and by failing to effectively deploy new products and decommission legacy products, the expenses related to such investments could cause reduced profitability or losses.

A further reduction in our profitability or in our share price may require us to record additional impairment charges related to goodwill and such charges may be large and have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        At December 31, 2011, we had goodwill of $274.3 million on our consolidated balance sheet, representing 41% of our stockholders' equity. Goodwill is assessed annually for impairment in the fourth quarter and between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. During 2011, ongoing indicators of potential impairment caused us to continue to perform goodwill impairment tests at the end of each quarterly interim period. These indicators included a prolonged decrease in our market capitalization, a decline in our recent operating results in comparison to prior years, and the significant near-term uncertainty related to both the global economic recovery and the outlook for our industry. As part of our June 30, 2011 interim test, we determined that $225 million of goodwill related to our U.S. operations was impaired. If there is a further reduction in our profitability or in industry market multiples, we may be required to record additional impairment charges on goodwill. Since goodwill comprises a substantial portion of our balance sheet, such charges could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The price of our common stock may be volatile, which may impact our ability to attract and retain clients and limit the amount of strategic investments we can make.

        The periodic reporting of earnings and associated disclosures in this challenging environment for our business may result in significant fluctuations in the price of our stock and limit the extent to which our clients want to rely on us for core trading infrastructure and services. In addition, our ability to grow the Company through acquisitions and strategic initiatives may be negatively impacted by the dilutive effect of a low stock price and the need to preserve short-term profitability levels that are acceptable to stockholders.

A failure in the design, operation or configuration of our technology could adversely affect our profitability and reputation.

        A technological failure or error of one or more of our products or systems, including but not limited to POSIT Marketplace, our algorithms, smart routers, and order and execution management systems, could result in lost revenues and/or significant market losses. We operate complex trading systems, analytical products and algorithms that may fail to correctly model interacting or conflicting trading objectives, unusual market conditions, available trading venues and other factors, which may cause unintended results. Similarly, the operation and configuration of our systems can be quite

10


Table of Contents

complex and departure from standard procedures can result in adverse trading outcomes. Such problems could cause us to incur trading losses, lose clients or experience other reputational harm resulting in lost revenues and profits. While we put our products through rigorous quality assurance testing and certifications, we cannot test for all potential scenarios or ensure that the technology will function as designed and intended in all cases.

If we fail to keep up with rapid changes in technology and continue to seek to provide leading products and services to our customers, our results of operations could be negatively impacted.

        The institutional brokerage industry is subject to rapid technological change and evolving industry standards. Our customers' demands become greater and more sophisticated as the dissemination of products and information to customers increases. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demand for new services, products and technologies, innovate in a timely and cost-effective manner and adapt to technological advancements and changing standards, we may be unable to compete effectively, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Many of our competitors have significantly greater resources than we do to fund such technological advances. Moreover, the development of technology- based services is a complex and time-consuming process. New products and enhancements to existing products can require long development and testing periods. Budgetary constraints on funding new product initiatives in the current environment, significant delays in new product releases, failure to meet key deadlines or significant problems in creating new products could negatively impact our revenues and profits.

Insufficient system capacity, system operating failures, disasters or security breaches could materially harm our reputation, financial position and profitability.

        Our business relies heavily on the computer and communications systems supporting our operations, which must monitor, process and support a large volume of transactions across numerous execution venues in many countries and multiple currencies. As our business expands, we will need to expand our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions across a larger client base and more geographical locations. In addition, certain changes in market practices may require us to invest in infrastructure to increase capacity levels. Unexpectedly high volumes or times of unusual market volatility could cause our systems to operate slowly, decrease output or even fail for periods of time, as could general power or telecommunications failures, natural disasters or other business disruptions. The presence of computer viruses can also cause failure within our systems. If any of our systems do not operate properly, are disabled, breached or attacked by hackers or other disruptive problems, we could incur financial loss, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage. System failure, degradation, breach or attack could adversely affect our ability to effectuate transactions and lead our customers to file formal complaints with industry regulatory organizations, initiate regulatory inquiries or proceedings, file lawsuits against us, trade less frequently through us or cease doing business with us.

        Our corporate headquarters and largest concentration of employees and technology is in the New York metropolitan area. Our other offices are also located in major cities around the globe. If a business system disruption were to occur, especially in New York, for any reason including widespread health emergencies, natural disasters or terrorist activities, and we were unable to execute our disaster recovery plan, it could have a material effect on our business. Moreover, we have varying levels of disaster recovery plan coverage among our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

        Our business relies on the secure storage, processing and transmission of data, including our clients' confidential data, in our internal systems and through our vendor networks and communications infrastructure. Third parties who are able to breach or disrupt our, or our vendors' security systems may be able to cause system damage or failures or perform unauthorized trading that could result in significant losses. Although we take significant precautions and implement protective measures, which

11


Table of Contents

are updated and monitored regularly, there is no guarantee that our systems can prevent all unauthorized access or that our third party vendors will be able to secure their networks and systems. If our or one of our vendors' security is breached and unauthorized access is obtained to the confidential information of our clients, it could cause us reputational harm and our clients may then reduce or cease their use of our services, which would adversely impact our results of operations.

        Any system, operational or security failure or breach could result in regulatory or legal claims. We could incur significant costs in defending such regulatory or legal claims, even those without merit. Moreover, such failures could result in the need to remediate issues and repair or expand our networks and systems. Any obligation to expend significant resources to defend claims or repair and expand infrastructure could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on certain third party vendors for key services.

        We depend on a number of third parties to supply elements of our trading systems, computers, market and research data, data centers, FIX connectivity, communication network infrastructure, other equipment and related support and maintenance. We cannot be certain that any of these providers will be willing and able to continue to provide these services in an efficient and cost-effective manner or that they will be willing or able to meet our evolving needs. Moreover, we are dependent on our communications network providers for interconnectivity with our clients, markets and clearing agents to service our customers and operate effectively. If our vendors fail to meet their obligations, provide poor, inaccurate or untimely service, or we are unable to make alternative arrangements for the supply of these services, we may fail, in turn, to provide our services or to meet our obligations to our customers and our business, financial condition and our operating results could be materially harmed.

Our securities and clearing business exposes us to material liquidity risk.

        We are self-clearing in the U.S., Hong Kong and Australia. In those markets, we may be required to provide considerable additional capital to regulatory agencies or increase margin deposits with clearing and settlement organizations, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation or Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation in the U.S., especially during periods of high market volatility. In addition, regulatory agencies may require these clearing and settlement organizations to increase the level of margin deposit requirements. We rely on our excess cash and certain established credit facilities to meet those demands. While we have historically met requests for additional margin deposits, there is no guarantee that our excess cash and our established credit facilities will be sufficient for future needs, particularly if there is an increase in requirements. There is also no guarantee that these established credit facilities will be extended beyond their expiration.

        In addition, each of our broker-dealer subsidiaries worldwide is subject to regulatory capital requirements promulgated by the applicable regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. The failure by any of these subsidiaries to maintain its required regulatory capital may lead to suspension or revocation of its broker-dealer registration and its suspension or expulsion by its regulatory body. Historically, all regulatory capital needs of our broker-dealers have been provided by cash from operations. However, if cash from operations, together with existing financing facilities are not sufficient, we may not be able to obtain additional financing.

Our business exposes us to credit risk that could affect our operating results and profitability.

        We are exposed to credit risk from third parties that owe us money, securities or other obligations, including our customers and trading counterparties. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons, and we could be held responsible for such defaults. In addition, client trading errors which they are unable to cover may cause us to incur financial losses. Volatile securities markets, credit markets and regulatory changes

12


Table of Contents

may increase our exposure to our customers' credit profiles, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. While our broker-dealer subsidiaries that are not self-clearing have clearing agreements with their clearing brokers who review the credit risk of trading counterparties, we have no assurances that those reviews or our own are adequate to provide sufficient protection from this risk.

We may incur material losses on foreign exchange transactions entered into on behalf of clients and be exposed to material liquidity risk due to counterparty defaults or errors.

        We enable clients to settle cross-border equity transactions in their local currency through the use of foreign exchange contracts. These arrangements typically involve the delivery of securities or cash to a counterparty that is not processed through a central clearing facility in exchange for a simultaneous receipt of cash or securities. ITG may operate as either a principal or agent in these transactions. As a result, a default by one of our counterparties prior to the settlement of their obligation could materially impact our liquidity and have a material adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, we are exposed to operational risk. Employee and technological errors in executing, recording or reporting foreign exchange transactions may result in material losses due to the large size of such transactions and the underlying market risk in correcting such errors.

As a clearing member firm in certain jurisdictions we are subject to significant default risk.

        We are required to finance our clients' unsettled positions from time to time and we could be held responsible for the defaults of our clients. Default by our clients may also give rise to our incurring penalties imposed by execution venues, regulatory authorities and settlement systems. Although we regularly review our credit exposure, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that may be difficult to detect or foresee. In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions that could in turn adversely affect us.

Our operations in jurisdictions other than the U.S., Hong Kong and Australia are dependent on their clearing agents and any failures by such clearing agents could materially impact our business and operating results.

        Certain of our international operations are dependent on agents for the clearance and settlement of securities transactions. If our agents fail to properly facilitate the clearance and settlement of our customer trades, we could be subject to financial, legal and regulatory risks and costs that may impact our business and operating results. In addition, it could cause our clients to reduce or cease their trading with us, which would adversely affect our revenues and financial results.

        Moreover, certain of our agreements with clearing agents may be terminated upon short notice. There is no guarantee that we could obtain alternative services in a timely manner and any interruption of the normal course of our trading and clearing operations could have a material impact on our business and results of operations.

We incur limited principal trading risk.

        A limited portion of our revenues, primarily from our Canadian Operations, is derived from principal trading, including arbitrage trading and the net spread on foreign exchange contracts executed to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies. As a result of this trading, we may incur losses relating to the purchase or sale of securities for our own account. Although we attempt to close out all of our positions by the end of the day, we bear the risk of market fluctuations and we may incur losses due to changes in the prices of such securities. Any principal gains or losses resulting from these positions could have a disproportionate effect, positive or negative, on our revenues and profits.

13


Table of Contents

The business in which we operate is extremely competitive worldwide.

        Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, which, among other things, enable them to compete with the services we provide on the basis of price, including lowering prices for certain of our key services to gain business in their higher margin areas, and a willingness to commit their firms' capital to service their clients' trading needs on a principal, rather than on an agency basis. Many of them offer a wider range of services, have broader name recognition, and have larger customer bases than we do. Some of our competitors have long-standing, well-established relationships with their clients, and also hold dominant positions in their trading markets. Moreover, new entrants may enter the market with alternative methods of providing trade execution and related services, and existing competitors often launch new initiatives. Many of our competitors have undertaken measures to link various electronic trading systems and platforms in an effort to attract order flow to off-exchange venues and increase internal executions.

        Although we believe that our products and services have established certain competitive advantages, our ability to maintain these advantages will require continued enhancements to our products, investment in the development of our services, additional marketing activities and enhanced customer support services. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make this investment, that our competitors will not devote significantly more resources to competing services or that we will otherwise be successful in maintaining our market position. If competitors offer superior services, our market share would be affected and this would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

We face certain challenges and risks to our international business that may adversely affect our strategy.

        Global client coverage is a key component of our business plan. We have invested significant resources in our foreign operations and the globalization of our products and services. However, there are certain risks inherent in the operation of our business outside of the U.S., including but not limited to, additional regulatory capital requirements, less developed technology and infrastructure and higher costs for infrastructure. These risks may limit our ability to provide services to clients in certain markets. There also may be difficult processes for obtaining regulatory approvals. This could result in delays in our global business plans, difficulties in staffing foreign operations and adapting our products to foreign markets, practices and languages, exchange rate risks and the need to meet foreign regulatory requirements. Each of these could force us to alter our operational plans and this may adversely impact our strategy.

We incur risks related to our international business due to currency exchange rate fluctuations that could impact our financial results and financial position.

        A significant amount of our business is conducted in foreign currencies. Conducting business in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar subjects us to exchange rate fluctuations. These fluctuations can materially impact our financial results.

We are dependent on certain major customers and a decline in their use of our services could materially impact our revenues.

        Our customers may discontinue their use of our trading services at any time. The loss of any significant customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

14


Table of Contents

        The chart below sets forth our dependence on our three largest clients individually, as well as on our ten largest clients in the aggregate, expressed as a percentage of total revenues:

 
  % of Total Consolidated Revenue  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Largest customer

    2.9 %   2.8 %   2.6 %

Second largest customer

    2.0 %   2.0 %   2.1 %

Third largest customer

    1.7 %   1.7 %   2.0 %

Ten largest customers

    15.4 %   15.8 %   16.3 %

The securities markets and the brokerage industry in which we operate globally are subject to extensive, evolving regulation that could materially impact our business.

        We currently operate the POSIT suite in the U.S. under Regulation ATS, our European operations are subject to MiFID and we must comply with the requirements of the U.S. PATRIOT Act and its foreign equivalents for monitoring our customers and suspicious transactions. Moreover, most aspects of our broker- dealer operations are highly regulated, such as sales and reporting practices, operational compliance, capital requirements and licensure of employees. Accordingly, we face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities in all jurisdictions in which we conduct business, such as the SEC and FINRA in the U.S. and their equivalents in other countries. As we expand our business, we may be exposed to increased and different types of regulatory requirements and it may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market.

        In the future, we may become subject to new regulations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing regulations, which may adversely affect our business. Also, regulatory changes that impact how our customers conduct their business may impact our business and results of operations. The current U.S. administration and other members of the U.S. federal government and other governments outside of the United States have indicated that they are considering new regulatory requirements for the financial services industry. We cannot predict the extent to which any future regulatory changes would affect our business.

        In 2011, the SEC approved several rule changes, including but not limited to, Securities Exchange Act Rule 13h-1 ("Large Trader Rule"). The Large Trader Rule imposes new filing requirements on market participants that conduct substantial trading activity in exchange-listed securities, and new record keeping, reporting, and monitoring requirements on broker-dealers. In addition, the SEC may approve several rules proposed by national securities exchanges and FINRA to address certain of the factors that led to the May 6, 2010 Flash Crash, including but not limited to, rules implementing new "Market Wide Circuit Breakers" and "Limit Up—Limit Down" mechanisms meant to address market volatility in U.S. equity markets. Moreover, the SEC could adopt the Consolidated Audit Trail rule that it proposed on May 26, 2010, which would require SROs to establish an order trail reporting system that would enable regulators to track, on a real time basis, information related to trading orders received and executed across the securities markets. Compliance with certain of these adopted or proposed laws, rules or regulations has caused us, and could cause us, to incur significant costs.

        In addition, new regulatory obligations have been proposed pertaining to markets outside of the United States which may have a material impact upon our business model. In Europe, these include proposed changes to MiFID (MiFID II) and draft legislation, proposed separately by both the European Commission and the French government, seeking to impose taxes on financial transactions. In Canada, such proposed regulations include the Canadian Securities Administrator's proposal to require certain minimum price improvement in dark liquidity pools.

        Finally, the February 18, 2011 report by the Joint CFTC-SEC Advisory Committee on Emerging Regulatory Issues included, among other things, a recommendation that U.S. regulators implement a

15


Table of Contents

version of a "Trade-At" rule that would prohibit any trading center (e.g. any exchange, OTC market maker, ATS) from executing an order at the NBBO unless the trading center was displaying that price at the time that it received the incoming order. One of the potential effects of such a rule would be to require trading centers that do not display orders to improve the market price by at least some minimum amount when executing orders. If implemented as recommended, such "Trade-At" rule could have a negative impact on our revenues, including from net executions.

If we are unable to obtain unique sources of data to create our differentiated research product we could see a reduction in revenues and profitability.

        Our investment research product leverages data derived from, among other sources, industry data providers and Web harvesting technology. If there is a limitation on the availability of data from these sources or if new regulations or laws restrict their use in investment research products, the quality of our research product could be negatively impacted along with the amount of revenue and profitability we derive from this offering.

We could be subject to challenges by U.S. and foreign tax authorities that could result in additional taxes and penalties.

        We are subject to income and other taxes in each jurisdiction in which we operate. We are also subject to reviews and audits by U.S. and foreign tax authorities. Our determination of our tax obligations in each jurisdiction requires us and our advisers to make judgment calls and estimations. Our determination may differ, even materially, from the judgment of the tax authorities and therefore cause us to incur additional taxes and related interest and penalties, which could impact our financial results.

Inability to protect our intellectual property may result in increased competition, loss of business or other negative results on our business and financial condition.

        Our success is dependent, in part, upon our proprietary intellectual property. We generally rely upon patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets to establish and protect our rights in our proprietary technology, methods, products and services. We cannot assure that any of the rights granted under any patent, copyright or trademark that we may obtain will protect our competitive advantages. A third party may still try to challenge, invalidate or circumvent the protective mechanisms that we select. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S., so we cannot predict our ability to properly protect our intellectual property in those jurisdictions. Third parties operating in jurisdictions in which we have not filed for protection may obtain rights in intellectual property that we have protected in the U.S. and other jurisdictions or may be able to misappropriate our intellectual property with impunity.

        There can be no assurance that we will be able to protect our proprietary intellectual property from improper disclosure or use, or that others will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology without violating our intellectual property. Violations of our intellectual property by third parties could have an adverse effect on our competitiveness and business. In addition, the cost of seeking to enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

If we were to unknowingly infringe third party intellectual property or be accused of doing so without merit, we would bear significant costs of defense and litigation, which could impact our financial results.

        In the past several years, there has been a proliferation of patents applicable to the computer and financial services industries. Under current law, U.S. patent applications remain secret for 18 months and may, depending on how they are prosecuted, remain secret until the issuance of a patent. In light

16


Table of Contents

of these factors, it is not always possible to determine in advance whether any of our products or services may infringe the present or future patent rights of others. From time to time, we may receive notices from others of claims or potential claims of intellectual property infringement or we may be called upon to defend our product, customer, vendee or licensee against such third party claims. Responding to these kinds of claims, regardless of merit, could consume valuable time and result in costly litigation that could have a material adverse effect on us. Such claims could also result in our entering into royalty or licensing agreements with the third parties claiming infringement on terms that could have a material impact on our profitability.

Financial and operational problems with our acquisitions and strategic initiatives could have a material impact on our results of operation.

        Over the last several years, we have undertaken several strategic acquisitions, including the acquisitions of RedSky Financial, LLC (now ITG Derivatives), Majestic Research Corp. and Ross Smith Energy Group, Ltd., as well as various organic strategic initiatives. We intend to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions and strategic initiatives. Acquisitions entail numerous risks, including but not limited to difficulties in valuing the acquired businesses, combining personnel and firm cultures, integrating acquired products, services and operations, achieving anticipated synergies that were inherent in our valuation assumptions, the assumption of unknown material liabilities of acquired companies and the potential loss of key clients or employees of acquired companies. We may also have clients, with whom we have established trading relationships that seek to utilize the products and services of acquired companies without increasing the amount of revenue they pay us. Strategic initiatives such as foreign exchange execution may be important to our business prospects and we may not be able to successfully execute such initiatives. If we are unable to successfully complete acquisitions and integrate the acquired businesses, if we suffer a material loss due to an acquired business or if we fail to execute strategic initiatives, we may not achieve appropriate levels of return on these significant investments and it may have a material effect on our operating results.

Our business could be adversely affected by our inability to attract and retain talented employees, including sales, technology and development professionals.

        Our business operations require highly specialized knowledge of the financial industry and of technological innovation as it applies to the financial industry. If we are unable to hire or retain the services of talented management, sales, research, technology and development professionals, we would be at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, recruitment and retention of qualified staff could result in substantial additional costs.

Misconduct and errors of our employees could cause us reputational and financial harm.

        Employee errors in recording or executing transactions for customers can cause us to enter into transactions that customers may disavow and refuse to settle. These transactions expose us to risk of loss, which can be material, until we detect the errors in question and unwind or reverse the transactions. As with any unsettled transaction, adverse movements in the prices of the securities involved in these transactions before we unwind or reverse them can increase this risk. We may incur losses as a result of these transactions that could materially impact our financial results.

        In addition to trading errors, other employee errors or misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors or misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of customers or improper use of confidential information. Such misconduct could result in losses, litigation or other material adverse effects on the Company.

17


Table of Contents

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be effective and may leave us exposed to unidentified or unexpected risks.

        We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational, technological, compliance and legal reporting systems, internal controls, management review processes and other mechanisms. Our policies, procedures and practices used to identify, monitor and control a variety of risks may fail to be effective. As a result, we face the risk of losses, including, for example, losses resulting from trading errors, customer defaults, fraud and money-laundering. Our risk management methods rely on a combination of technical and human controls and supervision that are subject to error and failure.

        Internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations. Therefore, internal control over financial reporting determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Moreover, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As such, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which may have a material adverse effect on our stock price.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

        None

Item 2.    Properties

U.S. Operations

        Our principal offices are located at 380 Madison Avenue in New York, New York, where approximately 101,000 square feet of office space is currently being leased pursuant to coterminous leases expiring in January 2014. We occupy an additional 11,000 square feet of office space in New York City pursuant to lease agreements expiring in June 2012.

        A technology research, development, sales and technical support services facility is maintained in Los Angeles, California where we occupy approximately 54,000 square feet of office space at 400 Corporate Pointe pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in December 2016.

        We have a regional office in Boston, Massachusetts where approximately 54,000 square feet of office space is occupied pursuant to a lease expiring in May 2021.

        We also have additional regional offices in Chicago, Illinois where we occupy approximately 10,300 square feet under a lease agreement expiring in October 2013, and in San Francisco, California where we occupy approximately 5,200 square feet under lease agreements expiring in April 2012 and February 2017.

Canadian Operations

        ITG Canada has an office in Toronto where we occupy approximately 19,900 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease expiring in December 2016.

European Operations

        ITG Europe has offices in Dublin, Ireland and London, England where we occupy approximately 5,000 and 9,000 square feet of office space, respectively. The Dublin space is leased pursuant to an

18


Table of Contents

agreement that expires in February 2013, and the London space is leased pursuant to an agreement that expires in September 2013. ITG Europe also has a regional office in Paris, France.

        We also have a technology research facility in Tel Aviv, Israel where approximately 13,500 square feet of office space is occupied pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in February 2014.

Asia Pacific Operations

        ITG Australia has offices in Melbourne and Sydney, where we occupy approximately 8,816 and 4,136 square feet of office space, respectively pursuant to leases expiring in February 2013.

        ITG Hong Kong occupies approximately 7,500 square feet of office space in Hong Kong pursuant to a lease that expires in September 2012. We also have a regional office in Singapore.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

        We are not a party to any pending legal proceedings other than claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

        Not applicable

19


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Data

        Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol "ITG".

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of the high and low closing sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NYSE.

 
  High   Low  

2010:

             

First Quarter

    21.22     16.27  

Second Quarter

    18.30     16.06  

Third Quarter

    15.79     13.29  

Fourth Quarter

    16.65     13.97  

2011:

             

First Quarter

    19.75     16.32  

Second Quarter

    18.73     13.38  

Third Quarter

    14.10     9.79  

Fourth Quarter

    12.12     9.24  

        On February 17, 2012, the closing sales price per share for our common stock as reported on the NYSE was $10.68. On February 17, 2011, we believe that our common stock was held by approximately 7,764 stockholders of record or through nominees in street name accounts with brokers.

        In July 2010, ITG's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 4.0 million shares. In October 2011, ITG's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 4.0 million shares. These authorizations have no expiration date. As of December 31, 2011, there were 3.9 million shares available for repurchase under ITG's stock repurchase program.

        During 2011, the Company repurchased approximately 3.3 million shares of our common stock at a cost of approximately $44.9 million, which was funded from our available cash resources. Of these shares, approximately 3.0 million were purchased under our Board of Directors' authorization for a total cost of $38.9 million (average cost of $13.09 per share). An additional 369,099 shares ($6.0 million) pertained solely to the satisfaction of minimum statutory withholding tax upon the net settlement of equity awards.

        The following table sets forth our stock repurchase activity during 2011, including the total number of shares purchased, the average price paid per share, the number of shares repurchased as part of a publicly announced plan or program, and the number of shares yet to be purchased under the plan or program.

20


Table of Contents


ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Period
  Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Repurchased
(a)
  Average
Price Paid per
Share (or Unit)
  Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Repurchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
  Maximum Number
of Shares (or Units)
that May Yet
Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs
 

From: January 1, 2011

                         

To: January 31, 2011

    92,404   $ 16.79         2,896,840  

From: February 1, 2011

                         

To: February 28, 2011

    499,548     18.85     354,500     2,542,340  

From: March 1, 2011

                         

To: March 31, 2011

    350,023     18.45     320,000     2,222,340  

From: April 1, 2011

                         

To: April 30, 2011

    11,402     16.97         2,222,340  

From: May 1, 2011

                         

To: May 31, 2011

    320,000     15.31     320,000     1,902,340  

From: June 1, 2011

                         

To: June 30, 2011

    20,000     14.89     20,000     1,882,340  

From: July 1, 2011

                         

To: July 31, 2011

    27,142     11.00         1,882,340  

From: August 1, 2011

                         

To: August 31, 2011

    731,934     10.99     730,000     1,152,340  

From: September 1, 2011

                         

To: September 30, 2011

    220,000     10.68     220,000     932,340  

From: October 1, 2011

                         

To: October 31, 2011

    253,086     11.19     207,900     4,724,440  

From: November 1, 2011

                         

To: November 30, 2011

    817,760     10.47     801,800     3,922,640  

From: December 1, 2011

                         

To: December 31, 2011

                3,922,640  
                     

Total

    3,343,299   $ 13.43     2,974,200        
                     

(a)
This column includes the acquisition of 369,099 shares of common stock from employees in order to satisfy minimum statutory withholding tax requirements upon settlement of equity awards.

        We have not paid a cash dividend to stockholders during any period of time covered by this report. Our policy is to retain earnings to finance the operations and expansion of our businesses and to return capital to stockholders through repurchases. As a result, we currently have no intention of paying cash dividends on common stock.

21


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

        The following line graph compares the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock against the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 index and the mean of the NASDAQ Other Finance Index and the AMEX Securities Broker/Dealer Index, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2011.

GRAPHIC

22


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

        The selected Consolidated Statements of Operations data and the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition data presented below for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2011, are derived from our consolidated financial statements. Such selected financial data should be read in connection with the consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Total revenues

  $ 572,037   $ 570,754   $ 633,069   $ 762,983   $ 730,999  

Total expenses

    778,665     521,421     556,618     567,457     542,131  
                       

(Loss) income before income tax expense

    (206,628 )   49,333     76,451     195,526     188,868  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (26,839 )   25,353     33,617     80,884     77,761  
                       

Net (loss) income

  $ (179,789 ) $ 23,980   $ 42,834   $ 114,642   $ 111,107  

Basic (loss) earnings per share

  $ (4.42 ) $ 0.56   $ 0.98   $ 2.64   $ 2.52  
                       

Diluted (loss) earnings per share

  $ (4.42 ) $ 0.55   $ 0.97   $ 2.61   $ 2.48  
                       

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in millions)

    40.7     42.8     43.5     43.5     44.0  

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in millions)

    40.7     43.5     44.0     44.0     44.8  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Data:
($ in thousands)

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

Total assets

  $ 2,178,069   $ 2,530,853   $ 1,703,103   $ 1,685,453   $ 2,100,887  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 284,188   $ 317,010   $ 330,879   $ 352,960   $ 183,757  

Total debt

  $ 25,603   $   $ 46,900   $ 119,400   $ 233,900  

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 671,114   $ 870,068   $ 867,700   $ 787,380   $ 704,295  

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

Overview

        ITG is an independent research and execution broker that partners with global portfolio managers and traders to provide unique data-driven insights throughout the investment process. From investment decision through settlement, ITG helps clients understand market trends, improve performance, mitigate risk and navigate increasingly complex markets. A leader in electronic trading since launching the POSIT crossing network in 1987, ITG takes a consultative approach in delivering the highest quality institutional liquidity, execution services, analytical tools and proprietary research. ITG is headquartered in New York with offices in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region.

        Our reportable operating segments are: U.S. Operations, Canadian Operations, European Operations and Asia Pacific Operations (see Note 24, Segment Reporting, to the consolidated financial statements, which also includes financial information about geographic areas). The U.S. Operations segment provides trade execution, trade order management, network connectivity and research services. The Canadian Operations segment provides trade execution, network connectivity and research services. The European Operations segment provides trade execution, trade order management, network connectivity and research services and includes a technology research and development facility in Israel. The Asia Pacific Operations segment provides trade execution, network connectivity and research services.

23


Table of Contents

    Sources of Revenues

        Our revenues consist of commissions and fees, recurring and other.

        Commissions and fees are derived primarily from (i) commissions charged for trade execution services (including those to satisfy research obligations), (ii) income generated on net executions, whereby equity orders are filled at different prices within or at the NBBO and (iii) commission sharing arrangements between ITG Net (our private value-added FIX-based financial electronic communications network) and third-party brokers and ATSs whose trading products are made available to our clients on our OMS and EMS applications and for our ITG Single Ticket Clearing settlement aggregation services. Because commissions are earned on a per-transaction basis, such revenues fluctuate from period to period depending on (a) the volume of securities traded through our services in the U.S. and Canada, (b) the contract value of securities traded in Europe and the Asia Pacific region and (c) our commission rates. Certain factors that affect our volumes and contract values traded include: (x) macro trends in the global equities markets that affect overall institutional equity trading activity, (y) competitive pressure, including pricing, created by a proliferation of electronic execution competitors and (z) potential changes in market structure in the U.S. and other regions. In addition to share volume, revenues from net executions are also impacted by the width of spreads within the NBBO. Trade orders are delivered to us from our OMS and EMS products and other vendors' products, direct computer-to-computer links to customers through ITG Net and third-party networks and phone orders from our customers.

        Recurring revenues are derived from the following primary sources: (i) connectivity fees generated through ITG Net for the ability of the sell-side to receive orders from, and send indications of interest to, the buy-side, (ii) software and analytical products and services, (iii) maintenance and customer technical support for our OMS and (iv) subscription revenue generated from the usage of our investment research.

        Other revenues include: (i) income from principal trading, including the net spread on foreign exchange contracts executed to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies, (ii) the net interest spread earned on securities borrowed and loaned matched book transactions, (iii) non-recurring professional services, such as one-time implementation and customer training related activities, (iv) investment and interest income, (v) interest income on securities borrowed in connection with customers' settlement activities and (vi) market gains/losses resulting from temporary positions in securities assumed in the normal course of our agency trading business (including client errors and accommodations).

    Expenses

        Compensation and employee benefits, our largest expense, consists of salaries and wages, incentive compensation, including cash and deferred share-based awards, as well as employee benefits and taxes. Incentive compensation fluctuates based on revenues, profitability and other measures, taking into account the competitive landscape for key talent. Incentive compensation includes a combination of cash and deferred stock-based awards, with only the cash portion, representing a lesser portion of our total compensation costs, expensed in the current period. As a result, our ratio of compensation expense to revenues may fluctuate from period-to-period based on revenue levels.

        Transaction processing expense consists of costs to access various third-party execution destinations and to process, clear and settle transactions. These costs tend to fluctuate with share and trade volumes, the mix of trade execution services used by clients and the rates charged by third parties.

        Occupancy and equipment expense consists primarily of rent and utilities related to leased premises, office equipment and depreciation and amortization of fixed assets and leasehold improvements.

24


Table of Contents

        Telecommunications and data processing expenses primarily consist of costs for obtaining market data, telecommunications services and systems maintenance.

        Other general and administrative expenses primarily include software amortization, consulting, business development and professional fees.

        Interest expense consists primarily of costs associated with outstanding debt and credit facilities.

Executive Summary for the Year Ended December 31, 2011

Consolidated Overview

        In 2011, our business was affected by challenging economic, regulatory and political conditions. Investor risk aversion, initially brought about by the 2008 financial crisis and resulting global recession, continues to be fueled by uncertainties and concerns regarding sovereign debt risk, continued high unemployment, low growth rates, and other potential downside risks to the U.S. and global economies. This aversion has resulted in sustained outflows from equity funds, leading to lower trading activity by institutional investors. Seeking a safe haven, investors pulled $134 billion out of U.S. domestic equity funds in 2011 (according to the Investment Company Institute), the highest annual net outflow since the $147 billion experienced in 2008, and the third straight year of net outflows since the recovery in stock prices began in early 2009. Despite this challenging environment, we were able to grow our U.S. trading volumes during 2011 due to a rise in incremental sell-side volume. Although the revenue per share on this incremental sell-side volume is substantially lower than the rates we derive from active fund manager clients, the associated incremental revenue, together with revenues we have attributed to ITG Investment Research, our improved international results, and our cost management efforts lessened the impact of the unfavorable economic environment on our profitability. On a U.S. GAAP basis, our net loss for 2011 was $179.8 million, or ($4.42) per diluted share, compared to net income of $24.0 million, or $0.55 per diluted share for 2010. Adjusted net income for 2011 was $28.6 million, or $0.69 per diluted share, compared to $38.1 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, in 2010 (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures for all adjusted amounts). Consolidated revenues of $572.0 million were essentially flat with the $570.8 million generated in 2010.

        As investors continue to pull money out of domestic equity funds, the contracting pool of available equity commissions continues to challenge securities brokers. In this highly competitive environment for commission dollars, our strategy is to grow our share of trading volumes from existing clients and to derive trading volumes from new clients (including hedge funds) by providing data-driven research which is differentiated in its approach. In October 2010, we took the first major step in building out our ITG Investment Research platform by acquiring Majestic Research Corp. ("Majestic"), followed by our acquisition of Ross Smith Energy Group, Ltd. ("RSEG") in the second quarter of 2011. We are continuing with the transformation of our business into a combined execution and differentiated research content model, which we believe will enable us to capture additional commission dollars and market share. ITG Investment Research was profitable during 2011 based in part on the commission revenues attributed to our research products, which partially offset the lower levels of commission revenues we experienced from certain execution-only U.S. clients.

        In the current environment, we are proceeding cautiously given the lack of visibility as to when, and to what extent, conditions will become more favorable for our business. As we weather this period of uncertainty, we are focused on improving profitability while also maintaining flexibility to allocate additional resources to our incremental research build-out. Accordingly, we implemented a restructuring plan in 2011, focused on reducing workforce, consulting and infrastructure costs primarily in the U.S. and Europe, to improve margins and enhance stockholder returns. The cost reduction resulted in restructuring charges of $24.4 million, primarily consisting of employee separation costs ($19.2 million) and lease consolidation costs ($5.2 million, including additional costs from our 2009 and 2010 restructurings). Annualized cost savings from this plan are expected to exceed $23 million, with a

25


Table of Contents

significant portion of these savings having taken effect commencing in the third quarter of 2011. Employee separation costs relate to the termination of approximately 120 employees while the lease consolidation costs relate to vacated office space.

        In 2011, we also recorded $229.3 million in goodwill and other asset impairment charges. In the second quarter, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge in our U.S. operations of $225.0 million resulting from weak institutional trading activity and a decline in industry market multiples (see Critical Accounting Estimates ). This non-cash charge had no impact on debt covenants, cash flows or day-to-day business operations. In the fourth quarter, we wrote down the remaining $4.3 million carrying value of our minority investment in Disclosure Insight ("DI") primarily due to DI's need for additional capital as well as the difficulty in meeting sales targets. This impairment is not indicative of the outlook for our ITG Investment Research offering, which focuses on identifying investment opportunities.

        Consolidated expenses for 2011 were $778.7 million compared to $521.4 million in 2010 primarily due to the impairment, restructuring and acquisition related costs described above, which collectively contributed $256.3 million to expense growth. Adjusted expenses were $522.4 million compared to adjusted expenses of $503.5 million in 2010. In the U.S., adjusted expenses were $343.5 million compared to adjusted expenses of $330.2 million during 2010. The growth in adjusted U.S. expenses related to the inclusion of expenses for our research operations of $36.5 million (versus $4.8 million in 2010 incurred during the fourth quarter following the Majestic acquisition), which were partially offset by savings from our cost reduction initiatives. Our adjusted non-U.S. expenses were $178.8 million during 2011 compared to adjusted expenses of $173.3 million due to a $7.3 million increase from foreign currency translation, $2.1 million of costs associated with our research operations and $3.0 million of additional global research and development expenses that were allocated from our U.S. operations to our international operations, offset in part by the impact of our cost saving measures (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures for all adjusted amounts).

        The accumulating outflows from domestic equity funds are likely to remain a significant headwind for some time, particularly in light of the current environment of low interest rates. The prevailing negative investor sentiment toward equities contributes to the uncertainty as to when a real, sustainable recovery in domestic institutional equity activity will materialize, as well as the extent to which it will recover. As a result, we are proceeding cautiously through rigorous expense discipline to improve our operating leverage and to maintain the flexibility we need to allocate additional resources to our research build-out. Cost management will continue to be an ongoing endeavor for us which will position us well for any cyclical or secular rises in equity volumes going forward.

Segment Discussions

        While U.S. equity market valuations remain near multiyear highs, investors continue to pull money out of domestic equity funds, whose active fund managers are a core client segment of ours, largely in favor of assets presumed to have a more stable return profile such as fixed income funds and short-term deposits, thereby diminishing the pool of available commissions. During the first two months of 2011, domestic equity fund flows briefly turned positive, with inflows of approximately $18 billion, before reverting back to outflows of approximately $152 billion during the remainder of the year. In this environment, we are continuing to manage our cost structure in the U.S. with the only meaningful cost increase coming from our new research operations. While our current results reflect the unfavorably leveraged effects of our largely fixed cost structure, our now leaner cost structure is positioned to provide more positive leverage from future revenue growth.

        Our U.S. average daily executed volumes for 2011 increased to 193.7 million shares per day, 9% higher than 2010, outperforming the 10% decline in the overall combined average daily market volume of NYSE and NASDAQ-listed securities during the same period. While the outflows from domestic equity funds have continued to dampen our core buy-side client volumes, strong flows from our

26


Table of Contents

sell-side client segment (including those that trade through us on a net basis) represent a larger share of our volume mix. While the growing share of lower-priced sell-side flows has reduced our overall average revenue capture per share, we benefit significantly from both the incremental margin generated by using our excess capacity as well as from the enhanced liquidity provided to our buy-side client base. As these revenues only compensated in part for the reduced revenues from our core active fund manager clients, our U.S. commission revenues declined 10% in 2011 to $279.8 million. Our total U.S. revenues reached $375.5 million in 2011, a comparatively smaller decline of 3% from the prior year, in part reflecting the impact of revenues attributable to our recent investment research acquisitions.

        In Canada, commission revenues modestly improved largely due to favorable currency impact and higher volumes traded in our MATCH Now dark pool, while recurring revenues increased 66% over the prior year due to increased ITG Net connectivity revenue and ITG Investment Research revenues. As in the U.S., we plan to expand our market reach in Canada with research services. On a macro level, the Canadian economy in the past several years has outperformed the U.S. economy, benefitting from its commodity-based economy and global base of customers.

        In Europe, the markets in 2011 were dominated by escalating uncertainty over European sovereign debt, bank liquidity and speculation about the future of the Euro. The uncertainty prompted episodes of speculative trading and elevated market volatility throughout the year. In response, institutional investors continued to reduce their holdings of European equities. The speculative trading, to which ITG has little exposure, resulted in market turnover increasing 14% in 2011 as compared to 2010, in line with our 13% European business turnover increase. With fierce competition in the agency broker space, we focused on increasing our market share with new business from lower-rate liquidity partners and cutting costs to maintain profitability in this challenging and volatile environment. While our European commission revenues fell 3%, including a favorable currency translation effect of nearly $2.2 million, we earned a pre-tax profit of $3.2 million in Europe, net of $1.0 million of restructuring costs. The continuing uncertainty surrounding the economic climate in the region could have a significant impact on our near-term results.

        For the full year, 2011 market turnover in most of the major regional Asia Pacific markets was higher, however fourth quarter market turnover decreased sharply from the prior year fourth quarter due to uncertainties about continued regional growth, which is highly dependent on exports to the U.S. and Europe. In this environment, our Asia Pacific Operations posted record revenues of $40.3 million, 21% higher than 2010. As a result of the improved revenues and various cost saving initiatives implemented throughout 2010, we were able to significantly reduce our pre-tax loss in the region to $6.6 million. We continue to view Asia Pacific as a significant opportunity for ITG. In 2011, electronic trading across the region grew to 21% of total trading, compared to 16% in 2010. While we continue to see an uptick in the adoption of electronic trading across Asia, the bulk of the commissions are still directed by portfolio managers and are tied to research commitments.

Capital Resource Allocation

        In 2011, we returned $38.9 million, or 136% of adjusted net income (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures for all adjusted amounts), to stockholders through the repurchase of nearly 3 million shares at an average price of $13.09. In the second quarter of 2011, we acquired RSEG for $38.6 million, which was partially financed by a $25.5 million four-year term loan from Bank of America. This loan is secured by a security interest in equipment owned by Investment Technology Group, Inc. and certain U.S. subsidiaries as of June 1, 2011. In the third quarter, we utilized $2.6 million of our capital lease financing facility, also from Bank of America. Going forward, we intend to utilize our capital resource flexibility, including our debt capacity, to pursue selective investment opportunities while we return profits to stockholders through stock repurchases. As we view our stock as an attractive investment at current levels, we currently intend to return capital to shareholders at a level at or above our level of adjusted earnings.

27


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

U.S. Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 279,781   $ 310,924   $ (31,143 )   (10 )

Recurring

    87,229     71,948     15,281     21  

Other

    8,511     2,818     5,693     202  
                     

Total revenues

    375,521     385,690     (10,169 )   (3 )

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    145,905     140,829     5,076     4  

Transaction processing

    52,200     46,183     6,017     13  

Other expenses

    143,417     142,505     912     1  

Goodwill and other asset impairment

    229,317     6,091     223,226     3,665  

Restructuring charges

    22,471     2,002     20,469     1,022  

Acquisition related costs

    2,523     2,409     114     5  

Interest expense

    2,025     671     1,354     202  
                     

Total expenses

    597,858     340,690     257,168     75  
                     

(Loss) income before income tax expense

  $ (222,337 ) $ 45,000   $ (267,337 )   (594 )
                     

Pre-tax margin

    NA     11.7 %   NA        
                     

        The U.S. Operations in 2011 include a full year of activity for Majestic, which was acquired in October 2010. Furthermore, following the acquisition of RSEG in June 2011, these results include revenues from RSEG's U.S. clients, which comprise a majority of its client base, along with all of RSEG's operating expenses, net of a charge to our Canadian Operations pursuant to a distribution agreement for costs attributable to RSEG revenue recognized in Canada.

        Our U.S. trading volumes increased 9% over 2010 while the overall U.S. trading markets equity volumes (as measured by the combined share volume of NYSE and NASDAQ-listed securities) decreased 10%. Our average daily volume growth was driven by increased order flow from our sell-side client segment, including those clients that trade with us on a net basis. The sell-side client segment comprised 40% of our average daily volume in 2011 compared to 24% in 2010. The increased order flow from this lower revenue capture rate business combined with reduced trading activity from our active fund manager clients resulted in a reduction in our average revenue capture per share. As a result, commissions and fees decreased by 10% despite the higher volumes.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
U.S. Operations: Key Indicators*
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  

Total trading volume (in billions of shares)

    48.8     44.8     4.0     9  

Average trading volume per day (in millions of shares)

    193.7     177.8     15.9     9  

Average revenue per share

  $ 0.0049   $ 0.0060   $ (0.0011 )   (18 )

U.S. market trading days

    252     252          

*
Excludes activity from ITG Derivatives and ITG Net commission share arrangements.

28


Table of Contents

        Recurring revenues increased primarily due to the inclusion of the full year of subscription revenue from ITG Investment Research (Majestic since October 2010 and RSEG since June 2011) which added $20.8 million of incremental subscription revenue. This more than offset lower revenues from our connectivity and OMS products and services. A portion of the revenue attributable to ITG Investment Research during 2011 was recognized as commissions and fees as certain clients pay for research services through trading flows as part of bundled commission arrangements. The use of this payment method is an important part of our research content strategy as it provides an opportunity for revenue synergies through the use of our trading products and a more flexible way to up-sell additional research.

        Other revenues increased primarily from an increase in the net spread earned by our securities lending business and a decrease in trading errors and client accommodations.

        Total expenses were up $257.2 million compared to 2010. This increase was primarily due to the challenging economic environment, which led to significant charges for impairments and restructurings in 2011. The restructurings resulted in charges in the second and fourth quarters of 2011 related to reductions to our employee base ($17.5 million) and lease consolidations ($5.0 million, including additional costs from our 2009 and 2010 restructurings) and we recorded impairment charges in the U.S. during 2011 of $229.3 million. In addition, we incurred acquisition costs of $2.5 million related to our purchase of RSEG. Similarly, 2010 included a restructuring charge of $2.0 million primarily related to lease consolidation, an impairment charge of $6.1 million to write-off capitalized software and acquisition costs of $2.4 million from our Majestic purchase. Excluding these charges, adjusted expenses (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures for adjusted amounts) were $343.5 million in 2011, compared to $330.2 million in 2010 due to $31.7 million of incremental expenses from ITG Investment Research, offset in part by savings from prior cost reduction initiatives. The incremental costs from ITG Investment Research reflect a full year of expenses in 2011 for the Majestic business, which was acquired in October 2010, as well as the post-acquisition costs of our RSEG business acquired in the second quarter of 2011.

        Compensation and employee benefits increased only 4% despite $22.1 million of incremental personnel costs related to ITG Investment Research as cost savings initiatives from our restructuring efforts in 2011 and decreases in cash incentive compensation partially offset these additional costs.

        Transaction processing costs increased due to higher trading volumes and a change in the mix of our executed trades.

        Other expenses remained relatively flat year over year as $8.3 million of incremental costs associated with the acquired research businesses were offset by various cost savings including a reduction in legal fees, reduced reserves for certain general taxes and lower software amortization, as well as an additional $3.0 million of research and development costs allocated to other regions based on usage. On February 24, 2012, we signed a new lease for office space in New York to relocate our headquarters to lower Manhattan. During 2012 we will begin to build out and ready the new headquarters while we continue to occupy our existing headquarters in Mid-town Manhattan. As a result, we expect to incur approximately $4 million in duplicate rent in 2012 (see Note 26, Subsequent Events , to the consolidated financial statements for further detail).

        Goodwill and other asset impairment charges in 2011 were recorded in the second and fourth quarters of 2011. In the second quarter, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $225.0 million, reflecting lower projected future cash flows for the U.S. Operations reporting unit and a decline in industry market multiples (see Critical Accounting Estimates for further details). Furthermore, in the fourth quarter of 2011, we wrote down the remaining $4.3 million carrying value of a minority interest. In 2010, we recorded a $6.1 million charge for the write-down of certain capitalized software initiatives.

29


Table of Contents

        Restructuring charges in 2011 and 2010 primarily include costs related to employee separation and lease consolidation. Related savings from the 2011 restructuring in the U.S. are estimated to exceed $20.0 million in 2012.

        Acquisition related costs were incurred in connection with the RSEG acquisition, consisting of $0.7 million in professional services, such as legal and accounting services, as well as $1.8 million in costs to terminate a distribution agreement with a third party, net of a $1.0 million recovery from RSEG's former owners. Costs in 2010 relate to the acquisition of Majestic in October 2010.

        Interest expense incurred in 2011 primarily relates to interest cost on our $25.5 million term debt financing obtained in the second quarter of 2011 and commitment fees relating to the three-year, $150 million revolving credit agreement we entered into in January 2011, as well as debt issuance cost amortization relating to both facilities (see Liquidity and Capital Resources and Note 15, Borrowings , to the consolidated financial statements for further detail). Interest expense incurred in 2010 relates to the term loan under our 2006 credit agreement, which was fully repaid as of December 31, 2010.

Canadian Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
$ in thousands
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 72,518   $ 68,845   $ 3,673     5  

Recurring

    6,750     4,062     2,688     66  

Other

    6,282     5,572     710     13  
                     

Total revenues

    85,550     78,479     7,071     9  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    23,230     21,926     1,304     6  

Transaction processing

    13,630     15,173     (1,543 )   (10 )

Other expenses

    27,970     20,277     7,693     38  

Restructuring charges

    685     (16 )   701     NA  
                     

Total expenses

    65,515     57,360     8,155     14  
                     

Income before income tax expense

  $ 20,035   $ 21,119   $ (1,084 )   (5 )
                     

Pre-tax profit margin

    23.4 %   26.9 %   (3.5 )%      
                     

        Currency translation increased total Canadian revenues and expenses by $3.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively, resulting in a $1.1 million increase to pre-tax income. Our Canadian results include investment research revenues from Canadian clients along with a portion of research related expenses following the acquisition of RSEG in the second quarter of 2011.

        Commissions and fees grew 5%, benefitting from favorable currency translation ($3.0 million) and higher crossing revenues in MATCH Now. Average daily trading volumes in our Canadian Operations grew 31%, however, our average revenue per share declined 23% due to the mix of our business as well as pricing pressure.

        Recurring revenues increased due to Canadian client usage of ITG Investment Research services, which contributed $1.5 million in revenues, as well as an increase in the number of billable connections in our ITG Net business. Other revenues increased as a result of higher fees earned from our customers' foreign currency transactions for settlement of equity trades in currencies other than the local currency.

        Compensation and employee benefits increased $1.3 million due to unfavorable currency translation and research-related costs. These increases were offset in part by lower equity-based

30


Table of Contents

compensation, which fluctuates for our Canadian operations based on changes in the market price of our stock.

        Transaction processing costs decreased $1.5 million from last year due to a reduction in clearance and settlement charges as a result of the migration to a new clearing broker in August 2010 and lower execution costs from improved crossing rates and routing strategies. These decreases were offset in part by unfavorable currency translation.

        The increase in other expenses was primarily driven by consulting costs incurred to enhance our product offerings, costs related to enhancing our infrastructure, a $1.5 million charge for investment research distribution rights, a $2.3 million increase in the amount allocated for research and development costs, higher data charges and unfavorable currency translation.

        Restructuring charges primarily include employee separation costs. Related savings are estimated to exceed $0.5 million in 2012.

European Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
$ in thousands
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 57,280   $ 58,893   $ (1,613 )   (3 )

Recurring

    13,182     14,721     (1,539 )   (10 )

Other

    208     (337 )   545     162  
                     

Total revenues

    70,670     73,277     (2,607 )   (4 )

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    29,353     32,959     (3,606 )   (11 )

Transaction processing

    16,978     16,467     511     3  

Other expenses

    21,114     19,808     1,306     7  

Restructuring charges

    962         962     NA  
                     

Total expenses

    68,407     69,234     (827 )   (1 )
                     

Income before income tax expense

  $ 2,263   $ 4,043   $ (1,780 )   (44 )
                     

Pre-tax profit margin

    3.2 %   5.5 %   (2.3 )%      
                     

        Currency translation increased our total European revenues and expenses by $2.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively, resulting in a $0.4 million decrease to pre-tax income.

        European commissions and fees decreased $1.6 million, despite a favorable currency translation of $2.2 million. Excluding this currency translation impact, commissions and fees fell $3.8 million (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures ) largely due to reduced institutional flow. Offsetting this decrease was revenue from our new Single Ticket Clearing business and additional revenue from our liquidity and Scandinavian client partnerships.

        Recurring revenues fell $1.5 million due to OMS and analytical product subscription cancellations. Other revenues increased $0.5 million due to fewer trading errors and accommodations and an increase in investment income.

        Compensation and employee benefits decreased $3.6 million due to lower incentive compensation and a 15% reduction in average headcount, partially offset by reduced capitalization of development compensation and an unfavorable currency translation impact of $1.2 million.

        Transaction processing costs increased $0.5 million due primarily to unfavorable currency translation and the impact of higher interest costs to finance trade settlement activities.

31


Table of Contents

        Other expenses increased by $1.3 million in 2011, including the effects of foreign currency, due to an investment in a new data center in Stockholm, Sweden to reduce latency in the Scandinavian markets, additional costs for surveillance and monitoring tools initiated due to European regulations and an increase in the amount allocated for research and development costs.

        Restructuring charges primarily include employee separation costs. Cost savings are estimated to exceed $2.3 million in 2012.

Asia Pacific Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
$ in thousands
  2011   2010   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 36,222   $ 30,343   $ 5,879     19  

Recurring

    3,758     2,455     1,303     53  

Other

    316     510     (194 )   (38 )
                     

Total revenues

    40,296     33,308     6,988     21  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    20,819     20,172     647     3  

Transaction processing

    8,794     7,564     1,230     16  

Other expenses

    16,958     18,950     (1,992 )   (11 )

Goodwill and other asset impairment

        5,375     (5,375 )   (100 )

Restructuring charges

    314     2,076     (1,762 )   (85 )
                     

Total expenses

    46,885     54,137     (7,252 )   (13 )
                     

Loss before income tax expense

  $ (6,589 ) $ (20,829 ) $ 14,240     68  
                     

Pre-tax profit margin

    (16.4 )%   (62.5 )%   46.1 %      
                     

        Currency translation increased total Asia Pacific revenues and expenses by $1.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively, reducing pre-tax income by $0.2 million.

        Commissions and fees increased 19% over the prior year due primarily to strong order flow by local clients and by U.S. clients trading into the region for the Hong Kong, Japan and Australia markets as well as the strength of the Australian Dollar. Commissions and fees were also positively impacted by additional ITG Net commission sharing revenues.

        Recurring revenues grew primarily from growth in the number of recurring billable network connections in our ITG Net connectivity business.

        Compensation and employee benefits increased primarily due to unfavorable currency translation of $0.9 million, as increases in headcount and incentive-based compensation were offset by decreases in severance and other employee-related expenses.

        Transaction processing costs increased due to higher average daily institutional value traded, partially offset by cost saving initiatives implemented for clearance and settlement.

        Other expenses reflect the savings achieved from the closing of our on-shore Japanese operations in the second quarter of 2010 as well as vacating office space in Sydney, Australia and other cost savings efforts, partially offset by unfavorable currency translation of $0.6 million.

        The restructuring charges recorded in 2011 include lease abandonment charges while the 2010 charges include costs related to employee severance, contract termination costs and non-cash write-offs of fixed assets and capitalized software in connection with closing our on-shore Japanese operations. The goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2010 relates to the write-off of the entire balance of goodwill in our Australia reporting unit.

32


Table of Contents

Consolidated income tax expense

        Our effective tax rate was 13.0% in 2011 compared to 51.4% in 2010. The decrease in the 2011 effective tax rate on the reported pre-tax loss is primarily attributed to the portion of goodwill impairment charges in the U.S in the second quarter 2011 deemed non-deductible. The higher effective tax rate on the reported pre-tax income in 2010 resulted from significant pre-tax losses in the Asia Pacific region where we are not currently recording tax benefits. The pre-tax losses in the Asia Pacific Region during 2010 included restructuring charges of $2.5 million and a goodwill impairment charge of $5.4 million. Our consolidated effective tax rate can vary from period to period depending on, among other factors, the geographic and business mix of our earnings.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

U.S. Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
$ in thousands
  2010   2009   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 310,924   $ 384,280   $ (73,356 )   (19 )

Recurring

    71,948     69,643     2,305     3  

Other

    2,818     3,491     (673 )   (19 )
                     

Total revenues

    385,690     457,414     (71,724 )   (16 )

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    140,829     160,725     (19,896 )   (12 )

Transaction processing

    46,183     52,763     (6,580 )   (12 )

Other expenses

    142,505     145,999     (3,494 )   (2 )

Goodwill and other asset impairment

    6,091         6,091     NA  

Acquisition related costs

    2,409         2,409     NA  

Restructuring charges

    2,002     21,314     (19,312 )   (91 )

Interest expense

    671     2,511     (1,840 )   (73 )
                     

Total expenses

    340,690     383,312     (42,622 )   (11 )
                     

Income before income tax expense

  $ 45,000   $ 74,102   $ (29,102 )   (39 )
                     

Pre-tax profit margin

    11.7 %   16.2 %   (4.5 )%      
                     

        The results for our U.S. Operations include the operations of Majestic (now ITG Investment Research) following the October 25, 2010 acquisition date.

        Our U.S. trading volumes decreased 12%, slightly more than the 11% decline in overall U.S. equity volumes (as measured by the combined share volume in NYSE and NASDAQ-listed securities), however, commissions and fees declined 19% reflecting a lower average revenue capture rate as a greater percentage of our trading business came from high turnover, lower-rate clients, including the sell-side.

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
U.S. Operations: Key Indicators*
  2010   2009   Change   % Change  

Total trading volume (in billions of shares)

    44.8     51.0     (6.2 )   (12 )

Average trading volume per day (in millions of shares)

    177.8     202.4     (24.6 )   (12 )

Average revenue per share

  $ 0.0060   $ 0.0067   $ (0.0007 )   (10 )

U.S. market trading days

    252     252          

*
Excludes activity from ITG Derivatives and ITG Net commission share arrangements.

33


Table of Contents

        Recurring revenues increased as ITG Investment Research generated $5.0 million since the acquisition date, which more than offset reductions from cancellations of OMS subscriptions and from the discontinuation of certain analytical product offerings.

        Other revenues decreased primarily due to lower investment income, which was driven by lower interest rates and average invested balances.

        Total expenses in the U.S. in 2010, which were down 11% compared to 2009, included certain non-recurring items described in more detail below consisting of (i) $6.1 million to write-off certain capitalized software initiatives, (ii) $2.0 million for restructuring charges related to the closure of our Westchester, NY office, net of a $0.3 million reversal of the 2009 restructuring reserve, and (iii) $2.4 million of costs related to the Majestic acquisition. 2009 expenses included a restructuring charge of $21.3 million for a restructuring plan focused on reducing our cost base. Excluding these non-recurring costs, total expenses in the U.S. were down 9% compared to 2009 (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures ).

        Compensation and employee benefits declined 12%, resulting from a 14% decrease in average headcount (largely attributable to our restructuring activities in the fourth quarter of 2009), lower incentive compensation and an $8.5 million net reduction in employee severance (unrelated to our restructuring plans). These savings were partially offset by compensation for ITG Investment Research staff, including stock-based compensation for incentive and retention awards granted to the Majestic management team as part of the acquisition.

        Transaction processing costs decreased 12%, in-line with the reduction in executed volumes.

        Other expenses were lower due to savings from our cost reduction efforts in areas such as (i) network connectivity costs from the consolidation of our third-party network providers and elimination of redundant services, (ii) consulting costs, (iii) business development and (iv) facilities and equipment costs, primarily related to the closure of leased premises in December 2009 as well as a reduction in depreciation expense from lower capital spending. These reductions were offset in part by (i) a $2.3 million increase in capitalized software amortization related to new product releases, (ii) the 2009 recovery of doubtful account provisions which resulted in comparatively higher expenses in 2010 of $1.6 million, (iii) a $2.0 million contingency reserve for certain general taxes and (iv) $1.5 million of operating expenses incurred by ITG Investment Research following the acquisition date, including $0.2 million to amortize intangibles recorded as part of the acquisition cost.

        The impairment charge in 2010 resulted from the write-off of capitalized software due to our ongoing assessment of our product development priorities. As part of our fourth quarter 2009 restructuring, we made certain changes to our product priorities and wrote off $2.4 million of capitalized development initiatives that were not yet deployed. As our product development plan continued to evolve in the first quarter of 2010, we determined that additional capitalized amounts were not likely to be used and a further $6.1 million was written off.

        Acquisition related costs were incurred in connection with the Majestic acquisition and consisted of professional services, severance costs and stock-based compensation expenses for accelerated employee awards. In connection with the integration of ITG Investment Research, we decided to close our Westchester, NY office and relocate the staff, primarily sales traders and support, to our New York City office. This decision resulted in a restructuring charge of $2.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2010, which was partially offset by a $0.3 million reduction to the 2009 restructuring reserve.

        Interest expense declined due to a significantly lower outstanding balance on our long-term debt, lower LIBOR-based interest rates and the expiration of economically unfavorable interest rate swaps on March 31, 2009.

34


Table of Contents

Canadian Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
$ in thousands
  2010   2009   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 68,845   $ 59,749   $ 9,096     15  

Recurring

    4,062     2,568     1,494     58  

Other

    5,572     8,450     (2,878 )   (34 )
                     

Total revenues

    78,479     70,767     7,712     11  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    21,926     18,785     3,141     17  

Transaction processing

    15,173     14,224     949     7  

Other expenses

    20,277     18,505     1,772     10  

Restructuring charges

    (16 )   2,636     (2,652 )   NA  
                     

Total expenses

    57,360     54,150     3,210     6  
                     

Income before income tax expense

  $ 21,119   $ 16,617   $ 4,502     27  
                     

Pre-tax profit margin

    26.9 %   23.5 %   3.4 %      
                     

        Currency translation increased total Canadian revenues and expenses by $7.4 million and $5.3 million, respectively, resulting in a $2.1 million increase to pre-tax income.

        Share volumes across Canadian equity markets grew 9.3% in 2010. ITG Canada's daily client trading volume outpaced this with a nearly 16% gain in 2010, however, our average revenue per share fell 11% due to the mix of our business and pricing pressure. Canadian commissions and fees increased 15% over 2009; however, the actual growth rate was only 4% when excluding the favorable currency impact of the stronger Canadian Dollar (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures ), reflecting the decline in average commission rates.

        Recurring revenues benefited from growth in the number of billable network connections in our ITG Net connectivity business, new customers utilizing our analytical products and favorable currency impact ($0.4 million).

        Revenues from principal trading (included in other revenues) were lower in 2010 as the expanded presence of professional trading firms has significantly reduced the spread to be earned and thus limited principal trading opportunities available.

        Compensation and employee benefits costs were driven higher by currency translation ($2.0 million), share-based compensation and costs associated with a new retirement plan.

        Transaction processing costs were higher due to the impact of currency translation ($1.5 million). When excluding currency translation, the expense decreased by $0.6 million (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures ) due to an increased proportion of executions occurring on cheaper venues and savings from the migration to a new clearing broker which more than offset increases driven by product mix and fewer shares per trade executed. As a percentage of revenue, these costs were down slightly from 20.1% in 2009 to 19.3% in 2010.

        The increase in other expenses primarily reflects (i) unfavorable exchange rate translation, (ii) higher equipment and data center related costs, (iii) higher depreciation expense and (iv) higher capitalized software amortization expense related to recent product releases. These increases were partially offset by the effect of currency transaction losses incurred in 2009 from holding a non-Canadian Dollar denominated asset.

35


Table of Contents

European Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
$ in thousands
  2010   2009   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 58,893   $ 59,862   $ (969 )   (2 )

Recurring

    14,721     14,989     (268 )   (2 )

Other

    (337 )   592     (929 )   (157 )
                     

Total revenues

    73,277     75,443     (2,166 )   (3 )

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    32,959     34,345     (1,386 )   (4 )

Transaction processing

    16,467     21,761     (5,294 )   (24 )

Other expenses

    19,808     14,606     5,202     36  

Restructuring charges

        69     (69 )   (100 )
                     

Total expenses

    69,234     70,781     (1,547 )   (2 )
                     

Income before income tax expense

  $ 4,043   $ 4,662   $ (619 )   (13 )
                     

Pre-tax profit margin

    5.5 %   6.2 %   (0.7 )%      
                     

        Currency translation reduced our total European revenues and expenses by $1.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively, resulting in a $0.7 million decrease to pre-tax income.

        European commissions and fees decreased $1.0 million but were essentially flat excluding currency translation impact (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures ). POSIT revenues increased 33% reflecting our increased focus on maximizing crossing opportunities; however, this was substantially offset by reduced European portfolio trading activity from our U.S. clients.

        The reduction in recurring revenue was due to the shift in the attribution of $1.5 million of ITG Net connectivity revenue for Asia Pacific clients from Europe to Asia Pacific and unfavorable currency translation impact of $0.2 million, partially offset by the growth in connectivity revenue from European clients. Other revenues fell due to an increase in trade processing errors and client accommodations and a decrease in consulting fees from our order management systems.

        Compensation and employee benefits expenses reflect lower incentive compensation and share-based compensation as well as a reduction in employee severance costs of $2.0 million due to a management reorganization in 2009. This savings was partially offset by the continued investment in staff to support the growing business and diversified product range.

        Transaction processing costs declined 24% as we benefited from the increased use of POSIT to internally cross trades, as well as the migrations to a single settlement agent and to an in-house solution for our settlement books and records. We also improved our routing strategies and decreased the amount of trading we do with the more costly primary exchanges.

        Other expenses increased due to investments in infrastructure to support the growing product range and improve system capacity and resilience as well for our in-house solution for our settlement books and records. We also had additional market data costs related to the expansion of our self-directed client business, higher software development amortization costs associated with new product releases and lower foreign currency transaction gains than in 2009.

36


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Operations

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
$ in thousands
  2010   2009   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 30,343   $ 28,107   $ 2,236     8  

Recurring

    2,455     283     2,172     767  

Other

    510     1,055     (545 )   (52 )
                     

Total revenues

    33,308     29,445     3,863     13  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    20,172     21,663     (1,491 )   (7 )

Transaction processing

    7,564     6,870     694     10  

Other expenses

    18,950     18,417     533     3  

Goodwill and other asset impairment

    5,375         5,375     NA  

Restructuring charges

    2,076     1,425     651     46  
                     

Total expenses

    54,137     48,375     5,762     12  
                     

Loss before income tax expense

  $ (20,829 ) $ (18,930 ) $ (1,899 )   (10 )
                     

Pre-tax profit margin

    (62.5 )%   (64.3 )%   1.8 %      
                     

        Currency translation increased total Asia Pacific revenues and expenses by $1.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively, reducing pre-tax income by $1.1 million.

        Commissions and fees grew 8% primarily due to the stronger Australian Dollar and a shift in the attribution of ITG Net revenues for commission share from Europe to Asia Pacific. These gains were offset in part by lower commission rates.

        The increase in recurring revenues was primarily attributable to a shift in the attribution of ITG Net connectivity revenue for Asia Pacific clients from Europe to Asia Pacific.

        The decrease in compensation and employee benefits costs reflects lower headcount levels (resulting from our restructuring activities in both the fourth quarter of 2009 and second quarter of 2010) partially offset by unfavorable currency translation of $1.2 million.

        Transaction processing costs increased due to an increase in the value of trades executed as well as a higher proportion of trades being executed in costlier venues such as Indonesia, Singapore and Malaysia, where our clearing and execution costs are significantly higher than in the Hong Kong and Australia markets. Unfavorable currency translation also contributed to the increase.

        The increase in other expenses include unfavorable currency translation, additional connectivity and market data fees related to business growth offset by lower depreciation and a decrease in foreign currency transaction losses.

        Restructuring charges include costs related to employee severance, contract termination costs and non-cash write-offs of fixed assets and capitalized software in connection with closing our on-shore Japanese operations. These costs were partially offset by the reclassification of historical currency translation gains into operations upon the substantial liquidation of our Japanese subsidiary. The goodwill impairment charge relates to the write-off of the entire balance of goodwill in our Australia reporting unit.

Consolidated income tax expense

        Our effective tax rate was 51.4% in 2010 compared to 44.0% in 2009. The increase in the 2010 effective tax rate is primarily attributable to significant pre-tax losses in the Asia Pacific region where

37


Table of Contents

we have ceased recognizing tax benefits for net operating losses since the fourth quarter of 2009 in accordance with U.S. GAAP (and to a lesser degree in Ireland beginning in 2010), together with the decline in U.S. pre-tax income. Specifically, the losses in the Asia Pacific region in 2010 included significant non-recurring items of $2.1 million in restructuring charges and a goodwill impairment charge of $5.4 million. The comparatively higher tax rate is also due to the net benefit of $2.5 million recognized in 2009 related to the resolution of uncertain tax provisions pertaining to the 2001-2007 tax years. Our overall tax rate was also pushed higher by the impact of nondeductible expenses incurred in the U.S. during the fourth quarter related to the Majestic acquisition. Our consolidated effective tax rate varies from period to period depending on, among other factors, the geographic and business mix of our earnings.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

        Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by operations. Our liquidity requirements result from our working capital needs, which include clearing and settlement activities, as well as our regulatory capital needs. A substantial portion of our assets are liquid, consisting of cash and cash equivalents or assets readily convertible into cash. Cash is principally invested in U.S. government money market mutual funds, other money market mutual funds and deposit accounts held with major money center banks. At December 31, 2011, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $284.2 million.

        As a self-clearing broker-dealer in the U.S., we are subject to cash deposit requirements with clearing organizations that may be large in relation to total liquid assets and may fluctuate significantly based upon the nature and size of customers' trading activity and market volatility. At December 31, 2011, we had interest-bearing security deposits totaling $25.5 million with clearing organizations in the U.S. for the settlement of equity trades. In the normal course of our settlement activities, we may also need to temporarily finance customer securities positions for short settlements or delivery failures. These financings may be funded from existing cash resources, borrowings under stock loan transactions or short-term bank loans.

        On January 31, 2011, we entered into a $150 million three-year revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. As described in more detail below, this credit agreement is specifically designed to meet the liquidity needs of our U.S. broker-dealer clearance and settlement operations.

        We self-clear equity trades in Hong Kong and Australia and maintain restricted cash deposits of $25.8 million to support overdraft facilities. In Europe, we maintain $27.3 million in restricted cash deposits supporting working capital facilities primarily in the form of overdraft protection for our European clearing and settlement activities.

Capital Resources

        Capital resource requirements relate to capital purchases, as well as business investments and are generally funded from operations. When required, as in the case of a major acquisition, our strong cash generating ability has historically allowed us to access U.S. capital markets.

38


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

        The table below summarizes the effect of the major components of operating cash flow.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)
  2011   2010   2009  

Net (loss) income

  $ (179,789 ) $ 23,980   $ 42,834  

Non-cash items included in net income

    278,620     89,169     89,077  

Effect of changes in receivables/payables from/to customers and brokers

    4,045     58,588     (861 )

Effect of changes in other working capital and operating assets and liabilities

    (35,817 )   4,372     (33,616 )
               

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 67,059   $ 176,109   $ 97,434  
               

        The net decrease in operating cash flow during 2011 was due primarily to a decrease in net income, net of included non-cash items such as the goodwill impairment charge, together with the impact of a significant reduction during 2010 in net receivables/payables from/to customers and brokers as we expanded our stock loan capabilities in the U.S. and externally financed more of our clients' non-standard settlement activity.

        In the normal course of clearing and settlement operations worldwide, cash is typically used to fund restricted or segregated cash accounts (under regulations and other), broker and customer fails to deliver/receive, securities borrowed, deposits with clearing organizations and net activity related to receivables/payables from/to customers and brokers. The cash requirements vary from day to day depending on volume transacted and customer trading patterns.

Investing Activities

        Net cash used in investing activities of $86.0 million includes our acquisition of RSEG, investments in capitalizable software development projects and computer hardware, software and facilities, reduced by proceeds received from the sale of common stock investments.

Financing Activities

        Net cash used in financing activities of $12.5 million primarily reflects repurchases of ITG common stock and debt issuance cost incurred related to the credit agreement and the new term loan, which were both entered into during 2011 (each described below), partially offset by net proceeds from term debt (described below), issuances of our common stock from our deferred compensation program, and short-term bank borrowings from overdraft facilities.

        On January 31, 2011, we entered into a $150 million three-year revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. The credit agreement includes an accordion feature that allows for potential expansion of the facility up to $250 million. Under the credit agreement, interest accrues at a rate equal to (a) a base rate, determined by reference to the higher of the (1) federal funds rate or (2) the one month Eurodollar LIBOR rate, plus (b) a margin of 2.50%. Available but unborrowed amounts under the credit agreement are subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.50%. The purpose of this credit line is to provide liquidity for our U.S. brokerage operations to satisfy clearing margin requirements and to finance temporary positions from delivery failures and non-standard settlements. As a result, we have additional flexibility with our existing cash and future cash flows from operations to strategically invest in growth initiatives and to return capital to stockholders (see Note 15, Borrowings , to the consolidated financial statements for more details).

39


Table of Contents

        On June 1, 2011, we entered into a $25.5 million term loan agreement featuring a four-year term loan secured by a security interest in equipment owned by Investment Technology Group, Inc. and certain U.S. subsidiaries as of June 1, 2011. The primary purpose of this financing is to provide capital for strategic initiatives, including the RSEG investment. Among other obligations and restrictions, the term loan agreement requires compliance with the provisions and financial covenants of the three-year revolving credit agreement while that agreement is still outstanding. The term loan is payable in monthly principal installments of $530,600 and accrues interest at an annualized rate of 3.0% plus the average one month LIBOR for dollar deposits.

        The term loan agreement also provides a $5.0 million master lease financing commitment expiring on June 28, 2012, to finance new purchases of equipment. Each equipment lease would have a separate 48-month term from its inception date and a $1 purchase provision at the end of its term. In September 2011, $2.6 million was drawn on the lease facility to finance purchased assets. The lease is payable in monthly principal installments of approximately $54,000 that began in October 2011 and accrues interest at an annualized rate of 3.0% plus the average one month LIBOR for dollar deposits.

        During 2011, we repurchased approximately 3.3 million shares of our common stock at a cost of approximately $44.9 million, which was funded from our available cash resources. Of these shares, 3.0 million were purchased under our Board of Directors' authorization for a total cost of $38.9 million (average cost of $13.09 per share). An additional 369,099 million shares ($6.0 million) pertained solely to the satisfaction of minimum statutory withholding tax upon the net settlement of equity awards. As of December 31, 2011, there were 3.9 million shares available for repurchase under ITG's stock repurchase program.

Regulatory Capital

        Under the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule, our U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries are required to maintain at least the minimum level of net capital required under Rule 15c3-1 at all times. Dividends or withdrawals of capital cannot be made from these entities if the capital is needed to comply with regulatory requirements.

        Our net capital balances and the amounts in excess of required net capital at December 31, 2011 for our U.S. Operations are as follows (dollars in millions):

U.S. Operations
  Net Capital   Excess Net Capital  

ITG Inc. 

  $ 100.8   $ 99.8  

AlterNet

    4.4     4.2  

Blackwatch

    2.7     2.7  

ITG Derivatives

    3.5     2.5  

        As of December 31, 2011, ITG Inc. had a $10.8 million cash balance in a Special Reserve Bank Account for the exclusive benefit of customers and brokers under the Customer Protection Rule pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3, Computation for Determination of Reserve Requirements .

        In addition, the Company's Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations have subsidiaries with regulatory requirements. The net capital balances and the amount of regulatory capital in excess of the

40


Table of Contents

minimum requirements applicable to each business as of December 31, 2011, are summarized in the following table (dollars in millions):

Canadian Operations
  Net Capital   Excess Net Capital  

Canada

  $ 43.7   $ 43.2  

European Operations
             

Europe

    41.6     22.8  

Asia Pacific Operations
             

Australia

    7.7     3.5  

Hong Kong

    28.6     17.2  

Singapore

    0.4     0.2  

Liquidity and Capital Resource Outlook

        Historically, our working capital, stock repurchase and investment activity requirements have been funded from cash from operations and short-term loans, with the exception of strategic acquisitions, which at times have required long-term financing. We believe that our cash flow from operations, existing cash balances and our available credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our ongoing operating cash and regulatory capital needs, while also complying with the terms of our 2011 revolving credit agreement (see Financing Activities ). However, our ability to borrow additional funds may be inhibited by financial lending institutions' ability or willingness to lend to us on commercially acceptable terms.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, management uses certain "non-GAAP financial measures" as such term is defined in SEC Regulation G, to clarify and enhance understanding of past performance and prospects for the future. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are included in, or excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For example, non-GAAP measures may exclude the impact of certain unique and/or non-recurring items such as acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring charges, large write-offs or items outside of management's control, such as foreign currency exchange rates. Management believes that the non-GAAP financial measures described below provide investors and analysts useful insight into our financial position and operating performance.

        Disclosures of commissions and fees and certain expense amounts excluding currency translation, which exclude the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, is provided to facilitate relevant period-to-period comparisons of the underlying change in commissions and fees and expense amounts by excluding these fluctuations outside of management's control that impact the overall comparability. Underlying commissions and fees and expense amounts should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative to, commissions and fees as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

        Adjusted expense and adjusted net income disclosures excluding certain non-operating items are provided to facilitate the relevant period-to-period comparison of expenses and net income by excluding these unusual items that impact overall comparability. These non-GAAP measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative to, expenses and net income as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

41


Table of Contents

        Reconciliations of adjusted expenses and adjusted net income to expenses and net (loss) income and related per share amounts as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are provided below.

 
   
   
  Non-U.S.  
 
  ITG Consolidated    
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011:
  U.S.   Canada   Europe   Asia Pacific  

U.S. GAAP expenses

  $ 778,665   $ 597,858   $ 65,515   $ 68,407   $ 46,885  

Less:

                               

Acquisition related costs

    2,523     2,523              

Goodwill and other asset impairment charge

    229,317     229,317              

Restructuring charges

    24,432     22,471     685     962     314  
                       

Adjusted expenses

  $ 522,393   $ 343,547   $ 64,830   $ 67,445   $ 46,571  
                       

U.S. GAAP net loss

  $ (179,789 )                        

Net effect of adjustments

    208,375                          
                               

Adjusted net income

  $ 28,586                          
                               

U.S. GAAP diluted loss per share

  $ (4.42 )                        

Net effect of adjustments

    5.11                          
                               

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.69                          
                               

 

 
   
   
  Non-U.S.  
 
  ITG Consolidated    
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
  U.S.   Canada   Europe   Asia Pacific  

U.S. GAAP expenses

  $ 521,421   $ 340,690   $ 57,360   $ 69,234   $ 54,137  

Less:

                               

Acquisition related costs

    2,409     2,409              

Goodwill and other asset impairment charge

    11,466     6,091             5,375  

Restructuring charges

    4,062     2,002     (16 )       2,076  
                       

Adjusted expenses

  $ 503,484   $ 330,188   $ 57,376   $ 69,234   $ 46,686  
                       

U.S. GAAP net income

  $ 23,980                          

Net effect of adjustments

    14,140                          
                               

Adjusted net income

  $ 38,120                          
                               

U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.55                          

Net effect of adjustments

    0.33                          
                               

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.88                          
                               

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearing houses that trade and clear equities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchanges or the clearing house. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general, the Company's guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these memberships cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the

42


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

        As of December 31, 2011, our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments amounted to $147.5 million in the aggregate and consisted of the following (dollars in millions):

 
  Payments due by period  
Contractual obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
 

Purchase of goods and services

  $ 59,664   $ 29,029   $ 22,675   $ 7,960   $  

Long-term debt

    21,755     5,837     12,734     3,184      

Capital lease obligations

    2,242     590     1,228     424      

Operating lease obligations

    53,515     13,879     17,581     13,973     8,082  

Minimum payments under certain employment arrangements

    10,275     10,210     26     26     13  
                       

Total

  $ 147,451   $ 59,545   $ 54,244   $ 25,567   $ 8,095  
                       

        The above information excludes $14.5 million of unrecognized tax benefits discussed in Note 14, Income Taxes , to our consolidated financial statements because it is not possible to estimate the time period when, or if, it might be paid to tax authorities.

        The above information also excludes the lease agreement entered into on February 24, 2012 for office space relating to the relocation of the Company's corporate headquarters (see Note 26, Subsequent Event , to the consolidated financial statements and Item 9B, Other Information).

        As part of the $150 million, three-year credit agreement we entered into on January 31, 2011, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% on any unborrowed amounts.

Critical Accounting Estimates

        Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. In many instances, the application of such principles requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances. A change in the estimates or a variance in the application, or interpretation of accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. could yield a materially different accounting result. Below is a summary of our critical accounting estimates where we believe that the estimations, judgments or interpretations that we made, if different, would have yielded the most significant differences in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, for a summary of all of our significant accounting policies see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill Impairment: Testing Methodology and Valuation Considerations

        We obtained goodwill and intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions of subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired. In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, we test goodwill for impairment at least annually and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process as follows:

    Step one—the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value in order to identify potential impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of

43


Table of Contents

      its net assets, goodwill is not considered impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, potential impairment is indicated at the reporting unit level and step two of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill and measure the potential impairment loss.

    Step two—when potential impairment is indicated in step one, we compare the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires a valuation of the reporting unit's tangible and (non-goodwill) intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of the purchase price in a business combination. Any excess in the value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

        The impairment assessment requires management to make estimates regarding the fair value of the reporting unit to which goodwill has been assigned. The fair values of our reporting units are determined by considering the income approach, and where appropriate, a combination of the income and market approaches to valuation.

        Under the income approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is estimated based on the present value of expected future cash flows. The income approach is dependent on a discounted cash flow model for each of our reporting units, which incorporates a cash flow forecast plus a terminal value (a commonly used methodology to capture the present value of perpetual cash flows assuming an estimated sustainable long-term growth rate). Such forecasts consider business plans, historical and anticipated future results based upon our expectations for future product offerings, our market opportunities and challenges and other factors. The discount rates used to determine the present value of future cash flows are based upon an adjusted version of the Capital Asset Pricing Model ("CAPM") to estimate the required rate of return on equity capital. The CAPM measures the rate of return required by investors given a company's risk profile. Significant revisions to any of these estimates could lead to an impairment of all or a portion of goodwill in future periods.

        Under the market approach, the fair value is derived from multiples which are (i) based upon operating data of similar guideline companies, (ii) evaluated and adjusted based on the strengths and weaknesses of our company compared to the guideline companies and (iii) applied to our company's operating data to arrive at an indication of value. We also consider prices paid in recent transactions that have occurred in our industry or related industries. In the latter case, valuation multiples based upon actual transactions are used to arrive at an indication of value. Under the market approach, we make certain judgments about the selection of comparable guideline companies, comparable recent company and asset transactions and transaction control premiums. Although we have based the fair value estimate on assumptions we believe to be reasonable, those assumptions are inherently unpredictable and uncertain and actual results could differ from the estimate.

        In our impairment testing, we also examine the sensitivity of the fair values of our reporting units by reviewing other scenarios relative to the initial assumptions we used to see if the resulting impact on fair values would have resulted in a different step one conclusion. Accordingly, we perform sensitivity analyses based on more conservative terminal growth scenarios and higher discount rates in which the fair values of these reporting units are recalculated. In the first sensitivity analysis, we lower our terminal growth rate assumptions (holding all other critical assumptions constant), while in our second sensitivity analysis, we increase each reporting unit's discount rate (holding all other critical assumptions constant). We then evaluate the outcomes of the sensitivity analyses performed to assess their impact on our step one conclusions.

44


Table of Contents

        As a corroborative source of fair value reasonability assessment, we reconcile the aggregate fair values of our reporting units to the market capitalization of ITG to derive an implied control premium (an adjustment reflecting the estimated incremental fair value of a controlling stake in a company). In performing this reconciliation, we may, depending on the volatility of our stock price, use either the stock price on the valuation date or the average stock price over a range of dates around the valuation date, generally 30 days. We then compare the implied control premium to premiums paid in observable recent transactions of comparable companies to verify the reasonableness of the fair value of our reporting units obtained through our primary valuation methods.

        We continually monitor and evaluate business and competitive conditions that affect our operations for indicators of potential impairment. As a result, we performed quarterly interim impairment testing in 2010 and 2011 in addition to our annual tests due to the presence of adverse economic and business conditions such as significant outflows from domestic equity mutual funds (which comprise a core component of our client base), a prolonged decrease in our market capitalization below book value, a decline in our current and expected financial performance, and the significant near-term uncertainty related to both the global economic recovery and the outlook for our industry. Our interim impairment tests apply the same valuation techniques, terminal growth rates and sensitivity analyses used in our prior annual impairment tests to each updated quarterly cash flow forecast.

        During the first two months of 2011, domestic equity fund flows turned positive with inflows of approximately $18 billion (according to the Investment Company Institute), before reverting back to outflows of $6 billion in March. While our first quarter 2011 average daily executed volumes increased by 7% in the U.S. over the first quarter of 2010, a significantly higher portion of our volume was from our lower-priced sell-side clients resulting in a contraction in our overall average revenue per share. Based upon these mixed results, it was not readily apparent whether the strong inflows in the first two months indicated the early stages of an asset allocation shift back to domestic equity mutual funds, or merely a brief respite from an ongoing redirection of funds from domestic equity mutual funds into other asset classes. Our first quarter interim testing at March 31, 2011 did not indicate any step one goodwill impairment as the fair value of our U.S., European and Hong Kong reporting units was determined to be in excess of their carrying values by 17%, 50% and 158%, respectively. Also, none of the outcomes of the sensitivity analyses performed impacted the step one conclusions.

        In the second quarter, outflows from domestic equity mutual funds re-accelerated, driving our revenues sharply below the levels projected in our March 31, 2011 forecast. Consequently, we revised our assumptions, in light of the increased uncertainty regarding the recovery of our core client trading activity, to reflect our adjusted expectations for a slower, more prolonged recovery in our revenue growth and to reduce the multiple used in our market approach to reflect the decline in industry market multiples. These revisions resulted in a fair value for our U.S. reporting unit that was determined to be $34.6 million (or 5%) below its carrying value, indicating a potential impairment and causing us to proceed to step two. Our required step two valuation test yielded an aggregate fair value for the tangible and (non-goodwill) intangible assets in our U.S. Operations of $190.4 million above their aggregate carrying value, which reduced the amount of the implied fair value attributable to goodwill. As a result we recorded a $225.0 million impairment charge for goodwill in our U.S. Operations.

        Our annual impairment testing was performed using carrying values as of October 1, 2011. Based on the results of the annual impairment step one interim testing, no further impairment was indicated for the U.S Operations reporting unit, as its fair value was determined to be in excess of its carrying value by 29%. There was also no impairment indicated for the European or Hong Kong Operations as the fair values of these reporting units were determined to be in excess of their respective carrying values by 29% and 233%. In addition, none of the outcomes of the Company's sensitivity analyses performed led to a conclusion that goodwill was further impaired. The carrying value of each reporting unit includes the assets and liabilities necessary to operate as a business and generate the cash flows

45


Table of Contents

used to determine the fair value of the reporting unit. The sum of the carrying values for all the reporting units equals the reported book value of the consolidated Company.

        A summary of our goodwill by reporting unit as of December 31, 2011, as well as the critical assumptions used in our year-end interim testing and the percent that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, is as follows:

 
  Goodwill
($ in
thousands)
  % of
Total
  Discount
Rate
  Terminal
Growth
Rate
  % Reporting Unit
Fair Value
Exceeds its
Carrying
Value

U.S. Operations

  $ 245,105     90 %   12.50 % 5%     20%

European Operations

    28,486     10 %   12.50 % 5%     30%

Asia Pacific Operations:

                         

Hong Kong

    701     0 %   10.75 % 5%   227%
                       

Total

  $ 274,292     100 %            
                       

        While we have determined the estimated fair values of our reporting units to be appropriate based on the forecasted level of revenue growth, net income and cash flows, in the current market environment it is a reasonable possibility that one of our reporting units may become impaired in future periods as there can be no assurance that our estimates and assumptions made for purposes of our goodwill impairment will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. Our use of the term "reasonable possibility" refers to a potential occurrence that is more than remote, but less than probable in our judgment. If our assumptions regarding forecasted revenue or net income growth rates are not achieved, or if our market capitalization declines further below our reported book value, we may be required to record goodwill impairment charges in future periods, whether in connection with our next annual impairment testing on October 1, 2012 or prior to that, if any indications of potential impairment are present outside of the quarter from when the annual goodwill impairment test is performed. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or, if it does, whether such charge would be material.

        As events and circumstances have not yet shown meaningful signs of imminent improvement, we continue to maintain a heightened awareness of such trends and their resultant impact on our near-term profitability as well as the market price of our common stock, which has consistently traded below book value for most of the last two years. Accordingly, we will continue to perform interim goodwill impairment evaluations until such indicators of potential impairment subside.

Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

        Intangible assets with definite useful lives are subject to amortization and are evaluated for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that an intangible asset's carrying amount may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment. If such an event or change occurs, we estimate cash flows directly associated with the use of the intangible asset to test its recoverability and assess its remaining useful life. The projected cash flows require assumptions related to revenue growth, operating margins and other relevant market, economic and regulatory factors. If the expected undiscounted future cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of a finite-lived intangible asset or asset group are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of the asset, we then compare the carrying amount to its current fair value. We estimate the fair value using market prices for similar assets, if available, or by using a discounted cash flow model. We then recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. While we believe our assumptions are reasonable, changes in these assumptions may have a material impact on our financial results.

46


Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

        In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, share-based payment transactions require the application of a fair value methodology that involves various assumptions. The fair value of options awarded is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the following assumptions: expected life of the option, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility of our common stock price and expected dividend yield. We estimate the expected life of the options using historical data and the volatility of our common stock is estimated based on a combination of the historical volatility and the implied volatility from traded options. The fair value of restricted share awards with a market condition is estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model. A Monte Carlo simulation is an iterative technique designed to estimate future payouts by taking into account our current stock price, the volatility of our common stock, risk-free rates, and a risk-neutral valuation methodology.

        Although both models meet the requirements of ASC 718, the fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of the underlying awards, as it does not consider other factors important to those share-based compensation awards, such as continued employment, periodic vesting requirements and limited transferability.

Fair Value

        Securities owned, at fair value, and securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition are carried at fair value or amounts that approximate fair value, with the related unrealized gains or losses recognized in our results of operations (except for available-for-sale securities, for which unrealized gains or losses are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income unless we believe there is an other-than-temporary impairment in their carrying value). The fair value of these instruments is the amount at which these instruments could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Where available, we use the prices from independent sources such as listed market prices or broker/dealer quotations. For investments in illiquid and privately held securities that do not have readily determinable fair values, we use estimated fair values as determined by management.

Income Taxes and Uncertain Tax Positions

        ASC 740, Income Taxes, establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for the effect of income taxes. The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity's financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance may be recorded against deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Fluctuations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our financial position or results of operations.

        We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit for each such position that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits. Such estimates involve interpretations of regulations, rulings, case law, etc. and are inherently complex. Our estimates may require periodic adjustments and may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes as resolution of income tax treatments in individual jurisdictions typically would not be known for several years after completion of any fiscal year. The

47


Table of Contents

impact of our reassessment of uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 did not have a material impact on the results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

        In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations. This update provides clarification regarding the acquisition date that should be used for reporting the pro forma financial information disclosures required by Topic 805 when comparative financial statements are presented. It also requires entities to provide a description of the nature and amount of material, non-recurring pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the business combination.

        In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, which requires additional disclosures about transfers between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll-forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU also amends ASC Subtopic 820-10 to clarify certain existing disclosures regarding the level of disaggregation at which fair value measurements are provided for each class of assets and liabilities (instead of major category) and disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value for both recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3.

        In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, providing guidance relating to revenue recognition in multiple deliverable arrangements. The new guidance requires entities to allocate consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices if a vendor does not have vendor-specific evidence of fair value or third-party evidence of selling price. The new guidance also eliminates the use of the residual method of allocation.

        The above guidance was adopted prospectively in the first quarter of 2011. The adoption of these standards and amendments did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

        In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) amending the guidance on the annual goodwill impairment test. Under the amended guidance, we will have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test. If we believe, as a result of the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the quantitative impairment test is required. If we believe the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than the carrying value, no further testing is required. A company can choose to perform the qualitative assessment on some or none of its reporting entities. The amended guidance is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 with early adoption permitted. We do not believe the impact of this amendment on our consolidated financial statements will be material.

        In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-5, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) regarding the presentation of comprehensive income. The new standard requires the presentation of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The Company's adoption of this standard in 2012 will only impact the presentation of our financial statements.

48


Table of Contents

        In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04: Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This update clarifies application of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not believe the impact of this amendment on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position will be material.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        Market risk refers to the potential for adverse changes in the value of a company's financial instruments as a result of changes in market conditions. We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and equity prices. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes on a long-term basis. We continually evaluate our exposure to market risk and oversee the establishment of policies, procedures and controls to ensure that market risks are identified and analyzed on an ongoing basis.

        We have performed sensitivity analyses on different tests of market risk as described in the following sections to estimate the impacts of a hypothetical change in market conditions on the U.S. Dollar value of non-U.S. Dollar-based revenues associated with our Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations. Estimated potential losses assume the occurrence of certain adverse market conditions. Such estimates do not consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors and also do not represent management's expectations of projected losses in fair value. We do not foresee any significant changes in the strategies we use to manage interest rate risk, foreign currency risk or equity price risk in the near future.

Interest Rate Risk

        Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to interest-sensitive financial instruments in our investment portfolio and our revolving credit facility. Since our $150.0 million credit facility is specifically earmarked for limited short-term borrowings to support U.S. brokerage clearing operations, the impact of any adverse change in interest rates on this facility should not be material. Interest-sensitive financial instruments in our investment portfolio will decline in value if interest rates increase. Our interest-bearing investment portfolio primarily consists of short-term, high-credit quality money market mutual funds. The aggregate fair market value of our portfolio including restricted cash was $277.4 million and $366.7 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our interest-bearing investments are not insured and because of the short-term high quality nature of the investments are not likely to fluctuate significantly in market value.

Foreign Currency Risk

        We currently operate and continue to expand globally, principally through our operations in Canada, Europe and Asia Pacific as well as through the development of specially tailored versions of our services to meet the needs of our clients who trade in international markets. Additionally, we maintain a technology development facility in Israel. Our investments and development activities in these countries expose us to currency exchange rate fluctuations primarily between the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound Sterling, Euro, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Hong Kong Dollar and Israeli New Shekel. When the U.S. Dollar strengthens against these currencies, the U.S. Dollar value of non-U.S. Dollar-based revenue decreases. To the extent that our international activities recorded in local currencies increase in the future, our exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates will correspondingly increase. We have not engaged in derivative financial instruments as a means of hedging this financial statement risk. Non-U.S. Dollar cash balances held overseas are generally kept at levels necessary to meet current operating and capitalization needs. The Company may at times hedge small amounts of the Non-U.S. Dollar cash balances to mitigate exposure.

49


Table of Contents

        Approximately 34% and 32% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were denominated in non-U.S. Dollar currencies. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, we estimate that a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the above mentioned foreign exchange rates would have resulted in a decrease in net income of $0.7 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Equity Price Risk

        Equity price risk results from exposure to changes in the prices of equity securities on positions held due to trading errors, including client errors and our own errors, and from principal trading activities, primarily on an intra-day basis. Equity price risk can arise from liquidating all such principal positions. Accordingly, we maintain policies and procedures regarding the management of our principal trading accounts, which require review by a supervisory principal. It is our policy to attempt to trade out of all positions by the end of the day. However, at times, we hold positions overnight if we are unable to trade out of positions during the day. In addition, certain positions may be liquidated over a period of time in an effort to minimize market impact, and we may incur losses relating to such positions. We may also have positions in exchange-traded funds ("ETFs") with offsetting positions in the underlying securities as part of an ETF creation and redemption service that we provide to clients.

        We manage equity price risk associated with open positions through the establishment and monitoring of trading policies and through controls and review procedures that ensure communication and timely resolution of trading issues. In addition, our operations and trading departments review all trades that are open at the end of the day.

Cash Management Risk

        Our cash management strategy seeks to optimize excess liquid assets by preserving principal, maintaining liquidity to satisfy capital requirements, minimizing risk and maximizing our after-tax rate of return. Our policy is to invest in high quality credit issuers, limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and invest in tax efficient strategies. Our first priority is to reduce the risk of principal loss. We seek to preserve our invested funds by limiting default risk, market risk, and re-investment risk. We attempt to mitigate default risk by investing principally in U.S. government money market mutual funds and other short-term government debt-based instruments.

        For working capital purposes, we invest only in money market instruments. Cash balances that are not needed for normal operations may be invested in a tax efficient manner in instruments with appropriate maturities and levels of risk to correspond to expected liquidity needs. To the extent that we invest in equity securities, we ensure portfolio liquidity by investing in marketable mutual fund securities with active secondary or resale markets. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and mutual fund securities owned were $288.8 million and $322.1 million, respectively.

50


Table of Contents

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

51


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Investment Technology Group, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 28, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.


/s/ KPMG LLP


 

 

 

New York, New York
February 28, 2012

52


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(In thousands, except par value and share amounts)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 284,188   $ 317,010  

Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other

    71,496     68,965  

Deposits with clearing organizations

    25,538     14,235  

Securities owned, at fair value

    5,277     25,789  

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    871,315     865,251  

Receivables from customers

    472,509     606,256  

Premises and equipment, net

    43,023     39,373  

Capitalized software, net

    51,258     57,924  

Goodwill

    274,292     468,479  

Other intangibles, net

    39,594     36,784  

Income taxes receivable

    6,838     5,561  

Deferred taxes

    16,493     4,902  

Other assets

    16,248     20,324  
           

Total assets

  $ 2,178,069   $ 2,530,853  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Liabilities:

             

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 181,224   $ 195,109  

Short-term bank loans

    1,606      

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    1,079,773     1,139,958  

Payables to customers

    207,738     272,027  

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

    438     19,362  

Income taxes payable

    11,460     16,215  

Deferred taxes

    719     18,114  

Term debt

    23,997      
           

Total liabilities

    1,506,955     1,660,785  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity:

             

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

  $   $  

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 51,899,229 and 51,790,608 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

    519     518  

Additional paid-in capital

    249,469     246,085  

Retained earnings

    653,344     833,133  

Common stock held in treasury, at cost; 12,679,948 and 10,524,757 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively

    (240,559 )   (220,161 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (net of tax)

    8,341     10,493  
           

Total stockholders' equity

    671,114     870,068  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 2,178,069   $ 2,530,853  
           

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

53


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Revenues:

                   

Commissions and fees

  $ 445,801   $ 469,005   $ 531,998  

Recurring

    110,919     93,186     87,483  

Other

    15,317     8,563     13,588  
               

Total revenues

    572,037     570,754     633,069  
               

Expenses:

                   

Compensation and employee benefits

    219,307     215,886     235,518  

Transaction processing

    91,602     85,387     95,618  

Occupancy and equipment

    60,191     59,905     59,950  

Telecommunications and data processing services

    58,460     53,473     54,549  

Other general and administrative

    90,808     94,253     83,028  

Goodwill and other asset impairment

    229,317     5,375      

Restructuring charges

    24,432     4,062     25,444  

Acquisition related costs

    2,523     2,409      

Interest expense

    2,025     671     2,511  
               

Total expenses

    778,665     521,421     556,618  
               

(Loss) income before income tax expense

    (206,628 )   49,333     76,451  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (26,839 )   25,353     33,617  
               

Net (loss) income

  $ (179,789 ) $ 23,980   $ 42,834  
               

(Loss) earnings per share:

                   

Basic

  $ (4.42 ) $ 0.56   $ 0.98  
               

Diluted

  $ (4.42 ) $ 0.55   $ 0.97  
               

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    40,691     42,767     43,538  
               

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    40,691     43,496     44,018  
               

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

54


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $   $ 516   $ 219,830   $ 766,319   $ (193,206 ) $ (6,079 ) $ 787,380  
                               

Net income

                42,834             42,834  

Other comprehensive income:

                                           

Currency translation adjustment

                        13,278     13,278  

Net change in securities available-for-sale (net of tax)

                        (69 )   (69 )

Reclassification adjustment for losses recognized in net income (net of tax)

                        269     269  
                                           

Comprehensive income

                                      $ 56,312  
                                           

Issuance of common stock for stock options (214,445 shares), restricted share awards (183,513 shares) and employee stock unit awards (168,248 shares), including tax benefit shortfall of $1.5 million

            (5,545 )       13,115         7,570  

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (99,847 shares)

        1     1,832                 1,833  

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (119,801 shares)

                    (2,652 )       (2,652 )

Share-based compensation

            17,257                 17,257  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2009

        517     233,374     809,153     (182,743 )   7,399     867,700  
                               

Net income

                23,980             23,980  

Other comprehensive income:

                                           

Currency translation adjustment

                        2,939     2,939  

Net change in securities available-for-sale (net of tax)

                        155     155  
                                           

Comprehensive income

                                        27,074  
                                           

Issuance of common stock for stock options (125,268 shares), restricted share awards (317,489 shares) and employee stock unit awards (311,106 shares), including tax benefit shortfall of $2.2 million

            (9,925 )       16,961         7,036  

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (108,454 shares)

        1     1,650                 1,651  

Majestic acquisition replacement awards

            2,994                 2,994  

Purchase of common stock (3,151,828 shares)

                    (50,284 )       (50,284 )

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (235,075 shares)

                    (4,095 )       (4,095 )

Share-based compensation

            17,992                 17,992  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2010

        518     246,085     833,133     (220,161 )   10,493     870,068  
                               

Net loss

                (179,789 )           (179,789 )

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

                                           

Currency translation adjustment

                        (2,066 )   (2,066 )

Net change in securities available-for-sale (net of tax)

                        (86 )   (86 )
                                           

Comprehensive income

                                        (181,941 )
                                           

Issuance of common stock for stock options (111,792 shares), restricted share awards (787,399 shares) and employee stock unit awards (288,917 shares), including tax benefit shortfall of $3.3 million

            (19,285 )       24,514         5,229  

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (108,621 shares)

        1     1,253                 1,254  

Purchase of common stock for treasury (2,974,200 shares)

                    (38,928 )       (38,928 )

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (369,099 shares)

                    (5,984 )       (5,984 )

Share-based compensation

            21,416                 21,416  
                               

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $   $ 519   $ 249,469   $ 653,344   $ (240,559 ) $ 8,341   $ 671,114  
                               

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

55


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (179,789 ) $ 23,980   $ 42,834  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    59,057     62,373     60,746  

Deferred income tax (benefit) expense

    (32,593 )   (4,315 )   8,501  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    203     178     (1,689 )

Share-based compensation

    20,156     18,006     15,983  

Capitalized software write-off

        6,091      

Non-cash restructuring charges, net

    2,480     1,461     5,536  

Goodwill and other asset impairment

    229,317     5,375      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other

    (2,625 )   25,843     (18,479 )

Deposits with clearing organizations

    (11,303 )   656     28,350  

Securities owned, at fair value

    18,403     (18,058 )   (363 )

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    (6,671 )   (503,140 )   (11,099 )

Receivables from customers

    134,913     (290,031 )   26,807  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (18,079 )   (31,995 )   (15,865 )

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    (59,605 )   889,457     1,513  

Payables to customers

    (64,592 )   (37,698 )   (18,082 )

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

    (18,915 )   18,347     (2,452 )

Income taxes receivable/payable

    (6,053 )   10,446     (24,823 )

Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements

            (274 )

Other, net

    2,755     (867 )   290  
               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    67,059     176,109     97,434  
               

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                   

Acquisition of subsidiaries and minority interests, net of cash acquired

    (36,185 )   (48,926 )   (1,937 )

Acquisition of patent

            (450 )

Capital purchases

    (22,857 )   (19,280 )   (15,231 )

Capitalization of software development costs

    (29,061 )   (33,897 )   (42,841 )

Proceeds from sale of investments

    2,095          
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (86,008 )   (102,103 )   (60,459 )
               

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                   

Proceeds (repayments) of short-term bank loans

    1,606         (24,900 )

Proceeds from term loans

    25,469          

Repayments of term loans

    (4,043 )   (46,900 )   (47,600 )

Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements

            274  

Proceeds from sales-lease back transactions

    2,571          

Debt issuance costs

    (2,908 )        

Common stock issued

    9,753     10,896     10,934  

Common stock repurchased

    (38,928 )   (50,284 )    

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards

    (5,984 )   (4,095 )   (2,652 )
               

Net cash used in financing activities

    (12,464 )   (90,383 )   (63,944 )
               

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (1,409 )   2,508     4,888  
               

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (32,822 )   (13,869 )   (22,081 )
               

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

    317,010     330,879     352,960  
               

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

  $ 284,188   $ 317,010   $ 330,879  
               

Supplemental cash flow information:

                   

Interest paid

  $ 2,453   $ 1,343   $ 6,478  

Income taxes paid

  $ 15,508   $ 19,345   $ 51,930  

Majestic acquisition replacement awards

  $   $ 2,994   $  

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

56


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)   Organization and Basis of Presentation

        Investment Technology Group, Inc. ("ITG" or, the "Company") was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 22, 1983. Its principal subsidiaries include: (1) ITG Inc., AlterNet Securities, Inc. ("AlterNet") and ITG Derivatives LLC ("ITG Derivatives"), institutional broker-dealers in the United States ("U.S."), (2) Investment Technology Group Limited ("ITGL"), an institutional broker-dealer in Europe, (3) ITG Australia Limited ("ITG Australia"), an institutional broker-dealer in Australia, (4) ITG Canada Corp. ("ITG Canada"), an institutional broker-dealer in Canada, (5) ITG Hong Kong Limited ("ITG Hong Kong"), an institutional broker-dealer in Hong Kong, (6) ITG Software Solutions, Inc., an intangible property, software development and maintenance subsidiary in the U.S., and (7) ITG Solutions Network, Inc. ("ITG Solutions Network"), a holding company for ITG Analytics, Inc. ("ITG Analytics"), a provider of pre- and post- trade analysis, fair value and trade optimization services, ITG Investment Research, Inc. ("ITG Investment Research"), a provider of independent data-driven investment research and The Macgregor Group, Inc. ("Macgregor"), a provider of trade order management technology and network connectivity services for the financial community.

        ITG is an independent research and execution broker that partners with global portfolio managers and traders to provide unique data-driven insights throughout the investment process. From investment decision through settlement, ITG helps clients understand market trends, improve performance, mitigate risk and navigate increasingly complex markets. A leader in electronic trading since launching the POSIT crossing network in 1987, ITG takes a consultative approach in delivering the highest quality institutional liquidity, execution services, analytical tools and proprietary research. ITG is headquartered in New York with offices in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region.

        The Company's reportable operating segments are: U.S. Operations, Canadian Operations, European Operations and Asia Pacific Operations (see Note 24, Segment Reporting, which also includes financial information about geographic areas). The U.S. Operations segment provides trade execution, trade order management, network connectivity and research services. The Canadian Operations segment provides trade execution, network connectivity and research services. The European Operations segment provides trade execution, trade order management, network connectivity and research services and includes a technology research and development facility in Israel. The Asia Pacific Operations segment provides trade execution, network connectivity and research services.

        The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("U.S. GAAP"). The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of results.

        Certain reclassifications and format changes have been made to prior period amounts to conform to current period presentation. Specifically, reclassifications were made from capitalized software to premises and equipment.

(2)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements represent the consolidation of the accounts of ITG and its subsidiaries in conformity with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in unconsolidated companies (generally 20 to 50 percent

57


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

ownership), in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence but neither has a controlling interest nor is the primary beneficiary, are accounted for under the equity method. Investments in entities in which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under certain criteria indicated in ASC 810, Consolidation, a partially-owned affiliate would be consolidated when it has less than a 50% ownership if the Company was the primary beneficiary of that entity. At the present time, there are no interests in variable interest entities.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

        Transactions in securities, commissions and fees and related expenses are recorded on a trade date basis.

        Commissions and fees are derived primarily from (1) commissions charged for trade execution services, (2) income generated from net executions, whereby equity orders are filled at different prices within or at the National Best Bid and Offer and (3) commission sharing arrangements.

        Recurring revenues are derived from the following primary sources: (1) connectivity fees, (2) software and analytical products and services, (3) maintenance and customer technical support for the Company's order management system and (4) investment research services.

        Substantially all of the Company's recurring revenue arrangements do not require significant modification or customization of the underlying software. Accordingly, the vast majority of software revenue is recognized pursuant to the requirements of ASC 985, Software. Specifically, revenue recognition from subscriptions, maintenance, customer technical support and professional services commences when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of a legally binding arrangement with a customer exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) the fee is deemed fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties and (4) collection is probable. Where software is provided under a hosting arrangement, revenue is accounted for as a service arrangement since the customer does not have the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty (or it is not feasible for the customer to run the software on either its own hardware or third party hardware).

        Subscription agreements for software products generally include provisions that, among other things, allow customers to receive unspecified future software upgrades for no additional fee, as well as the right to use the software products with maintenance for the term of the agreement, typically one to three years. Under these agreements, once all four of the above noted revenue recognition criteria are met, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription agreement. If a subscription agreement includes an acceptance provision, revenue is not recognized until the earlier of the receipt of written acceptance from the customer or, if not notified by the customer to cancel the license agreement, the expiration of the acceptance period.

        Investment research product revenues are recognized on a commission or subscription basis. For bundled payment arrangements with trade execution products, commission revenues are recognized on

58


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the trade date whereas services sold on a subscription basis are recognized when services are rendered provided that persuasive evidence exists, the fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

        Other revenues include: (1) income from principal trading, including the net spread on foreign exchange contracts entered into to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies, (2) the net interest spread earned on securities borrowed and loaned matched book transactions, (3) non-recurring professional services, such as one-time implementation and customer training related activities, (4) investment and interest income, (5) interest income on securities borrowed in connection with customers' settlement activities and (6) market gains/losses resulting from temporary positions in securities assumed in the normal course of agency trading (including client errors and accommodations).

        Revenues from professional services, which are sold as a multiple-element arrangement with the implementation of software, are deferred until go-live (or acceptance, if applicable) of the software and recognized in the same manner as the subscription over the remaining term of the initial contract. Professional services that are not connected with the implementation of software are recognized on a time and material basis as incurred.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Substantially all of the Company's financial instruments are carried at fair value or amounts approximating fair value. Cash and cash equivalents, securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased and certain payables are carried at market value or estimated fair value.

Securities Transactions

        Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations include amounts receivable for fails to deliver, cash deposits for securities borrowed, amounts receivable on open transactions from clearing organizations and non-U.S. broker-dealers and commissions and fees receivable. Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations include amounts payable for fails to receive, amounts payable on open transactions to clearing organizations and non-U.S. broker-dealers, securities loaned and execution cost payables. Receivables from customers consist of customer fails to deliver, amounts receivable on open transactions from non-U.S. customers, commissions and fees earned and receivables billed for research services, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Payables to customers primarily consist of customer fails to receive and amounts payable on open transactions to non-U.S. customers. Commissions and fees and related expenses for all securities transactions are recorded on a trade date basis.

        Securities owned, at fair value consist of common stock and mutual funds. Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value consist of common stock. Marketable securities owned are valued using market quotes from third parties. Unrealized gains and losses are included in other revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, except for unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities which are reported in other accumulated comprehensive income unless there is an other than temporary impairment in their carrying value.

59


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Securities Borrowed and Loaned

        Securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions are reported as collateralized financings. Securities borrowed transactions require the Company to deposit cash, letters of credit, or other collateral with the lender. With respect to securities loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash or other collateral in amounts generally in excess of the fair value of securities loaned. The Company monitors the fair value of securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded as necessary. Securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received, adjusted for additional collateral obtained or received.

        The Company engages in securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions as part of its U.S. self-clearing process primarily to facilitate customer transactions, including shortened or extended settlement activities and for failed settlements. On these transactions, interest income for securities borrowed is recorded in other revenue while interest expense from securities loaned is recorded in transaction processing expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        The Company also operates a matched book business where securities are borrowed from one party for the express purpose of loaning such securities to another party, generating a net interest spread. The Company records the net interest earned on these transactions in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Client Commission Arrangements

        Institutional customers are permitted to allocate a portion of their gross commissions to pay for research products and other services provided by third parties. The amounts allocated for those purposes are commonly referred to as client commission arrangements. The cost of independent research and directed brokerage arrangements is accounted for on an accrual basis. Commission revenue is recorded when earned on a trade date basis. Payments relating to client commission arrangements are netted against the commission revenues. Prepaid research, including balance transfer receivables due from other broker-dealers, net of allowance is included in receivables from customers and receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, while accrued research payable is classified as accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        Client commissions allocated for research and related prepaid and accrued research balances for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows (dollars in millions):

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Client commissions

  $ 130.8   $ 155.8   $ 180.3  
               

Prepaid research, gross

  $ 3.7   $ 4.6   $ 5.3  

Allowance for prepaid research

    (0.4 )   (0.4 )   (0.5 )
               

Prepaid research, net of allowance

  $ 3.3   $ 4.2   $ 4.8  
               

Accrued research payable

  $ 50.7   $ 41.6   $ 39.0  
               

Capitalized Software

        Software development costs are capitalized when the technological feasibility of a product has been established. Technological feasibility is established when all planning, designing, coding and testing

60


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

activities that are necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet design specifications are completed. All costs incurred to establish technological feasibility are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over a three-year period beginning when the product is available for general release to customers.

Research and Development

        All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs, which are included in other general and administrative expenses and compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, are estimated at $47.5 million, $49.1 million and $43.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangibles

        Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their fair values on the date of acquisition. The cost to be allocated in a business combination includes consideration paid to the sellers, including cash and the fair values of assets distributed and the fair values of liabilities assumed. Both direct (e.g., legal and professional fees) and indirect costs of the business combination are expensed as incurred. Certain agreements to acquire entities include potential additional consideration that is payable, contingent on the acquired company maintaining or achieving specified earnings levels in future periods. For acquisitions that took place prior to January 1, 2009 the fair value of the consideration issued or issuable is recorded as an additional cost of the acquired entity when the contingency is resolved and additional consideration is distributable. For acquisitions occurring after January 1, 2009, the fair value of any contingent consideration would be recognized on the acquisition date with subsequent changes in that fair value reflected in income. The consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business from the date of acquisition.

        An intangible asset is recognized as an asset apart from goodwill if it arises from contractual or other legal rights or if it is separable (i.e. capable of being separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged). Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of each acquired entity over the amounts assigned to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

        The judgments that are made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact net income in periods following a business combination. Traditional approaches used to determine fair value include the income, cost and market approaches. The income approach presumes that the value of an asset can be estimated by the net economic benefit to be received over the life of the asset, discounted to present value. The cost approach presumes that an investor would pay no more for an asset than its replacement or reproduction cost. The market approach estimates value based on what other participants in the market have paid for reasonably similar assets. Although each valuation approach is considered in valuing the assets acquired, the approach or combination of approaches ultimately selected is based on the characteristics of the asset and the availability of information.

        Goodwill is assessed no less than annually for impairment. The fair values used in the Company's impairment testing are determined by the discounted cash flow method (an income approach) and where appropriate, a combination of the discounted cash flow method and the guideline company method (a market approach). An impairment loss is indicated if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its net book value. In such a case, the impairment loss is calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In determining the fair value of each

61


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

of the Company's reporting units, the discounted cash flow analyses employed require significant assumptions and estimates about the future operations of each reporting unit. Significant judgments inherent in these analyses include the determination of appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and growth rates. The cash flows employed in the Company's 2011 discounted cash flow analyses were based on financial budgets and forecasts developed internally by management. The Company's discount rate assumptions are based on a determination of its required rate of return on equity capital.

        Other intangibles with definite lives are amortized over their useful lives. All other intangibles are assessed at least annually for impairment. If impairment is indicated, an impairment loss is calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

Premises and Equipment

        Furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three to seven years). Leasehold improvements are carried at cost and are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the non-cancelable lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is generally based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition, as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the fair value of the asset as estimated using a cash flow model. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Contingent income tax liabilities are recorded when the criteria for loss recognition have been met. An uncertain tax position is recognized based on the determination of whether or not a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based upon the technical merits of the position. If this recognition threshold is met, the tax benefit is then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities

        Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue producing transaction between the Company and its customers, including but not limited to sales, use, value added and some excise taxes are presented in the consolidated financial statements on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

62


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Earnings per Share

        Basic earnings per share is determined by dividing earnings by the average number of shares of common stock outstanding, while diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing earnings by the average number of shares of common stock adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents by application of the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the diluted calculation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Share-based Compensation

        Share-based compensation expense requires measurement of compensation cost for share-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the vesting period, net of estimated forfeitures. For awards with graded vesting schedules that only have service conditions, the Company recognizes compensation cost evenly over the requisite service period for the entire award using the straight-line attribution method. For awards with service conditions as well as performance or market conditions, the Company recognizes compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards.

        The fair value of stock options granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which considers, among other factors, the expected term of the award and the expected volatility of the Company's stock price. Although the Black-Scholes model meets the requirements of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, the fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of the underlying awards, as it does not consider other factors important to those share-based compensation awards, such as continued employment, periodic vesting requirements and limited transferability.

        The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants in 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Risk free interest rate

    2.0 %   1.5 %   2.3 %

Expected volatility

    40 %   44 %   49 %

Expected life (years)

    4.76     4.00     4.00  

        The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected option life is based on historical experience of employee exercise behavior. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility, implied volatility, price observations taken at regular intervals and other factors deemed appropriate. Expected dividend is based upon the current dividend rate.

        The fair value of restricted share awards is based on the fair value of the Company's common stock on the grant date.

        Certain restricted stock awards granted have both service and market conditions. Awards with market conditions are valued based on (a) the grant date fair value of the award for equity-based awards or (b) the period-end fair value for liability based awards. Fair value for market condition based awards is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model to simulate a range of possible future stock prices for the Company's common stock. Compensation costs for awards with market conditions

63


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

are recognized on a graded vesting basis over the estimated service period calculated by the Monte Carlo simulation model.

        Phantom stock awards are settled in cash and are therefore classified as liability awards. The fair value of the liability is remeasured at each reporting date until final settlement using the fair value of the Company's common stock on that date.

        Cash flows related to income tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized on share-based awards exercised during the period presented (excess tax benefit) are classified in financing cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Foreign Currency Translation

        Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the fiscal year. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of a foreign operation, where the functional currency is other than the U.S. Dollar, together with the after-tax effect of exchange rate changes on intercompany transactions of a long-term investment nature, are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Common Stock Held in Treasury, at Cost

        The purchase of treasury stock is accounted for under the cost method with the shares of stock repurchased reflected as a reduction to stockholders' equity and included in common stock held in treasury, at cost in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. When treasury shares are reissued, they are recorded at the average cost of the treasury shares acquired. The Company held 12,679,948 and 10,524,757 shares of common stock in treasury as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(3)   Restructuring Charges

2011 Restructuring

        In the second and fourth quarters of 2011, the Company implemented restructuring plans to improve margins and enhance stockholder returns. These plans focused on reducing workforce, consulting and infrastructure costs primarily in the U.S. and Europe. The following table summarizes the pre-tax charges by segment (dollars in thousands). Employee severance costs relate to the termination of approximately 120 employees and the lease consolidation costs relate to office space that was vacated. These charges are classified as restructuring charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 
  U.S.
Operations
  Canadian
Operations
  European
Operations
  Asia Pacific
Operations
  Consolidated  

Employee separation costs

  $ 17,509   $ 685   $ 963   $   $ 19,157  

Consolidation of leased facilities

    3,990             314     4,304  
                       

Total

  $ 21,499   $ 685   $ 963   $ 314   $ 23,461  
                       

64


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Most of the accrued costs were paid in 2011, except payments related to the vacated leased facilities, which will continue until December 2016, certain cash severance payments which will continue until August 2012 and the settlement of restricted share awards which will continue through February 2014.

        Activity and liability balances recorded as part of the 2011 restructuring plan through December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 
  Employee
separation costs
  Consolidation
of leased
facilities
  Total  

Restructuring charges recognized in 2011

  $ 19,157   $ 4,304   $ 23,461  

Cash payments

    (12,140 )   (314 )   (12,454 )

Acceleration of share-based compensation in additional paid-in capital

    (2,382 )       (2,382 )

Asset write-offs

        (96 )   (96 )

Other

    (105 )   443     338  
               

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 4,530   $ 4,337   $ 8,867  
               

2010 Restructuring

    U.S.

        In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company decided to close its Westchester, NY office, relocate the staff, primarily sales traders and support, to its New York City office, and incurred a restructuring charge of $2.3 million. The restructuring charge consisted of lease abandonment costs ($2.2 million) and employee severance costs ($0.1 million). During 2011, an additional charge of $0.8 million was recorded after the Company revaluated the potential of sub-leasing the vacated office space.

        The following table summarizes the changes in the Company's liability balance related to the 2010 U.S. restructuring plan, which is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (dollars in thousands):

 
  Employee
separation costs
  Consolidation
of leased
facilities
  Total  

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 90   $ 2,165   $ 2,255  

Restructuring charges recognized in 2011

        846     846  

Utilized—cash

    (90 )   (458 )   (548 )
               

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $   $ 2,553   $ 2,553  
               

        The remaining accrued costs related to the leased facilities will continue to be paid through December 2016.

    Asia Pacific

        In the second quarter of 2010, the Company implemented a plan to close its on-shore operations in Japan to lower costs and reduce capital requirements. The annual expenses for the on-shore Japanese operations were approximately $4 million and the amount of regulatory capital deployed exceeded $20 million. In connection with this move, a one-time charge of $2.3 million was recorded for

65


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

employee severance, contract termination costs and non-cash write-offs of fixed assets and capitalized software, which was partially offset in the fourth quarter of 2010 by $0.2 million for cumulative translation gains that were reclassified to operations following the substantial liquidation of the Japanese subsidiary.

2009 Restructuring

        In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company committed to a restructuring plan (aimed primarily at its U.S. Operations) to reengineer its operating model to focus on a leaner cost structure and a more selective deployment of resources towards those areas of its business that provide a sufficiently profitable return. As a result, a $25.4 million restructuring charge was recorded, which included costs related to employee separation, the consolidation of leased facilities and write-offs of capitalized software and certain intangible assets primarily due to changes in product priorities. Employee separation costs pertain to the termination of 144 employees primarily from the U.S. Operations. The consolidation of leased facilities charges relate to non-cancelable leases which were vacated. During 2011, the Company recorded an additional charge of $0.1 million after evaluating the remaining obligations under the non-cancelable lease.

        The following table summarizes the changes in the Company's liability balance related to the 2009 restructuring plan included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (dollars in thousands):

 
  Employee
separation costs
  Consolidation
of leased
facilities
  Total  

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 77   $ 853   $ 930  

Restructuring charges recorded in 2011

        125     125  

Utilized—cash

    (27 )   (743 )   (770 )

Other

    3         3  
               

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 53   $ 235   $ 288  
               

        The remaining accrued costs relate to payments for the leased facilities and the settlement of restricted share awards which will continue through April 2012.

(4)   Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, various methods are used including market, income and cost approaches. Based on these approaches, certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability are used, including assumptions about risk and/or the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market-corroborated, or generally unobservable firm inputs. Valuation techniques that are used maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, fair value measured financial instruments are categorized according to the fair value hierarchy prescribed by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and

66


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

    Level 1: Fair value measurements using unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

    Level 2: Fair value measurements using correlation with (directly or indirectly) observable market-based inputs, unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data, or quoted prices in markets that are not active.

    Level 3: Fair value measurements using inputs that are significant and not readily observable in the market.

        Level 1 consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded mutual funds and listed equities.

        Level 2 includes financial instruments that are valued based upon observable market spot and forward rates. Financial instruments in this category include non-exchange-traded derivatives such as currency forward contracts.

        Level 3 is comprised of financial instruments whose fair value is estimated based on internally developed models or methodologies utilizing significant inputs that are generally less readily observable.

        Fair value measurements for those items measured on a recurring basis are as follows (dollars in thousands):

December 31, 2011
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents:

                         

Tax free money market mutual funds

  $ 2,041   $ 2,041   $   $  

U.S. government money market mutual funds

    110,901     110,901          

Money market mutual funds

    6,372     6,372          

Securities owned, at fair value:

                         

Corporate stocks—trading securities

    689     689          

Mutual funds

    4,588     4,588          
                   

Total

  $ 124,591   $ 124,591   $   $  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Accounts payable and accrued expenses:

                         

Currency forward contracts

  $ 3   $   $ 3   $  

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

                         

Corporate stocks—trading securities

    438     438          
                   

Total

  $ 441   $ 438   $ 3   $  
                   

67


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


December 31, 2010
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents:

                         

Tax free money market mutual funds

  $ 5,061   $ 5,061   $   $  

U.S. government money market mutual funds

    192,617     192,617          

Money market mutual funds

    7,971     7,971          

Securities owned, at fair value:

                         

Corporate stocks—trading securities

    19,051     19,051          

Corporate stocks—available-for-sale securities

    1,662     1,662          

Mutual funds

    5,076     5,076          
                   

Total

  $ 231,438   $ 231,438   $   $  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Accounts payable and accrued expenses:

                         

Currency forward contracts

  $ 9   $   $ 9   $  

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

                         

Corporate stocks—trading securities

    19,362     19,362          
                   

Total

  $ 19,371   $ 19,362   $ 9   $  
                   

        Cash and cash equivalents other than bank deposits are measured at fair value and primarily include U.S. government money market mutual funds.

        Securities owned, at fair value and securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value include corporate stocks, equity index mutual funds and bond mutual funds, all of which are exchange traded.

        Currency forward contracts are valued based upon forward exchange rates and approximate the credit risk adjusted discounted net cash flow that would have been realized if the contracts had been sold at the balance sheet date.

        Certain items are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The table below details the portion of those items that were measured at fair value during 2011 and the resultant loss recorded (dollars in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements Using    
 
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total Losses  

Goodwill—U.S. Operations

  $ 245,118   $ 245,118   $   $   $ 225,035  

Equity investment

                    4,282  
                       

Total

  $ 245,118   $ 245,118   $   $   $ 229,317  
                       

Goodwill—U.S. Operations

        Goodwill allocated to the Company's U.S. Operations reporting unit with a carrying value of $470.1 million was written down to its implied fair value of $245.1 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $225.0 million in the second quarter of 2011. This charge is included in goodwill and other asset impairment in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

68


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Equity method investment

        Equity method investments are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investments may not be recoverable. During the fourth quarter of 2011, it became apparent that the Company was not likely to recover its remaining carrying value in Disclosure Insight, Inc. ("DI"), which it accounted for under the equity method. The Company measured the amount of impairment by calculating the amount by which the carrying value of its investment exceeded its estimated fair value. With DI's inability to sustain a revenue stream and obtain the additional funding required to effectively operate the business, management determined its fair value to be near zero, based upon projected discounted cash flows (Level 3 fair value measurement). As a result, the full $4.3 million carrying value was written off. This charge is included in goodwill and other asset impairment in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(5)   Derivative Instruments

Derivative Contracts

        All derivative instruments are recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at fair value in other assets or accounts payable and accrued expenses. Recognition of the gain or loss that results from recording and adjusting a derivative to fair value depends on the intended purpose for entering into the derivative contract. Gains and losses from derivatives that are not accounted for as hedges under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, are recognized immediately in income. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gains or losses from adjusting the derivative to its fair value will be immediately recognized in income and, to the extent the hedge is effective, offset the concurrent recognition of changes in the fair value of the hedged item. Gains or losses from derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge will be recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in accumulated other comprehensive income ("OCI") until the hedged transaction is recognized in income. However, to the extent the hedge is deemed ineffective, the ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative will be recognized immediately in income. For discontinued cash flow hedges, prospective changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in income. Any gain or loss in accumulated OCI at the time the hedge is discontinued will continue to be deferred until the original forecasted transaction occurs. However, if it is determined that the likelihood of the original forecasted transaction is no longer probable, the entire related gain or loss in accumulated OCI is immediately reclassified into income.

Economic Hedges

        The Company enters into three month forward contracts to sell Euros and buy British Pounds to economically hedge against the risk of currency movements on Euro deposits held in banks across Europe for equity trade settlement. When a contract matures, an assessment is made as to whether or not the contract value needs to be amended prior to entering into another, to ensure continued economic hedge effectiveness. As these contracts are not designated as hedges, the changes to their fair value are recognized immediately in income. The related counterparty agreements do not contain any credit-risk related contingent features. There were no open three month forward contracts outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

        When clients request trade settlement in a currency other than the currency in which the trade was executed, the Company enters into foreign exchange contracts in order to close out the resulting foreign currency position. The foreign exchange deals are executed the same day as the underlying

69


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

trade. As these contracts are not designated as hedges, the changes to their fair value are recognized immediately in income. These foreign exchange contracts are reflected in the tables below.

Fair Values and Effects of Derivatives Held

        Asset derivatives are included in other assets while liability derivatives are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The following table summarizes the fair values of derivative instruments at December 31 (dollars in thousands). There were no derivatives designated as hedging instruments in either period.

 
  Asset/(Liability) Derivatives
Fair Value
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
  December 31
2011
  December 31,
2010
 

Currency forward contracts

  $ (3 ) $ (9 )
           

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

    (3 )   (9 )
           

Total derivatives

  $ (3 ) $ (9 )
           

        All currency forward contracts open at December 31, 2011 matured in January 2012.

        As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no derivative instruments were designated as hedging instruments; therefore hedging instruments had no impact on the results of operations.

        The following table summarizes the impact that derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 had on the results of operations, which are recorded in other general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations at December 31 (dollars in thousands).

 
  Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income
 
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
  2011   2010   2009  

Currency forward contracts

  $ 66   $ 144   $ 270  
               

Total

  $ 66   $ 144   $ 270  
               

(6)   Acquisitions

Ross Smith Energy Group Ltd.

        On June 3, 2011, the Company completed its acquisition of Ross Smith Energy Group Ltd. ("RSEG"), a Calgary-based independent provider of research on the oil and gas industry. RSEG provides detailed technical and financial analysis of North American resource plays, public and private corporations, as well as coverage of international and macroeconomic energy issues, for more than 200 clients in North America and Europe, a number of which are new clients for ITG. The acquisition of RSEG expands the ITG Investment Research platform to include differentiated views into the exploration and production activities of North American and international energy companies.

        The results of RSEG have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements since its acquisition date. The $38.6 million purchase price for RSEG consists of all cash with no contingent payment provisions. In connection with the acquisition, the Company also incurred approximately $0.7 million of acquisition related costs, including legal fees and other professional fees, as well as

70


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

$1.8 million in connection with the termination of a distribution agreement with a third party, net of a $1.0 million recovery from RSEG's former owners. These costs were classified in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as acquisition related costs.

        The assets and liabilities of RSEG were recorded as of the acquisition date, at their respective fair values, under business combination accounting. The purchase price allocation is based on estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows (dollars in thousands):

Cash

  $ 2,540  

Accounts receivable, net

    1,422  

Customer related intangible asset

    6,950  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    (1,505 )

Deferred income

    (2,151 )

Other assets and liabilities, net

    611  

Goodwill

    30,715  
       

Total purchase price

  $ 38,582  
       

        Goodwill and customer-related intangible asset were assigned to the U.S. Operations segment, which is expected to be the primary beneficiary of the synergies achieved from the business combination. The goodwill is deductible for corporate income tax purposes over 15 years. The acquired customer related intangible asset of $7.0 million has a 10 year useful life. The pro forma results of the RSEG acquisition would not have been material to the Company's results of operations.

Majestic Research Corp.

        On October 25, 2010, the Company acquired Majestic Research Corp. ("Majestic"), a privately-held, independent provider of data-driven equity research for the institutional investment community for $56.2 million. Majestic (together with RSEG, now ITG Investment Research) helps investors gain independent perspectives on companies and their sectors based on proprietary data sources and rigorous analysis, providing coverage (at the time of acquisition) of 17 industry sectors as well as macroeconomics and customized research reports to institutional investors and corporate clients. This acquisition is part of the Company's strategy to expand its addressable market and compete for research-driven commissions.

        The results of Majestic have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements since its acquisition date. The $56.2 million purchase price for Majestic (including a purchase price adjustment of $144,000 paid in 2011) is comprised of $53.2 million in cash and $3.0 million in converted equity awards. In connection with the acquisition, the Company also incurred approximately $2.4 million of acquisition related costs, including legal fees and other professional fees, accelerated employee equity awards and severance costs, which are classified as acquisition related costs in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

71


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The assets and liabilities of Majestic were recorded as of the acquisition date, at their respective fair values, under business combination accounting. The purchase price allocation is based on estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:

Cash

  $ 7,151  

Accounts receivable, net

    3,194  

Customer related intangible assets

    12,500  

Deferred tax assets

    4,027  

Other assets

    1,133  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    (10,098 )

Deferred revenue

    (5,093 )

Deferred tax liabilities

    (5,182 )

Other liabilities

    (134 )

Goodwill

    48,717  
       

Total purchase price

  $ 56,215  
       

        The goodwill and customer-related intangible asset was assigned to the U.S. Operations segment. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The acquired customer-related intangible asset of $12.5 million has a 12 year useful life. The pro forma results of the Majestic acquisition would not have been material to the Company's result of operations.

RedSky Financial, LLC

        On July 31, 2007, the Company acquired 100% of RedSky Financial, LLC (now ITG Derivatives) for $22.5 million and incurred acquisition costs of $0.4 million. In 2009, a contingent payment of $2.5 million was made in accordance with the purchase agreement, of which $1.9 million was included in the $22.9 million purchase price and $0.6 million was recognized as expense over the appropriate period since the acquisition date as it was considered to be compensatory.

        Pursuant to the purchase agreement, a guaranteed payment of $7.5 million was payable in 2011, of which $5.6 million was included in the purchase price of $22.9 million. The remaining $1.9 million was considered compensatory and was recognized as expense over the appropriate period through December 31, 2010. However, due to employee terminations resulting in payout forfeitures, the $1.9 million was adjusted down by $0.1 million to $1.8 million. As a result, a guaranteed payment of $7.4 million was made in January 2011.

        The purchase agreement provided for additional contingent payments of up to $12.5 million based on the three year cumulative results ended December 31, 2010, with approximately $7.0 million of such payments to be recognized as expense in the appropriate periods as this amount was considered to be compensatory. Based on the three year cumulative results, the above noted contingent payments were not required.

72


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(7)   Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill

        The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 
  U.S.
Operations
  European
Operations
  Asia Pacific
Operations
  Total  

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 390,721   $ 28,467   $ 6,113   $ 425,301  

2010 Activity:

                         

Impairment losses

            (5,375 )   (5,375 )

Acquisition of Majestic

    48,573             48,573  

Currency translation adjustment

        17     (37 )   (20 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 439,294   $ 28,484   $ 701   $ 468,479  
                   

2011 Activity:

                         

Impairment losses

    (225,035 )           (225,035 )

Acquisition of RSEG

    30,715             30,715  

Majestic price adjustment

    144             144  

Currency translation adjustment

    (13 )   2         (11 )
                   

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 245,105   $ 28,486   $ 701   $ 274,292  
                   

Goodwill impairment

        The Company tests the carrying value of goodwill for impairment in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, at least annually and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. (See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ).

        During 2010, indicators of potential impairment prompted the Company to perform goodwill impairment tests at the end of each quarterly interim period. These indicators included a prolonged decrease in the Company's market capitalization, a decline in the Company's recent operating results in comparison to prior years, and the significant near-term uncertainty related to both the global economic recovery and the outlook for the Company's industry. As part of the June 30, 2010 interim test, it was determined that $5.4 million of goodwill related to the Company's Australian operations was impaired, as its fair value was determined to be below its carrying value, resulting in a $5.4 million non-cash charge against earnings.

        Also during 2010, indicators of potential impairment prompted the Company to perform goodwill impairment tests at the end of each quarterly interim period. During 2011, the indicators of potential impairment did not improve and as a result, the Company continued to perform interim goodwill impairment testing at the end of each quarter. The interim impairment tests applied the same valuation techniques and sensitivity analyses used in the Company's prior annual impairment test to updated cash flow and profitability forecasts.

        Based upon tests performed for the June 30, 2011 interim test, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $225.0 million in connection with the goodwill allocated to its U.S. Operations reporting unit. This impairment charge reflects continued weakness in institutional trading volumes,

73


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

which lowered estimated future cash flows of the U.S. Operations reporting unit, and a decline in industry market multiples.

        The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing using carrying values as of October 1, 2011. Based on the results of the annual testing, no impairment was indicated as the fair values of the U.S., European and Hong Kong Operations were determined to be in excess of their respective carrying values by 29%, 29% and 233%, respectively. The Company also performed interim goodwill impairment testing using carrying values as of December 31, 2011. There was also no impairment indicated for the U.S., European or Hong Kong Operations as the fair values of these reporting units were determined to be in excess of their respective carrying values by 20%, 30% and 227%, respectively. Additionally, none of the outcomes of the Company's sensitivity analyses performed led to a conclusion that goodwill was further impaired.

        Although no further impairment of goodwill was indicated during the December 31, 2011 interim testing, the Company recognizes the reasonable possibility of additional goodwill impairment charges in future periods given the persistently unfavorable environment for the Company's business. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charges would result or, if they do, whether such charges would be material. The use of the term "reasonable possibility" refers to a potential occurrence that is more than remote, but less than probable in management's judgment. The Company will continue to monitor economic trends related to its business as well as re-examine the key assumptions used in its annual and interim impairment testing.

Other Intangible Assets

        Acquired other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010    
 
 
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Useful
Lives
(Years)
 

Trade names

  $ 10,400   $ 1,293   $ 10,400   $ 1,036     5.0  

Customer related intangibles

    27,851     4,497     20,901     2,571     13.1  

Proprietary software

    20,876     14,036     20,876     12,001     6.4  

Trading rights

    243         165          

Other

    50         50          
                         

Total

  $ 59,420   $ 19,826   $ 52,392   $ 15,608        
                         

        During 2011, the Company recorded a $7.0 million customer-related intangible asset with a useful life of 10 years related to the acquisition of RSEG.

        At December 31, 2011, indefinite-lived intangibles not subject to amortization amounted to $8.7 million, of which $8.4 million related to the POSIT trade name. Amortization expense for definite-lived intangibles was $4.2 million, $3.0 million and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively and was included in other general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

74


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The Company's estimate of future amortization expense for acquired other intangibles that exist at December 31, 2011 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
  Estimated
Amortization
 

2012

  $ 4,506  

2013

    4,506  

2014

    3,952  

2015

    2,602  

2016

    2,602  

Thereafter

    12,734  
       

Total

  $ 30,902  
       

        The Company performed its annual impairment testing as of October 1 and determined that there was no impairment of the carrying values of goodwill or other intangible assets in the periods presented.

(8)   Cash Restricted or Segregated Under Regulations and Other

        Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other represents (i) funds on deposit for the purpose of securing working capital facilities for clearing and settlement activities in Hong Kong, (ii) a special reserve bank account for the exclusive benefit of customers and brokers ("Special Reserve Bank Account") maintained by ITG Inc. in accordance with Rule 15c3-3 of the Exchange Act ("Customer Protection Rule"), (iii) funds relating to the collateralization of a letter of credit and a bank guarantee supporting two Macgregor leases, (iv) funds on deposit for European trade clearing and settlement activity, (v) segregated balances under a collateral account control agreement for the benefit of certain customers, (vi) funds relating to the securitization of bank guarantees supporting Australian and Israeli leases and (vii) funds relating to the securitization of a letter of credit supporting an ITG Investment Research lease.

(9)   Securities Owned and Sold, Not Yet Purchased

        The following is a summary of securities owned and sold, not yet purchased at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Securities Owned   Securities Sold, Not Yet
Purchased
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Corporate stocks—trading securities

  $ 689   $ 19,051   $ 438   $ 19,362  

Corporate stocks—available-for-sale

        1,662          

Mutual funds

    4,588     5,076          
                   

Total

  $ 5,277   $ 25,789   $ 438   $ 19,362  
                   

        Trading securities owned and sold, not yet purchased primarily consists of temporary positions obtained in the normal course of agency trading activities, including positions held in connection with the creation and redemption of exchange traded funds on behalf of clients.

75


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Available-for-Sale Securities

        Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities, net of tax effects, which are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income until realized, are as follows as of December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  After-Tax Unrealized Holding
Gain/(Loss)
 
 
  2011   2010  

Positions with net gains

  $   $ 86  

Positions with net (losses)

         
           

Total gain/(loss)

  $   $ 86  
           

        During 2011, the Company sold all of the available-for-sale securities it held for gross proceeds of $2.1 million and recorded a pre-tax gain of $0.5 million. There were no sales of available-for-sale securities during 2010.

(10) Receivables and Payables

Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

        The following is a summary of receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations (dollars in thousands):

 
  Receivables from   Payables to  
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Broker-dealers

  $ 205,975   $ 246,560   $ 370,146   $ 403,432  

Clearing organizations

    2,365     413     14,945     108,526  

Securities borrowed

    663,293     618,662          

Securities loaned

            694,682     628,000  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (318 )   (384 )        
                   

Total

  $ 871,315   $ 865,251   $ 1,079,773   $ 1,139,958  
                   

Receivables from and Payables to Customers

        The following is a summary of receivables from and payables to customers (dollars in thousands):

 
  Receivables from   Payables to  
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Customers

  $ 473,852   $ 607,286   $ 207,738   $ 272,027  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (1,343 )   (1,030 )        
                   

Total

  $ 472,509   $ 606,256   $ 207,738   $ 272,027  
                   

        The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon estimated collectability of receivables. The allowance was increased by $0.2 million in 2011 and 2010 after a decrease of $1.7 million in 2009. Total write-offs against the allowance of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million were recorded during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

76


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    Securities Borrowed and Loaned

        As of December 31, 2011, securities borrowed as part of the Company's matched book operations with a fair value of $642.7 million were delivered for securities loaned. The gross amounts of interest earned on cash provided to counterparties as collateral for securities borrowed, and interest incurred on cash received from counterparties as collateral for securities loaned, and the resulting net amount included in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2011 and 2010 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010  

Interest earned

  $ 19,130   $ 4,994  

Interest incurred

    (14,646 )   (3,540 )
           

Net

  $ 4,484   $ 1,454  
           

(11) Premises and Equipment

        The following is a summary of premises and equipment at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

  $ 141,497   $ 127,904  

Leasehold improvements

    32,876     30,928  
           

    174,373     158,832  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    131,350     119,459  
           

Total

  $ 43,023   $ 39,373  
           

        Depreciation and amortization expense relating to premises and equipment amounted to $19.2 million, $21.2 million and $23.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(12) Capitalized Software

        The following is a summary of capitalized software costs at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010  

Capitalized software costs

  $ 132,544   $ 135,827  

Less: accumulated amortization

    81,286     77,903  
           

Total

  $ 51,258   $ 57,924  
           

        Software costs totaling $29.1 million and $33.9 million were capitalized in 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to the continued development of new features and functionalities across the entire ITG product line. The development includes the new Triton Black product, which was released during the third quarter of 2011, enhancements to the algorithmic trading suite, and the addition of new liquidity sources to the POSIT Marketplace. The Company continued to develop new features for pre and post trade product offerings as well as other products and tools that are designed to enhance and improve the customers' trading capabilities. ITG is also continuing to capitalize software related to its efforts to globalize product lines to serve international markets. Additionally, the Company continued

77


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

to invest in its internal infrastructure. During 2011, capitalized software costs and related accumulated amortization were each reduced by $32.2 million for fully amortized costs that are no longer in use. In 2010, $6.1 million of capitalized software that was not yet deployed was written off to other general and administrative expense due to changes in product priorities.

        Capitalized software costs of $1.3 million and $6.5 million were not subject to amortization as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as the underlying products were not yet available for release. Other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations included $35.7 million, $38.2 million and $34.5 million related to the amortization of capitalized software costs in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(13) Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

        The following is a summary of accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010  

Accrued research payables

  $ 50,721   $ 41,569  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    50,666     63,423  

Trade payables

    17,790     24,235  

Deferred revenue

    15,493     15,852  

Accrued restructuring

    11,708     3,196  

Deferred compensation

    7,579     16,531  

Accrued transaction processing

    2,986     3,336  

Acquisition payment obligation

        9,314  

Other

    24,281     17,653  
           

Total

  $ 181,224   $ 195,109  
           

(14) Income Taxes

        Income tax (benefit) expense consisted of the following components (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Current:

                   

Federal

  $ (1,160 ) $ 18,524   $ 14,946  

State

    1,282     5,026     3,160  

Foreign

    5,632     6,118     7,010  
               

    5,754     29,668     25,116  

Deferred:

                   

Federal

    (25,146 )   (4,289 )   7,224  

State

    (8,409 )   (766 )   664  

Foreign

    962     740     613  
               

    (32,593 )   (4,315 )   8,501  
               

Total

  $ (26,839 ) $ 25,353   $ 33,617  
               

78


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Income before income taxes consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010   2009  

U.S. 

  $ (222,337 ) $ 45,000   $ 74,102  

Foreign

    15,709     4,333     2,349  
               

Total

  $ (206,628 ) $ 49,333   $ 76,451  
               

        Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences in reporting certain items. The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to the net deferred tax asset (liability) at December 31 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Compensation and benefits

  $ 9,565   $ 13,999  

Net operating loss and capital loss carry forward

    15,810     14,804  

Share-based compensation

    12,430     12,455  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    663     569  

Tax benefits on uncertain tax positions

    2,846     2,459  

Goodwill and other intangibles

    2,370      

Depreciation

        1,868  

Other

    8,914     4,373  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    52,598     50,527  

Less: valuation allowance

    16,279     12,674  
           

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

    36,319     37,853  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Goodwill and other intangibles

        (29,615 )

Depreciation

    (2,038 )    

Capitalized software

    (17,769 )   (20,122 )

Other

    (738 )   (1,328 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (20,545 )   (51,065 )
           

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  $ 15,774   $ (13,212 )
           

        At December 31, 2011, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that future reversals of its existing taxable temporary differences and the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance. Since 2009, the Company has maintained a full valuation allowance against Asia Pacific net operating losses and since 2010, a partial valuation allowance against European net operating losses in Ireland was recorded.

        Net operating loss carry forwards expire as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Amount   Years remaining

Hong Kong, Australia and Ireland operating losses

  $ 64,638   Indefinite

United States

    3,937   18 years
         

  $ 68,575    
         

79


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The effective tax rate varied from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate due to the following:

 
  2011   2010   2009  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax effect

    2.2     6.0     3.9  

Foreign tax impact, net

    (0.9 )   9.8     5.9  

Non-deductible costs *

    (23.7 )   1.1      

Other, net

    0.4     (0.5 )   (0.8 )
               

Effective income tax rate

    13.0 %   51.4 %   44.0 %
               

*
Non-deductible costs reflect the goodwill impairment charge incurred in 2011 and a portion of Majestic acquisition costs incurred in 2010.

        There were no reductions of current taxes payable relating to the exercise of employee stock options and the issuance of employee restricted share awards, while related tax shortfalls increased current taxes payable by $3.3 million, $2.2 million and $1.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For further discussion, see Note 21, Employee and Non Employee Director Stock and Benefit Plans .

Tax Uncertainties

        Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

        During 2011, uncertain tax positions in the U.S. were resolved for the 2006, 2007 and 2008 fiscal years resulting in a decrease in the Company's liability of $0.6 million and the related deferred tax asset of $0.2 million. As a result of this, the Company recognized a net tax benefit of $0.4 million.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Uncertain Tax Benefits
  2011   2010   2009  

Balance, January 1

  $ 12,380   $ 10,999   $ 18,376  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    2,402     2,088     2,551  

Additions based on tax positions of prior years

    647     897     731  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

    (42 )   (35 )   (678 )

Reductions due to settlements with taxing authorities

    (516 )   (758 )   (9,767 )

Reductions due to expiration of statute of limitations

    (329 )   (811 )   (214 )
               

Balance, December 31

  $ 14,542   $ 12,380   $ 10,999  
               

        Included in the balance at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are $12.0 million, $10.8 million, and $9.4 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would affect the Company's effective tax rate.

        With limited exception, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local or foreign income tax audits by taxing authorities for years preceding 2007. The Internal Revenue Service is currently examining the Company's U.S. federal income tax returns for 2007, 2008 and 2009. Certain

80


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

state and local returns are also currently under various stages of audit. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to the total of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

        At December 31, 2011, interest expense of $2.7 million, gross of related tax effects of $1.1 million, was accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits. As a continuing policy, interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits is recorded as income tax expense. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $0.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of tax related interest expense. Penalties of $0.1 million were recognized in 2010 and 2009 as a component of income tax expense. No such penalties were incurred during 2011.

(15) Borrowings

Short Term Bank Loans

        The Company's international securities clearance and settlement operations are funded with operating cash or with short-term bank loans in the form of overdraft facilities. At December 31, 2011, the European Operations had $1.6 million outstanding under these facilities for settlement transactions at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 2.0%.

        The Company's U.S. securities clearance and settlement operations are funded with operating cash, securities loaned or with short-term bank loans.

        On January 31, 2011, ITG Inc., as borrower, and Investment Technology Group, Inc. ("Parent Company"), as guarantor, entered into a $150 million three-year revolving credit agreement ("Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The purpose of this credit line is to provide liquidity for ITG Inc.'s brokerage operations to satisfy clearing margin requirements and to finance temporary positions from delivery failures or non-standard settlements. The Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature that allows for potential expansion of the facility up to $250 million. Under the Credit Agreement, interest accrues at a rate equal to (a) a base rate, determined by reference to the higher of the (1) federal funds rate or (2) the one month Eurodollar London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) rate, plus (b) a margin of 2.50%. Available but unborrowed amounts under the Credit Agreement are subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.50%. As a result, the Company has additional flexibility with its existing cash and future cash flows from operations to strategically invest in growth initiatives and to return profits to stockholders. Depending on the borrowing base, availability under the Credit Agreement is limited to either (i) a percentage of the clearing deposit required by the National Securities Clearing Corporation, or (ii) a percentage of the market value of temporary positions pledged as collateral. Among other restrictions, the terms of the Credit Agreement include negative covenants related to (a) liens, (b) maintenance of a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined) and a liquidity ratio (as defined), as well as maintenance of minimum levels of tangible net worth (as defined) and regulatory capital (as defined), and (c) restrictions on investments, dispositions and other restrictions customary for financings of this type.

        The events of default under the Credit Agreement include, among others, payment defaults, cross defaults with certain other indebtedness, breaches of covenants, loss of collateral, judgments, changes in control and bankruptcy events. In the event of a default, the Credit Agreement requires ITG Inc. to pay incremental interest at the rate of 2.0% and, depending on the nature of the default, the commitments will either automatically terminate and all unpaid amounts immediately become due and payable, or the lenders may in their discretion terminate their commitments and declare due all unpaid amounts outstanding.

        At December 31, 2011 there were no amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

81


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Term Debt

        At December 31, 2011, term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  Aggregate
Amount
 

Term loan

  $ 21,755  

Obligations under capital lease

    2,242  
       

Total

  $ 23,997  
       

        On June 1, 2011, Parent Company as borrower, entered into a $25.5 million Master Loan and Security Agreement ("Term Loan Agreement") with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC ("Bank of America"). The four year term loan established under this agreement ("Term Loan") is secured by a security interest in existing furniture, fixtures and equipment owned by the Parent Company and certain U.S. subsidiaries as of June 1, 2011. The primary purpose of this financing was to provide capital for strategic initiatives. Among other obligations and restrictions, the terms of the Term Loan Agreement include compliance with the financial covenants of the Credit Agreement for as long as the Credit Agreement is outstanding.

        The events of default under the Term Loan Agreement include, among others, cross default on the Credit Agreement, default on payment, failure to maintain required equipment insurance, certain negative judgments and bankruptcy events. In the event of a default, the terms of the Term Loan Agreement require the Company to pay additional interest at a rate of 3.0% and, the lender may in its discretion terminate the loan agreement and declare all unpaid amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

        The Term Loan is payable in monthly principal installments of $530,600 and accrues interest at 3.0% plus the average one month LIBOR for dollar deposits. The remaining scheduled principal repayments are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
  Aggregate
Amount
 

2012

  $ 5,837  

2013

    6,367  

2014

    6,367  

2015

    3,184  
       

  $ 21,755  
       

        Along with the Term Loan Agreement, Parent Company entered into a $5.0 million master lease facility with Bank of America ("Master Lease Agreement"), under which purchases of new equipment may be financed. Each equipment lease under the Master Lease Agreement is structured as a capital lease and has a separate 48-month term from its inception date, at the end of which Parent Company may purchase the underlying equipment for $1. Each lease under the Master Lease Agreement requires principal repayment on a monthly schedule and accrues interest at the same rate prescribed for the Term Loan.

        In September 2011, $2.6 million was drawn on the lease facility to finance purchased assets that had a fair value of $2.4 million on the date of financing, resulting in the recording of a principal balance of $2.4 million and deferred gain of $0.2 million. The lease is payable in monthly installments

82


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

of approximately $54,000 beginning in October 2011 plus interest at the average one month LIBOR for dollar deposits plus 3.0%. The reductions to the remaining principal balance applying the interest method to the estimated minimum lease payments are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
  Aggregate
Amount
 

2012

  $ 590  

2013

    606  

2014

    622  

2015

    424  
       

  $ 2,242  
       

        Interest expense on the Credit Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement and the Master Lease Agreement, including commitment fees and the amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $2.0 million in 2011.

(16) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        The components and allocated tax effects of accumulated other comprehensive income for the periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Before Tax
Effects
  Tax Effects   After-Tax
Effects
 

December 31, 2011
                   

Currency translation adjustment

  $ 8,341   $   $ 8,341  

Unrealized holding gain on securities, available-for-sale

                   

Beginning balance

    144     (58 )   86  

Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains recognized in net income

    (144 )   58     (86 )
               

Net unrealized holding gain/(loss) on securities, available-for-sale

             
               

Total

  $ 8,341   $   $ 8,341  
               

December 31, 2010
                   

Currency translation adjustment

  $ 10,407   $   $ 10,407  

Unrealized holding gain on securities, available-for-sale

    144     (58 )   86  
               

Total

  $ 10,551   $ (58 ) $ 10,493  
               

        Deferred taxes have not been provided on the cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries or the cumulative translation adjustment related to those investments since such amounts are expected to be reinvested indefinitely.

(17) Related Party Transactions

        In April 2010, the Company made a strategic minority investment in DI, a provider of independent research and diligence to the investment community. As part of the investment, the Company obtained certain distribution rights with respect to DI's products. During 2011 and 2010, ITG paid DI $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for this research.

83


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(18) Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentration of Credit Risk

        The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearing houses that trade and clear equities and/or derivative contracts. The Company also accesses certain clearing houses through the memberships of third parties. Associated with these memberships and third-party relationships, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchanges or the clearing houses. While the rules governing different exchange or clearing house memberships vary, in general the Company's obligations would arise only if the exchanges and clearing houses had previously exhausted other remedies. The maximum potential payout under these memberships cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote. In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees obligations of subsidiaries which may arise from third-party clearing relationships and trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        The Company's customer financing and securities settlement activities may require the Company to pledge customer securities as collateral in support of various secured financing transactions such as bank loans. In the event the counterparty is unable to meet its contractual obligation to return customer securities pledged as collateral, the Company may be exposed to the risk of acquiring the securities at prevailing market prices in order to satisfy its customer obligations. The Company controls this risk by monitoring the market value of securities pledged on a daily basis and by requiring adjustments of collateral levels in the event of excess market exposure.

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents, securities owned at fair value, receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and receivables from customers. Cash and cash equivalents and securities owned, at fair value are deposited with high credit quality financial institutions.

(19) Net Capital Requirement

        ITG Inc., AlterNet, Blackwatch Brokerage Inc. ("Blackwatch") and ITG Derivatives are subject to the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. ITG Inc. has elected to use the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that ITG Inc. maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as defined. AlterNet, ITG Derivatives and Blackwatch have elected to use the basic method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that they maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of 6 2 / 3 % of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000, $1.0 million and $5,000, respectively. Dividends or withdrawals of capital cannot be made if capital is needed to comply with regulatory requirements.

        Net capital balances and the amounts in excess of required net capital at December 31, 2011 for the U.S. Operations are as follows (dollars in millions):

 
  Net Capital   Excess Net Capital  

U.S. Operations

             

ITG Inc. 

  $ 100.8   $ 99.8  

AlterNet

    4.4     4.2  

Blackwatch

    2.7     2.7  

ITG Derivatives

    3.5     2.5  

84


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2011, ITG Inc. had a $10.8 million cash balance in a Special Reserve Bank Account for the exclusive benefit of customers and brokers under the Customer Protection Rule pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3, Computation for Determination of Reserve Requirements .

        In addition, the Company's Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations have subsidiaries with regulatory capital requirements. The net capital balances and amount of regulatory capital in excess of the minimum requirements applicable to each business as of December 31, 2011, is summarized in the following table (dollars in millions):

 
  Net Capital   Excess Net Capital  

Canadian Operations

             

Canada

  $ 43.7   $ 43.2  

European Operations

             

Europe

    41.6     22.8  

Asia Pacific Operations

             

Australia

    7.7     3.5  

Hong Kong

    28.6     17.2  

Singapore

    0.4     0.2  

(20) Stockholders' Equity

        The Company presently does not pay cash dividends on common stock as its policy is to retain earnings to finance the operations and expansion of its businesses as well as the repurchase of its common shares.

Stock Repurchase Program

        To facilitate its stock repurchase program, designed to return value to stockholders and minimize dilution from stock issuances, the Company repurchases shares in the open market. The table below summarizes the Company's share repurchases beginning January 1, 2009 under its Board of Directors' authorizations:

 
   
  Amount
Authorized
by Board
(Shares in
millions)
   
  Shares
Remaining
Under Board
Authorization
(millions)
  Shares Repurchased
Under Board
Authorization
 
 
   
  Total
Shares
Purchased
(millions)
 
 
  Expiration
Date
 
Repurchase Program Authorization Date
  2011   2010   2009  

July 2008

  none     4.0     4.0             2.1      

July 2010

  none     4.0     4.0         2.9     1.1      

October 2011

  none     4.0     0.1     3.9     0.1          
                                     

Total shares repurchased under authorization

    3.0     3.2      
                                     

Cost (millions)

 
$

38.9
 
$

50.3
 
$

 
                                     

Average share price

  $ 13.09   $ 15.95   $  
                                     

        The Company also repurchased approximately 0.3 million, 0.2 million and 0.1 million shares of common stock during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, to satisfy the minimum statutory employee withholding tax upon the net settlement of equity awards.

85


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(21) Employee and Non Employee Director Stock and Benefit Plans

        The 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the "2007 Plan") was approved by the Company's stockholders and became effective on May 8, 2007 (the "Effective Date") and was last amended and restated effective May 11, 2010. As of the Effective Date, the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan"), the Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option and Long-term Incentive Plan (the "1994 Plan"), the Company's prior equity plan for its employees, the Stock Unit Award Program Subplan, as amended and restated (the "SUA"), the Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan (the "Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan"), and the Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (the "Directors' Equity Subplan", and collectively with the SUA and the Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan, the "Subplans") were merged with and into the 2007 Plan. No additional grants have been, or will be, made after the Effective Date under the Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan or the 1994 Plan. Outstanding grants under such plans as of the Effective Date will continue in effect according to their terms as in effect on the Effective Date (subject to permitted amendments as the compensation committee determines appropriate) and the shares with respect to such outstanding grants will be issued or transferred under the 2007 Plan. Since the Effective Date, the Subplans (except for the SUA which was frozen on January 1, 2009 as described below) have continued to be, and shall continue to be, in effect as subplans of the 2007 Plan and grants and/or deferrals may continue to be made under the Directors' Equity Subplan and the Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan. In October 2008, the compensation committee adopted the Equity Deferral Award Program, another subplan under the 2007 Plan. This subplan was amended and restated in November 2011 and is now known as the Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan, and continues to be a subplan under the 2007 Plan (the "VCSUA").

        Under the 2007 Plan, 8,386,208 shares of the Company's common stock are authorized. Shares of common stock which are attributable to awards which have expired, terminated, cash settled or been canceled or forfeited during any calendar year are generally available for issuance or use in connection with future awards. Options that have been granted under the 2007 Plan are exercisable on dates ranging through February 2019. The 2007 Plan will remain in effect until May 7, 2017, unless terminated, or extended, by the Board of Directors with the approval of the Company's stockholders. After this date, no further awards shall be granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan, but previously granted awards shall remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions.

        In January 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the Directors' Equity Subplan which became effective January 1, 2006 and merged into the 2007 Plan as referenced above. The Directors' Equity Subplan was amended and restated on February 7, 2008 to reflect certain modifications necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Directors' Equity Subplan provides for the grant of options and restricted stock unit awards to non-employee directors of the Company. Under the Directors' Equity Subplan, a newly appointed non-employee director will be granted (a) stock options valued at $100,000 and (b) restricted stock unit awards valued at $100,000 at, or shortly after, the time of appointment to the Board of Directors. In addition, non-employee directors will be granted (a) stock options valued at $36,000 and (b) restricted stock unit awards valued at $36,000 annually, on the forty fifth (45th) day following each of the Company's annual meetings of stockholders. All stock options are non-qualified options, generally will expire five years after the date of grant and will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company's stock at the time of grant. All stock options and restricted stock unit awards will vest in three equal annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

86


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Under the 1994 Plan, the Company was, and under the 2007 Plan the Company is, permitted to grant performance-based stock options, in addition to time-based option awards to employees, however the Company did not grant any performance-based option awards under the 2007 Plan or the 1994 Plan during the three years ended December 31, 2011. Time-based option awards either vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant or in three equal annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, in each case, if the employee has remained continuously employed from the grant date to the applicable vesting date. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) for time-based option awards over the vesting period.

        In conjunction with the acquisition of Majestic, the Company assumed certain outstanding incentive stock options to purchase shares of common stock of Majestic under the Majestic Research Corp. 2005 Stock Option Plan. Such stock options became exercisable to purchase 237,060 shares of ITG Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.32 based on appropriate adjustments to reflect the terms of the acquisition.

        The tables below summarize the Company's stock options as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and changes during the years then ended:

Options Outstanding
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    948,501   $ 32.18  

Granted

    31,143     20.09  

Exercised

    (214,445 )   14.67  

Forfeited

    (61,732 )   40.16  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    703,467     36.28  

Granted

    305,677     5.59  

Exercised

    (125,268 )   2.69  

Forfeited

    (316,913 )   27.08  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    566,963     32.30  

Granted

    252,464     17.16  

Exercised

    (111,792 )   1.91  

Forfeited

    (180,665 )   44.62  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    526,970   $ 27.27  
             

Amount exercisable at December 31,

             

2011

    221,344   $ 41.18  

2010

    347,798     30.35  

2009

    489,456     33.22  

87


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$12.17 - 17.44

    128,348     4.00   $ 14.68     22,870   $ 16.87  

  17.45 - 18.71

    192,733     7.15     18.71          

  18.72 - 45.04

    72,708     1.46     35.22     65,293     36.94  

  45.05 - 47.25

    60,340     1.01     47.25     60,340     47.25  

  47.26 - 47.59

    72,841     1.00     47.59     72,841     47.59  
                             

    526,970     4.05   $ 27.27     221,344   $ 41.18  
                             

        For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded an expense reversal of $0.2 million related to the recognition of forfeitures during the year, partially offset by income tax expense of $0.1 million. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $2.2 million (of which $0.7 million relates to the acquisition of Majestic), and $1.9 million, respectively, related to the Company's outstanding stock options, which were offset by related income tax benefits of approximately $0.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

        The weighted average remaining contractual term of stock options currently exercisable is 1.36 years.

        All of the stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011 were time-based.

        The provision for income taxes excludes excess current tax benefits related to the exercise of stock options. During 2011, only incentive stock options were exercised for which the Company does not receive a tax deduction. During 2010, a tax shortfall of $1.1 million occurred, which was the result of the tax deduction being less than the cumulative book compensation cost. This shortfall is reflected as a decrease to additional paid-in capital. Current tax benefits totaled $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and is reflected as an increase in stockholders' equity.

        The following table summarizes information about stock options at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
  2011   2010   2009  

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

  $ 1,978   $ 1,577   $ 1,770  

Weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during period, per share*

    6.44     6.06     8.09  

Cash received from stock option exercises

    0.2     0.3     3.1  

*
Excludes incentive stock options assumed in the acquisition of Majestic during 2010.

        The outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2011 have no intrinsic value as the exercise price exceeds the current stock price.

        As of December 31, 2011, there was $1.5 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding stock options. These costs are expected to be recognized ratably over a weighted average period of approximately 1.2 years.

        Stock option exercises are settled from issuance of shares of the Company's common stock held in treasury to the extent available.

88


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Under the 1994 Plan, the Company was, and under the 2007 Plan is, permitted to grant restricted share awards to employees. Generally, and except for awards granted under the VCSUA, restricted share awards granted since 2007 vest in one of the following manners: (a) cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date so long as the award recipient is employed on such date, (b) cliff vest in whole or in part only if the consolidated cumulative pre-tax operating income of the Company reaches certain levels and the award recipient is employed on such date (performance-based restricted stock units) and (c) serial vest on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant so long as the award recipient is employed on the applicable vesting date and the 90-day average of the Company's common stock price preceding each of the vesting dates is greater than the 90-day average of the Company's common stock price preceding the grant date (market-based restricted stock units). Accordingly, not all restricted shares awarded will vest and be delivered. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) over this three-year period or four-year period, as applicable.

        Under the VCSUA, each eligible participant is granted a number of basic stock units on the date the year-end cash bonus would otherwise be paid to the participant equal to (i) the amount by which the participant's variable compensation is reduced as determined by the compensation committee, divided by (ii) the fair market value of a share of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. In addition, each participant is granted an additional number of matching stock units on the date of grant equal to 10% of the number of basic stock units granted (20% prior to 2012). Basic stock units vest in equal annual installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant, if the participant remains continuously employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date, and will be settled in shares of ITG common stock within 30 days after each applicable vesting date. Matching stock units will vest 100% on the third anniversary of the date of grant, if the participant remains continuously employed by the Company through such vesting date, and will be settled in shares of ITG common stock within 30 days after the date on which such matching stock units vest.

        During 2010, in conjunction with the acquisition of Majestic, the Company granted "employment inducement awards" under Section 303A.08 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual ("Inducement Awards") to certain Majestic employees. Stock units for 319,674 shares vested, or shall vest, in equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date of the awards. Stock units for 415,579 shares are performance-based and vested, or shall vest, over the first four anniversaries of the award grant dates, based upon achievement of certain metrics as of the first and second anniversaries of the award grant dates.

        During 2011, in conjunction with the acquisition of RSEG, the Company granted Inducement Awards to certain RSEG employees. Stock units for 181,623 shares vested, or shall vest, in equal installments on December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and stock units for 181,328 shares vest in equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date of the awards.

        The Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $20.6 million ($2.3 million of which was recorded in severance and restructuring charges), $15.4 million ($0.4 million of which was recorded in severance and restructuring charges), and $14.6 million ($1.7 million of which was recorded in restructuring charges) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to restricted share awards which were offset by related income tax benefits of approximately $8.4 million, $6.2 million and $5.8 million, respectively.

89


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        A summary of the status of the Company's restricted share awards as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and changes during the years then ended are presented below:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    465,527   $ 44.64  

Granted

    999,554     22.47  

Vested

    (178,783 )   43.66  

Forfeited

    (61,841 )   37.78  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    1,224,457     27.03  

Granted

    2,193,239     16.26  

Vested

    (317,489 )   25.91  

Forfeited

    (164,884 )   21.02  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    2,935,323     19.44  

Granted

    1,343,172     16.65  

Vested

    (843,053 )   23.29  

Forfeited

    (380,138 )   16.71  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    3,055,304   $ 17.49  
             

        At December 31, 2011, 316,803 of the outstanding restricted share awards were performance-based and 475,255 were market-based.

        As of December 31, 2011, there was $21.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding restricted share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.29 years. During 2011, restricted shares with a grant date fair value of approximately $19.6 million vested.

        The provision for income taxes excludes excess current tax benefits related to the vesting of restricted share awards. There were no such tax benefits, but rather tax shortfalls of $2.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.7 million related to the vesting of restricted share awards for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The tax shortfalls that occurred were the result of the tax deduction being less than the cumulative book compensation cost and are reflected as a decrease to additional paid-in capital.

        Under the 2007 Plan and the VCSUA, the Company is permitted to grant phantom share awards. Phantom share awards vest like any other award granted under the VCSUA as described above and are settled in cash. The Company recognizes share- based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) over a three-year period. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively related to phantom share awards offset by related tax benefits of $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

90


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        A summary of the status of the Company's phantom share awards as of December 31, 2011, and changes during the year then ended are presented below:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

      $  

Granted

    92,387     23.45  

Vested

         

Forfeited

    (1,374 )   23.45  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    91,013     23.45  

Granted

    212,047     16.96  

Vested

    (25,285 )   23.45  

Forfeited

    (18,405 )   18.25  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    259,370     18.51  

Granted

    205,760     18.67  

Vested

    (67,383 )   19.21  

Forfeited

         
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    397,747   $ 18.47  
             

        At December 31, 2011, 40,684 of the outstanding phantom share awards were market-based.

        As of December 31, 2011, there was $2.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to grants of phantom share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.07 years.

ITG Stock Unit Award Program

        Effective January 1, 1998, selected members of senior management and other key employees participated in the SUA, a mandatory tax-deferred compensation program established under the 1994 Plan which was later merged into the 2007 Plan as referenced above. Under the SUA, selected participants of the Company were required to defer receipt of (and thereby defer taxation on) a graduated portion of their total cash compensation for units representing common stock equal in value to 115% of the compensation deferred. The units were to be settled on or after the third anniversary of the date of grant.

        Effective June 30, 2003, the SUA was amended prospectively to include mandatory participation for all employees earning total cash compensation per annum of $200,000 and greater. The amended plan also deferred receipt of (and thus taxation on) a graduated portion of participants' total cash compensation for units representing the Company's common stock equal in value to 130% of the compensation deferred. The units representing 100% of the total compensation deferred are at all times fully vested and non-forfeitable; however the units are restricted to settlement to common shares half of which are to be distributed on the third anniversary of the deferral and the remaining half on the sixth anniversary of the deferral. The match representing 30% of the compensation deferred is contingent only on employment with the Company and vests 50% on the third anniversary of the deferral and the remaining 50% on the sixth year of the deferral.

91


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Effective January 1, 2006, the SUA was amended to make participation in the plan among eligible participants (employees earning total cash compensation per annum of $200,000 and greater) elective, rather than mandatory. In addition, beginning January 1, 2006, the plan deferred receipt of (and thus taxation on) a graduated portion of participants' total cash compensation for units representing the Company's common stock equal in value to 120% of the compensation deferred. The units representing 100% of the total compensation deferred are at all times fully vested and non-forfeitable; however the units are restricted to settlement to common shares distributed in whole on the third anniversary of the deferral. The match representing 20% of the compensation deferred is contingent only on employment with the Company and vests 100% on the third anniversary of the deferral.

        Effective January 1, 2009, the SUA was further amended and restated. The amendment froze the SUA such that it did not apply to compensation earned for any calendar year after 2008 and provided participants with a special transition election with respect to cessation of participation in the SUA for bonus payments for 2008 that were due after December 31, 2008 and on or before March 15, 2009. Certain other amendments were made to the SUA in order to comply with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

        The Company recorded additional share-based compensation costs (relating to a pro rata portion of all unvested SUA employer matches) of $0.5 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively, as well as related income tax benefits of approximately $0.2 million, and $0.5 million, respectively. Share-based compensation costs of approximately $0.2 million were reversed in 2011 as a result forfeitures. Related income tax expense of less than $0.1 million was also recorded during 2011.

        A summary of activity under the SUA is as follows:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    860,168   $ 30.56  

Granted

    6,743     22.65  

Vested

    (168,248 )   35.61  

Forfeited

    (21,284 )   27.71  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    677,379     29.32  

Granted

         

Vested

    (311,106 )   28.67  

Forfeited

    (2,106 )   32.54  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    364,167     29.82  

Granted

         

Vested

    (288,917 )   28.98  

Forfeited

    (3,670 )   15.40  
             

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    71,580   $ 33.95  
             

        Of the units outstanding, 66,280 are non-forfeitable as of December 31, 2011.

        As of December 31, 2011, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to grants under the SUA is de-minimis. These costs are expected to be recognized during the first quarter of 2012. Shares issued under the SUA are from common shares held in treasury, to the extent available.

92


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

ITG Employee and Non Employee Director Benefit Plans

        All U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan ("RSP"). The RSP applies to all eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service annual maximum which was $245,000 during 2011. Prior to January 1, 2011, the RSP's features included a guaranteed Company contribution of 3% of eligible compensation, a discretionary Company contribution between 0% and 8% of eligible compensation based on consolidated Company profits for the year and a 66 2 / 3 % Company matching contribution which is applied to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation per year. Effective as of January 1, 2011, the guaranteed Company contribution of 3% was eliminated, and the Company matching contribution will apply to 50% of voluntary employee contributions, on a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation per year. Effective as of January 1, 2012, the Company matching contribution will apply to 50% of voluntary employee contributions, on a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation per year. The Company may still make discretionary contributions based on consolidated profits. Most of the Company's international employees are eligible to participate in similar defined contribution plans. The costs for these benefits were approximately $6.6 million, $10.2 million and $10.8 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and are included in compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Since 2006, non-employee directors received an annual retainer fee of $60,000, with the exception of the external lead director and chairman who received, until August 2008, $90,000, and who, since August 2008, receives $160,000 under the Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan, which was adopted in 2002. This retainer fee is payable, at the election of each director, either in (i) cash, (ii) Company common stock with a value equal to the retainer fee on the grant date or (iii) under a deferred compensation plan which provides deferred share units with a value equal to the retainer fee on the grant date which convert to freely sellable shares when the director retires from the Board of Directors. Directors who chose common stock or deferred share units, in the aggregate, received 29,347 units or shares, 16,819 units or shares, and 13,699 units in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The cost of the Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan was approximately $769,000, $647,000, and $716,000 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, and is included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        In November 1997, the Board of Directors approved the ITG Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), an employee stock purchase plan qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The ESPP became effective February 1, 1998 and allows all full-time employees to purchase shares of ITG common stock at a 15% discount through automatic payroll deductions. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, the ESPP is compensatory. The Company recorded share-based compensation expense related to the ESPP of $451,000, $394,000, and $765,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Shares distributed under the ESPP are newly issued shares.

93


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(22) (Loss) Earnings Per Share

        The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations for the years ended December 31 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Net (loss) income for basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ (179,789 ) $ 23,980   $ 42,834  
               

Shares of common stock and common stock equivalents:

                   

Weighted average shares—basic

    40,691     42,767     43,538  

Effect of dilutive securities

        729     480  
               

Weighted average shares—diluted

    40,691     43,496     44,018  
               

(Loss) earnings per share:

                   

Basic

  $ (4.42 ) $ 0.56   $ 0.98  
               

Diluted

  $ (4.42 ) $ 0.55   $ 0.97  
               

        The impact of all common stock equivalents on per share amounts for the year ended December 31, 2011 is anti-dilutive due to the fact that the Company is reporting a loss. At December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, approximately 2.0 million, 0.6 million, and 0.7 million share equivalents, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effects would have been anti-dilutive.

(23) Commitments and Contingencies

    Legal Matters

        The Company is periodically involved in litigation and various legal matters that arise in the normal course of business, including proceedings relating to regulatory matters. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable. At the current time, the Company does not believe that any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial position or future results of operations.

    Lease Commitments

        The Company has entered into lease and sublease agreements with third parties for certain offices and equipment, which expire at various dates through 2021. Rent expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $12.9, $14.0 million and $14.1 million, respectively, and is recorded in occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recognizes rent expense for escalation clauses, rent holidays, leasehold improvement incentives and other concessions using the straight-line method over the minimum lease term.

94


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Minimum future rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases follow (dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
   
 

2012

  $ 13,879  

2013

    11,269  

2014

    6,312  

2015

    5,799  

2016

    5,808  

2017 and thereafter

    10,448  
       

Total

  $ 53,515  
       

    Other Commitments

        Pursuant to employment arrangements, the Company is obligated to pay certain employees aggregate minimum compensation of $10.3 million as of December 31, 2011. In the event of termination of employment without cause prior to their respective expiration, these arrangements require the Company to pay separation payments totaling the lower of $10.3 million or the remaining minimum compensation due, net of payments made through the termination date.

        Pursuant to contracts expiring through 2016, the Company is obligated to purchase market data, maintenance and other services totaling $59.7 million.

(24) Segment Reporting

        The Company is organized into four operating segments through which the Company's chief operating decision makers manage the Company's business. The U.S. Operations segment provides trade execution, trade order management, network connectivity and research services. The Canadian Operations segment provides trade execution, network connectivity and research services. The European Operations segment provides trade execution, trade order management, network connectivity and research services and includes a technology research and development facility in Israel. The Asia Pacific Operations segment provides trade execution, network connectivity and research services.

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The Company allocates resources to, and evaluates the performance of, its reportable segments based on income or loss before income tax expense. Consistent with the Company's resource allocation and operating performance evaluation approach, the effects of inter-segment activities are eliminated except in limited circumstances where certain technology related costs are allocated to a segment to support that segment's revenue producing activities. Commissions and fees revenue for trade executions and commission share revenues are principally attributed to each segment based upon the location of execution of the related transaction. Recurring revenues are principally attributed based upon the location of the client using the respective service.

95


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        A summary of the segment financial information is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  U.S.
Operations
  Canadian
Operations
  European
Operations
  Asia Pacific
Operations
  Consolidated  

2011

                               

Total revenues

  $ 375,521   $ 85,550   $ 70,670   $ 40,296   $ 572,037  

(Loss) income before income tax expense (1) (2)

    (222,337 )   20,035     2,263     (6,589 )   (206,628 )

Identifiable assets

    1,351,062     83,453     336,454     407,100     2,178,069  

Capital purchases

    18,684     1,525     1,448     1,200     22,857  

Depreciation and amortization

    47,004     2,882     7,636     1,535     59,057  

Share-based compensation

    16,436     1,076     1,509     1,135     20,156  

2010

                               

Total revenues

  $ 385,690   $ 78,479   $ 73,277   $ 33,308   $ 570,754  

Income (loss) before income tax expense (3) (4)

    45,000     21,119     4,043     (20,829 )   49,333  

Identifiable assets

    1,486,022     113,356     404,789     526,686     2,530,853  

Capital purchases

    15,472     1,724     1,660     424     19,280  

Depreciation and amortization

    50,089     2,425     8,169     1,690     62,373  

Share-based compensation

    14,336     1,344     1,380     946     18,006  

2009

                               

Total revenues

  $ 457,414   $ 70,767   $ 75,443   $ 29,445   $ 633,069  

Income (loss) before income tax expense (5)

    74,102     16,617     4,662     (18,930 )   76,451  

Identifiable assets

    951,015     199,875     334,667     217,546     1,703,103  

Capital purchases

    9,570     1,822     2,948     891     15,231  

Depreciation and amortization

    50,256     1,898     6,720     1,872     60,746  

Share-based compensation

    13,327     695     1,562     399     15,983  

(1)
Loss before tax expense for the U.S. Operations for 2011 includes the impact of a $229.3 million goodwill and other asset impairment charge.

(2)
(Loss) income before income tax expense in 2011 includes the impact of a $24.4 million restructuring charge to reduce costs. The segment breakdown of this charge is as follows: U.S. Operations—$22.5 million, Canadian Operations—$0.6 million, European Operations—$1.0 million and Asia Pacific Operations—$0.3 million.

(3)
Income before income tax expense for the U.S. Operations for 2010 includes the impact of a $6.1 million charge to write-off certain capitalized software initiatives, restructuring charges of $2.3 million related to closing the Company's Westchester, NY office, and $2.4 million of acquisition related charges associated with the purchases of Majestic.

(4)
Loss before income tax expense for the Asia Pacific Operations for 2010 includes the impact of a $5.4 million impairment charge related to Australian goodwill and a restructuring charge of $2.1 million to close the Company's on-shore Japanese operations.

(5)
Income (loss) before income tax expense in 2009 includes the impact of a $25.4 million restructuring charge to reduce costs. The segment breakdown of this charge is as follows: U.S. Operations—$21.3 million, Canadian Operations—$2.6 million, European Operations—$0.1 million and Asia Pacific Operations—$1.4 million.

96


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Long-lived assets, classified by the geographic region in which the Company operates, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  2011   2010   2009  

Long-lived Assets at December 31,

                   

United States

  $ 360,309   $ 554,879   $ 502,612  

Canada

    6,873     7,237     6,576  

Europe

    40,052     42,121     43,581  

Asia Pacific

    3,162     3,132     10,283  
               

Total

  $ 410,396   $ 607,369   $ 563,052  
               

        The Company's long-lived assets primarily consist of premises and equipment, capitalized software, goodwill, other intangibles and debt issuance costs.

(25) Supplementary Financial Information (unaudited)

        The following tables set forth certain unaudited financial data for the Company's quarterly operations in 2011 and 2010. The following information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual information presented elsewhere in this report and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the

97


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

information for the quarterly periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 
  (Unaudited) December 31, 2011   (Unaudited) December 31, 2010  
$ in thousands, expect per share amounts
  Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 

Total revenues

  $ 129,923   $ 149,419   $ 142,617   $ 150,078   $ 138,346   $ 130,396   $ 155,322   $ 146,690  

Expenses:

                                                 

Compensation and employee benefits

    52,041     54,109     55,679     57,478     57,208     50,627     54,587     53,464  

Transaction processing

    20,632     24,840     23,104     23,026     21,746     19,401     23,581     20,659  

Occupancy and equipment

    15,282     14,904     15,063     14,942     15,316     14,423     14,969     15,197  

Telecommunications and data processing services

    13,960     14,559     14,870     15,071     14,108     12,759     12,971     13,635  

Other general and administrative

    22,705     23,181     22,762     22,160     22,516     21,652     21,928     28,157  

Goodwill and other asset impairment

    4,282         225,035                 5,375      

Restructuring charges

    6,754         17,678         1,812         2,337     (87 )

Acquisition related costs

            2,523         2,409              

Interest expense

    625     636     494     270     83     158     206     224  
                                   

Total expenses

    136,281     132,229     377,208     132,947     135,198     119,020     135,954     131,249  
                                   

(Loss) income before income tax expense

    (6,358 )   17,190     (234,591 )   17,131     3,148     11,376     19,368     15,441  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (2,686 )   6,713     (38,448 )   7,582     1,318     5,166     11,860     7,009  
                                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (3,672 )   10,477   $ (196,143 ) $ 9,549   $ 1,830   $ 6,210   $ 7,508   $ 8,432  
                                   

Basic (loss) earnings per share

  $ (0.09 ) $ 0.26   $ (4.77 ) $ 0.23   $ 0.04   $ 0.15   $ 0.17   $ 0.19  
                                   

Diluted (loss) earnings per share

  $ (0.09 ) $ 0.25   $ (4.77 ) $ 0.23   $ 0.04   $ 0.14   $ 0.17   $ 0.19  
                                   

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    39,624     40,615     41,112     41,435     41,636     42,407     43,226     43,827  
                                   

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    39,624     41,271     41,112     42,180     42,538     42,941     43,704     44,415  
                                   

98


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Earnings per share for quarterly periods are based on the weighted average common shares outstanding in individual quarters; thus, the sum of earnings per share of the quarters may not equal the amounts reported for the full year.

 
  (Unaudited) December 31, 2011   (Unaudited) December 31, 2010  
As a percentage of Total Revenues
  Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 

Total revenues

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Expenses:

                                                 

Compensation and employee benefits

    40.1     36.2     39.0     38.3     41.3     38.8     35.1     36.4  

Transaction processing

    15.9     16.6     16.2     15.3     15.7     14.9     15.2     14.1  

Occupancy and equipment

    11.8     10.0     10.6     10.0     11.1     11.1     9.6     10.4  

Telecommunications and data processing services

    10.7     9.7     10.4     10.0     10.2     9.8     8.4     9.3  

Other general and administrative

    17.5     15.5     16.0     14.8     16.3     16.6     14.1     19.2  

Goodwill and other asset impairment

    3.3         157.8                 3.5      

Restructuring charges

    5.2         12.4         1.3         1.5     (0.1 )

Acquisition costs

            1.8         1.7              

Interest expense

    0.5     0.4     0.3     0.2     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.2  
                                   

Total expenses

    104.9     88.5     264.5     88.6     97.7     91.3     87.5     89.5  
                                   

(Loss) income before income tax expense

    (4.9 )   11.5     (164.5 )   11.4     2.3     8.7     12.5     10.5  

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (2.1 )   4.5     (27.0 )   5.1     1.0     4.0     7.6     4.8  
                                   

Net (loss) income

    (2.8 )%   7.0 %   (137.5 )%   6.4 %   1.3 %   4.7 %   4.9 %   5.7 %
                                   

(26) Subsequent Event

        On February 24, 2012, the Company entered into an office lease agreement (the "Lease") with Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC for approximately 132,000 square feet of office space in New York, New York (the "Premises") to which the Company intends to relocate its corporate headquarters. The initial term of the Lease will commence on or after May 1, 2012, on the date on which the Premises are ready for occupancy, and will expire approximately 16 years after the commencement date. The Company will not be required to pay rent for the 12-month period following the commencement date. Thereafter, the minimum rent payable by the Company will be approximately $484,337 per month for the following 5 years of the initial term, will increase to approximately $539,375 per month for the 5 years thereafter, and will increase again to approximately $594,414 per month through the expiration of the initial term. In addition, beginning on or about the first anniversary of the commencement date, the Company will be obligated to pay its proportionate share of the operating costs and property taxes for the Premises.

99


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        There were no changes in, or disagreements with, accountants reportable herein.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        The management of ITG is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ITG's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of ITG's chief executive and chief financial officers, and effected by ITG's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of ITG's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP and includes policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of ITG, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of ITG are being made only in accordance with authorizations of ITG's management and directors and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of ITG's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.

        Management assessed the effectiveness of ITG's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework . Based on its assessment and those criteria, management has concluded that ITG maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

        The effectiveness of ITG's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, ITG's independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on the following page, which expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of ITG's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

100


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

        We have audited Investment Technology Group, Inc.'s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, Investment Technology Group, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 28, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York

February 28, 2012

101


Table of Contents

Item 9B.    Other Information

        On February 24, 2012, the Company entered into an office lease agreement (the "Lease") with Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC (the "Lessor") for approximately 132,000 square feet of office space in New York, New York (the "Premises") to which the Company intends to relocate its corporate headquarters. The initial term of the Lease will commence on or after May 1, 2012, on the date on which the Premises are ready for occupancy, and will expire approximately 16 years after the commencement date. The Company will not be required to pay rent for the 12-month period following the commencement date. Thereafter, the minimum rent payable by the Company will be approximately $484,337 per month for the following 5 years of the initial term, will increase to approximately $539,375 per month for the 5 years thereafter, and will increase again to approximately $594,414 per month through the expiration of the initial term. In addition, beginning on or about the first anniversary of the commencement date, the Company will be obligated to pay its proportionate share of the operating costs and property taxes for the Premises.

        Under the terms of the Lease, the Company has the option to extend the Lease for up to two additional five-year terms, which would commence upon the expiration of the initial 16-year term. In the event the Company elects to extend the term of the Lease, the minimum monthly rent payable for the additional term(s) will be determined according to the then-prevailing market rate. In addition, the Company has the right of first offer to lease certain additional office space that becomes available in the building where the Premises is located at then-prevailing market rates, subject to certain conditions. Prior to occupancy, the Company plans to perform improvements to the Premises of which the Lessor will pay $8.6 million.

        The foregoing summary of the Lease does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Lease, which is attached as Exhibit 10.48 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

102


Table of Contents


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

        Included in Part II of this report:

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
52

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

 
53

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
54

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

 
55

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
56

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
57

(a)(2)  Schedules

        Schedules are omitted because the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

103


Table of Contents

(a)(3) Exhibits

Exhibits
Number
  Description
     2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 12, 2005 by and among the Company, Macgregor, and Hedgehog Acquisition Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ITG, and Steven D. Levy, as representative of the security holders of Macgregor (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K dated July 18, 2005).

 

   3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

   3.2

 

Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3 to the Form 8-K dated February 15, 2007).

 

   4.1

 

Form of Certificate for Common Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated January 3, 2006 by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, U.S. Bank, National Association, as documentation agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several banks and other financial institutions who become parties thereto as lenders (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 1.1 to Form 8-K dated January 9, 2006).

 

 10.2

×

Credit Agreement, dated January 31, 2011 by and among ITG Inc., Investment Technology Group, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, Bank of Montreal as document agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.3

 

Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit A to the 1997 Definitive Proxy Statement).

 

 10.3.1

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option and Long-Term Incentive Plan effective May 8, 2007 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q dated November 8, 2007).

 

 10.4

 

Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.4.1

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated August 11, 2006).

 

 10.5

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 1.1 to Form 8-K dated January 25, 2006).

 

 10.5.1

 

Amendment to Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K dated August 11, 2006).

 

 10.5.2

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q dated November 8, 2007).

 

 10.5.3

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.6

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Non Employee Directors of the Company (2006) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K dated August 11, 2006).

104


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   10.6.1   Form of Amendment to Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Agreements (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated August 11, 2006).

 

 10.7

 

Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Non-Employee Directors of the Company (2006) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q dated November 9, 2006).

 

 10.8

 

Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.9

 

Amended and Restated Restricted Share Agreement dated August 6, 2008 between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Robert C. Gasser, (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q dated August 7, 2008).

 

 10.10

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Pay-For-Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.13.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.11

 

Sixth Amended and Restated Stock Unit Award Program (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3.21 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.11.1

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Award Program (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q dated November 8, 2007).

 

 10.11.2

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Award Program (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.14.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.11.3

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K dated October 14, 2008).

 

 10.12

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated November 5, 2009).

 

 10.13

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of January 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.14

 

Amended and Restated Employee Advisor Agreement, dated May 30, 2008, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Raymond L. Killian, Jr. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q dated August 7, 2008).

 

 10.15

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 20, 2010, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Robert C. Gasser (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 10, 2010).

 

 10.16

 

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.19.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.17

 

Lease, dated July 11, 1990, between AEW/LBA Acquisition Co. LLC (as successor to 400 Corporate Pointe, Ltd.) and Integrated Analytics Corporation, as assigned by Integrated Analytics Corporation to the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3.3 to Registration Statement).

105


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   10.17.1   First Amendment to Lease, dated as of June 1, 1995, between AEW/LBA Acquisition Co. LLC (as successor to 400 Corporate Pointe, Ltd.) and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.7 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996).

 

 10.17.2

 

Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of December 5, 1996 between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

 

 10.17.3

 

Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 13, 1998 between Arden Realty Finance Partnership, L.P. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.17.4

 

Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated as of February 29, 2000 between Arden Realty Finance Partnership, L.P. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.17.5

 

Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated June 29, 2000 between Arden Realty Finance Partnership, L.P. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.17.6

 

Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated August 28, 2001 between Arden Realty Finance Partnership, L.P. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4.6 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.17.7

 

Seventh Amendment to Lease, dated December 15, 2004 between Arden Realty Finance Partnership, L.P. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.17.8

 

Eighth Amendment to Lease, dated November 29, 2005 between Arden Realty Finance Partnership, L.P. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.18

 

Lease, dated as of February 29, 2000 between Arden Realty Finance IV, L.L.C. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.18.1

 

First Amendment to Lease, dated as of April 1, 2000 between Arden Realty Finance IV, L.L.C. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.6 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001).

 

 10.18.2

 

Second Amendment to Lease, dated December 15, 2004 between Arden Realty Finance IV, L.L.C. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.18.3

 

Third Amendment to Lease, dated November 29, 2005 between Arden Realty Finance IV, L.L.C. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.19

 

Lease, dated October 4, 1996 between Spartan Madison Corp. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

 

 10.19.1

 

First Supplemental Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1997 between Spartan Madison Corp. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

 

 10.19.2

 

Second Supplemental Agreement, dated as of November 25, 1997 between Spartan Madison Corp. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

106


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   10.19.3   Third Supplemental Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999 between Spartan Madison Corp. and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.19.4

 

Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2006 between TAG 380, LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.20

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.24 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.21

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.25 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.22

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Performance Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.26 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.23

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated August 5, 2010).

 

 10.24

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q dated November 8, 2007).

 

 10.25

 

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-Q dated November 8, 2007).

 

 10.26

 

Lease, dated as of August 15, 2000 between Boston Wharf Co. and The Macgregor Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.30 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.26.1

 

Consent to Assignment of Lease, dated as of March 31, 2006 between W2005 BWH III Realty, L.L.C., The Macgregor Group, Inc. and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.30.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.27

 

Lease, dated as of March 10, 1995 between Boston Wharf Co. and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.27.1

 

Assignment of Lease, dated as of April 27, 1999 between Boston Wharf Co. and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.27.2

 

Amendment to Lease, dated as of July 23, 2003, between Boston Wharf Co. and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.28

 

Office Lease Agreement, between MA-100 High Street, L.L.C., and Investment Technology Group, Inc., dated July 24, 2009 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q dated November 5, 2009).

107


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   10.28.1   Amendment to Office Lease Agreement, between MA-100 High Street, L.L.C., and Investment Technology Group, Inc., dated July 22, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.28.2

 

Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement, MA-100 High Street, L.L.C., and Investment Technology Group, Inc., dated September 20, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.29

 

Lease, dated February 7, 2007 and effective January 8, 2007 between Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd and Investment Technology Group Europe Limited (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.32 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.30

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement between Investment Technology Group, Inc and Robert C. Gasser (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.36 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.31

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement, dated March 24, 2008 between the Company and Robert C. Gasser (as incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q dated May 9, 2008).

 

 10.32

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Equity Deferral Award Program Subplan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.37 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).

 

 10.33

 

Form of Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Equity Deferral Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2010) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.38 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).

 

 10.34

*

Separation Agreement, dated February 12, 2009 between Alasdair Haynes and Investment Technology Group, Inc. on behalf of Investment Technology Group Europe Limited.

 

 10.35

 

Form of KEEP Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Equity Deferral Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2010) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 10, 2010).

 

 10.36

 

Form of Amendment to Change in Control Agreement (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 10, 2010).

 

 10.37

 

Form of Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Equity Deferral Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2011) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.43 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.38

 

Form of KEEP Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Equity Deferral Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2011) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.44 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.39

 

Offer letter dated December 21, 2009 between Steven R. Vigliotti and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.40 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.40

*

Separation Agreement dated as of February 3, 2010 between Howard C. Naphtali and Investment Technology Group, Inc.

108


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   10.41   Transition Services Agreement dated February 3, 2010 between Howard C. Naphtali and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.42 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.42

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (formerly the Equity Deferral Award Program Subplan) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated November 8, 2011).

 

 10.43

*

Form of Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2012).

 

 10.44

*

Form of KEEP Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2012).

 

 10.45

 

Offer Letter dated as of September 14, 2011 between David J. Stevens and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated November 8, 2011).

 

 10.46

*+

Retirement Agreement General Release, effective August 1, 2011 between Christopher Heckman and Investment Technology Group, Inc.

 

 10.47

*

Lease, dated as of February 24, 2012, between Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC and Investment Technology Group, Inc.

 

 21.1

*

Subsidiaries of Company.

 

 23.1

*

Consent of KPMG LLP.

 

 31.1

*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification.

 

 31.2

*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification.

 

 32.1

*

Section 1350 Certification.
       

*
Filed herewith

×
Portions of this agreement have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed on February 28, 2011.

+
Portions of this agreement have been omitted pursuant to a revised request for confidential treatment filed on December 21, 2011.

        See list of exhibits at Item 15(a)(3) above and exhibits following.

109


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Steven R. Vigliotti
Chief Financial Officer and
Duly Authorized Signatory of Registrant

Dated: February 28, 2012

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MAUREEN O'HARA

Maureen O'Hara
  Chairman of Board of Directors   February 28, 2012

/s/ ROBERT C. GASSER

Robert C. Gasser

 

Chief Executive Officer, President
and Director

 

February 28, 2012

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Steven R. Vigliotti

 

Managing Director and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer)

 

February 28, 2012

/s/ ANGELO BULONE

Angelo Bulone

 

Managing Director and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 28, 2012

/s/ J. WILLIAM BURDETT

J. William Burdett

 

Director

 

February 28, 2012

/s/ MINDER CHENG

Minder Cheng

 

Director

 

February 28, 2012

/s/ CHRISTOPHER V. DODDS

Christopher V. Dodds

 

Director

 

February 28, 2012

/s/ TIMOTHY L. JONES

Timothy L. Jones

 

Director

 

February 28, 2012

/s/ KEVIN J.P. O'HARA

Kevin J.P. O'Hara

 

Director

 

February 28, 2012

/s/ STEVEN S. WOOD

Steven S. Wood

 

Director

 

February 28, 2012

110




Exhibit 10.34

 

Execution Copy

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

11th February, 2009

 

VIA HAND DELIVERY

 

Alasdair Haynes

[ADDRESS]

 

 

Dear Alasdair:

 

Without Prejudice and Subject to Contract

 

This letter will confirm the agreement (the “Agreement”) that has been reached by and between you and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (“ITG” or the “Company”) in connection with the termination of your employment with ITG. For the purposes of this Agreement references to “Group Company shall mean any company of which the Company is a Subsidiary (its holding company) and any Subsidiaries of the Company or of any such holding company. “Subsidiary” in relation to a company (a holding company) means a subsidiary (as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) and any other company which is a subsidiary (as so defined) of a company which is itself a subsidiary of such holding company.

 



 

1.             Separation from Service.

 

(a)           Effective the close of business 6 May 2009 (the “Separation Date”) your employment with the Company shall terminate.  On or before such time you shall resign from all positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, including your positions as Managing Director and a member of the applicable boards of directors of the Company’s subsidiaries on which you served and any committee(s) thereof.  You agree promptly to execute any documents necessary to effectuate such resignations with the relevant authorities.

 

(b)           On the Separation Date, you shall receive a payment by bank credit transfer into your normal bank account of all unpaid compensation and contractual benefits that you have earned and/or accrued up to the Separation Date, less statutory deductions.

 

(c)           The Company will reimburse to you in respect of business and travel expenses properly incurred by you up to the Separation Date, subject to you submitting all necessary claims for business and travel expenses (and relevant receipts) within seven days of the Separation Date.  You agree that thereafter you shall not be entitled to reimbursement for any further claims in relation to such expenses.

 

(d)           The Company shall maintain the existing health insurance cover for you and for your family for a period of 9 months from the Separation Date, or the date on which you commence employment or any remunerated engagement with another employer, whichever is sooner.  You are

 

2



 

required to notify the Company in writing when you accept an offer of employment or engagement with another employer.

 

(e)           With effect from the Separation Date, all of your contractual entitlements and any non contractual benefits will cease, save as specified in this Agreement.

 

(f)            The Company shall continue for a period of 9 months from the Separation Date to make pension payments at the rate of 15% of the base salary you earned as at the Separation Date into the Company’s pension scheme.

 

2.             Garden Leave

 

(a)           You shall remain an employee of the Company but you shall not be required to perform any work for the Company or any Group Company between 6 February 2009 and the Separation Date (“ Garden Leave” ).

 

(b)           During Garden Leave the Company shall be under no obligation to provide any work to, or vest any powers in you and you shall have no right to perform any work for the Company or any Group Company.

 

(c)           During Garden Leave you shall:

 

(i)            continue to receive your salary and all contractual benefits (including for the avoidance of doubt pension contributions) in the usual way (subject to the rules of the relevant benefit

 

3



 

schemes in force from time to time).  The Company will declare these benefits to HM Revenue and Customs at the appropriate time and you will be solely liable for any further tax or National Insurance contributions due in relation to them;

 

(ii)           remain an employee of the Company and bound by the terms of your contract of employment with the Company;

 

(iii)          not, without the prior consent of Mats Goebels, attend your place of work or any other premises of the Company or any Group Company;

 

(iv)          not, without the prior consent of Mats Goebels contact or deal with (or attempt to contact or deal with) any other officer, employee, consultant, client, customer, supplier, agent, distributor, shareholder, adviser or other business contract of the Company or any Group Company.  You may, however, meet up with employees of the Company on a purely social basis;

 

(v)           be deemed to take any accrued but unused holiday entitlement;  and

 

(vi)          (except during any periods taken as holiday in accordance with the Company’s usual procedures) ensure that Mats Goebels knows how you can be contacted during each working day.

 

3.              Separation Payments and Benefits.   Subject to your execution of this Agreement and execution of Schedule 2 to this Agreement by your adviser named at Paragraph 5 below, and in consideration for your agreement to be bound by the promises set forth in this Agreement in addition to the amounts described in Paragraphs 1 and 2  above, you shall receive:

 

4



 

(a)           The sum of £394,300 (less UK statutory deductions) within 30 business days of receipt by the Company of this Agreement signed by you, and Schedule 1 signed by the adviser named at Paragraph 5.

 

(b)           The sum of £651,667 payable in six (6) equal monthly installments starting on the date four months after receipt by the Company of this Agreement signed by you (subject in all respects to execution of this Agreement by you and your adviser as described above), as compensation for loss of office.  The first £30,000 shall be paid without deduction of PAYE or National Insurance.  The balance shall be paid subject to deduction of basic rate tax only and after issuance of your P45.

 

(c)           The sum of £282,833 payable in three (3) equal monthly installments.  The first of the three (3) installments will be made within thirty (30) business days of receipt by the Company of this Agreement signed by you (subject in all respects to execution of this Agreement by you and your adviser as described above and to such statutory deductions that may be applicable), with subsequent payments on each monthly anniversary of the first payment date.

 

(d)           Restricted stock units (“RSU’S”) with the fair market value (such fair market value to be taken at March 13th 2009) of the sum of £389,000. Such RSU’s to vest over a period of 3 years commencing the date of this Agreement, details of the vesting shall be set out in a separate agreement which shall include standard vesting provisions and shall also be subject to a forfeiture provision in the event that you solicit employees of the Company within the three year vesting period.

 

5



 

(e)           All outstanding stock options you hold as of the Separation Date that are not already vested and exercisable as of the Separation Date will automatically terminate as of the Separation Date.  Outstanding stock options that you hold that are already vested as of the Separation Date are hereby amended to remain exercisable until the end of the applicable option term (August 1, 2010) pursuant to the terms of the applicable stock option grant agreement evidencing such outstanding vested stock options.  All outstanding restricted stock units that have not yet become vested as of the Separation Date shall be forfeited.  The foregoing treatment of your equity incentive awards is subject in all respects to your execution and non-revocation of this Agreement as described above.

 

(f)         The Company makes no warranty as to the taxable status of the payments made under this Agreement.  In the event that the payments made pursuant to this Agreement are at any time assessed to income tax, PAYE and/or employee national insurance contributions (“ Taxation ”) whether in addition to such deductions as the Company may make at the time payment is made or otherwise, you agree to be responsible for the payment of such Taxation and, in the event that the HMRC seeks to recover the whole or part of the Taxation from the Company, to indemnify the Company fully in respect thereof and in respect of any fines, interest and penalties thereon.  The Company shall promptly inform you of any demand for payment in connection with the payments made under this Agreement to HMRC, or other relevant authority. You agree to pay the Company the amount of any Taxation (together with any such interest and penalties) within 28 days of the Company serving on you a statement prepared by the Company’s auditors certifying both the amount to be paid in respect of this indemnity and that the Taxation falls due to be accounted for to a relevant taxing authority within 30 days of the date of the

 

6



 

statement.  In the event that following payment of such Taxation by the Company to HMRC you successfully dispute the liability to tax of payments made under this Agreement and the Taxation is refunded to the Company, the Company agrees to pay any such refund to you within 14 days of receipt thereof.

 

4.             General Release of All Claims.

 

(a)           You confirm that you have considered the facts surrounding your employment and the offices arising therefrom and the termination of your employment and consequent loss of office. You intimate and assert that you could bring statutory or contractual claims, proceedings, applications or complaints against the Company or any Group Company or any of their present or former officers or employees or their shareholders, before any employment tribunal or any court, in any jurisdiction, for the claims listed in Schedule 1 to this Agreement (the “Claims”).

 

(b)           The terms of this Agreement are reached without admission of liability and are in full and final settlement of:-

 

(i)            the Claims;  and

 

(ii)           any other claims, costs, expenses, rights of action of any kind whatsoever anywhere in the world arising out of or in connection with your employment and or the termination of your employment or loss of office (whether or not you or the Company is now aware of the same and whether or not they are or could be in the contemplation of the parties at the time of signing the

 

7



 

Agreement, whether under statute, at common law or otherwise and whether under English law and/or European Community law which you have or may have against the Company or its present or former officers or employees or any Group Company or its present or former officers or employees arising out of or in connection with his employment by the Company or any Group Company or its termination whether such fall within the jurisdiction of an employment tribunal or not.  The Company confirms that by signing this Agreement it is settling all claims, costs, expenses, rights of action of any kind whatsoever anywhere in the world against you, save in so far as such liability cannot be waived by the Company by law, in relation to claims arising out of in connection with acts of gross negligence, default, breach of duty or trust.

 

(c)           The parties agree that Paragraphs 4 (a) and (b) shall not apply to any claim to enforce the terms of this Agreement, any pension rights or pension benefits which have accrued to you up to the Separation Date, or to any rights to claim in respect of personal injury or illness sustained by reason of your employment with the Company and of which you are reasonably unaware at the Separation Date.

 

(d)           You warrant and represent to the Company, that the Claims listed at Schedule 1 are all the claims or prospective claims which you intimate and assert that you may have against the Company or any Group Company arising out of or in connection with your employment or its termination.

 

(e)           You warrant that neither you nor anyone acting on your behalf will issue any future applications, claims forms, summons or proceedings against the Company or any Group in respect of Claims detailed in Schedule 1 or otherwise.

 

8



 

(f)            It is a fundamental term of this Agreement that the payments and benefits provided for under it, shall at all times be conditional on your full compliance with your obligations under the terms of this Agreement, including refraining from issuing or pursuing any type of proceedings in respect of the Claims and otherwise complying with all of your obligations under the terms hereof.  If you should breach any of your obligations under this Agreement, the payments set out in Paragraphs 3(a)-(c) (inclusive) shall be repayable to the Company on demand and to the extent that it has not then been paid to you, the Company shall then cease to be obliged to do so. The total sums paid under this Agreement together with all costs (including legal costs) reasonably incurred by the Company in their recovery shall be recoverable as a debt from you in such circumstances.

 

5.             Legal Advice

 

(a)           You hereby warrant and represent that you have received independent legal advice from Meriel Schindler of Withers LLP, 16 Old Bailey, London, EC4M 7EG, a relevant independent legal adviser acting in her professional capacity and in respect to whom there is currently (and was at the time of giving such advice) in force a valid certificate of insurance or an indemnity provided for members of his profession for the risk of a claim by you in respect of loss arising in consequence of the advice she has given to you. The Company shall pay legal fees of up to £4000 plus VAT direct to your legal advisors in respect of advice given on this Agreement within 30 days of receipt of an invoice addressed to you but marked payable by the Company.

 

9



 

(b)           You hereby further warrant and represent that the advice referred to above, related to the terms and effect of this Agreement, and in particular the effect of the terms of this Agreement on your ability to pursue your rights before an Employment Tribunal and/or otherwise against the Company, any Group Company and any individuals, to which/whom this Agreement refers.

 

(c)           It is a condition of this Agreement that the legal adviser identified above places on headed paper and signs the confirmations set out in Schedule 2 attached.

 

(d)           This Agreement satisfies the conditions regulating Compromise Agreements under Section 77(4A) of the Sex Discrimination Act 1975, Section 72(4A) of the Race Relations Act 1976, Section 288(2B) of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, Section 203 (3) of the Employment Rights Act 1996, Schedule 3A of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995 and Regulation 35(3) of the Working Time Regulations 1998, Section 49(4) of the National Minimum Wage Act 1998, Regulation 41(4) of the Transnational Information and Consultation etc. Regulations 1999, paragraph 2(2) of Schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Religion and Belief) Regulations 2003, and paragraph 2(2) of Schedule 5 of the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations and under each of the equivalent provisions applicable to each of the other statutes/regulations referred to in Schedule 1.

 

6.             Continuing Obligations Following Your Separation from Service.

 

(a)           You agree, upon reasonable notice from the Company, to provide truthful and reasonable cooperation, including but not limited to your appearance at interviews with the Company’s counsel, (i) in

 

10


 

connection with the defense of any and all charges, complaints, claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, demands and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, which are asserted by any person or entity concerning or related to any matter that arises out of or concerns events or occurrences during your employment with the Company, and (ii) concerning requests for information about the business of the Company or your involvement or participation therein.  The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and necessary travel and other expenses and loss of earnings which (in the case of expenses) you may incur at the specific request of the Company and as approved by the Company in accordance with its policies and procedures established from time to time.

 

(b)           By signing below, you represent and warrant that you have returned and/or agree to immediately return to the Company any and all original and duplicate copies of all files, calendars, books, records, notes, manuals, computer disks, diskettes and any other magnetic and other media materials and any and all Company property and equipment, including, but not limited to, computers and modems you have in your possession or under your control belonging to the Company or the relevant Group Company and containing confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or the relevant Group Company or their customers or operations.  You have also returned your Company keys, credit cards, etc., to the Company.  By signing this Agreement, you confirm that you have not retained in your possession or under your control any of the documents or materials described in this section.

 

(c)           In consideration of the sum of £100 (less UK statutory deductions) and in accordance with your terms and conditions of contract dated 17 November 1998, you agree that you will not from the period beginning on the Separation Date through the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation

 

11



 

Date, less any period spent on Garden Leave, you will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, engage, participate or be interested in any business, entity or endeavor with Liquidnet or Instinet.  You will be deemed to be directly or indirectly engaged or participating in, a business, entity or endeavor with Liquidnet or Instinet if you are a principal, agent, stockholder (or other proprietary or financial interest holder), director, officer, employee, salesperson, sales representative, broker, partner, individual proprietor, lender, consultant or otherwise.

 

(d)           In consideration of the sum of £100 (less UK statutory deductions) and in accordance with your terms and conditions of contract dated 17 November 1998, you agree that you will not without the written consent of the Company, for a period of nine (9) months following the Separation Date, less any period spent on Garden Leave, directly or indirectly:  (i) solicit or canvas the trade or patronage of, or sell to (A) any former or existing clients of the Company for whom you directly or indirectly provided services or for whom you had significant responsibility as an employee of the Company during the two (2) years prior to your Separation Date, or (B) any person or entity that becomes a client of the Company during the one (1) year period following your Separation Date and for which you participated in a proposal to provide services during the two (2) years prior to your Separation Date; or (ii) induce or attempt to influence any employee, contractor or consultant of the Company to terminate his employment or relationship with the Company or solicit for employment any persons who were employees, contractors or consultants of the Company at any time during your employment with the Company.  This restriction does not apply to any employees who are made redundant by the Company. Nothing in this Paragraph

 

12



 

shall prevent you from having contact with clients or potential clients, provided always that such contact is on a purely social basis.

 

(e)           You agree that you will not, at any time hereafter, make, or cause to be made, any statement, observation or opinion, in each case, of a public nature, that disparages, impugns or in any way reflects adversely upon the business, good will or reputation of the Company or any Group Company.  The restriction in the preceding sentence will include, but not be limited to, your agreement that you will not, without the prior consent of the Company, initiate any contacts with, nor respond with unfavourable comments about the Company to any inquiries from, the media concerning the Company, your employment with the Company and/or your separation from service with the Company.  You may, however, give personal opinions on the market, state that you left the Company following a reorganisation and indicate what your future business plans might be.  The Company shall not and the Company shall not permit its directors, employees or agents will not, at any time hereafter, make or cause to be made any public statement, observation or opinion, in each case, that disparages, impugns or in any way reflects adversely upon your reputation.  The restriction in the preceding sentence will include, but not be limited to, the Company’s agreement that it will not, without your prior consent respond with unfavorable comments about you to inquiries from the media concerning you, your employment with the Company and/or the termination of your employment with the Company. The provisions of this Paragraph 6 will not impair either party’s right to provide truthful testimony or other information as required by law or regulatory requirement.

 

13



 

(f)            The Company shall not issue any press statement, further to its press statement dated 5 February 2009, concerning your resignation without first obtaining the consent to the wording (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(g)           You acknowledge and agree that the restrictions and obligation contained in this Paragraph 6, in view of the nature of the business in which the Company and any Group Company are engaged, are reasonable, necessary and in the Company’s best interests in order to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and any Group Company, and that any violation thereof shall be deemed to be a material breach of this agreement and that the Company shall be entitled to pursue any and all remedies available to it in a court of competent jurisdiction including, but not limited to application for temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief as well as damages, an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such violation.  In the event the Company brings an action to redress a violation of this Paragraph 6, the prevailing party in any claims in such action shall be entitled to recover all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection therewith.  If the Company prevails in any claims in such action, you will be liable for the return of the separation payments detailed in Paragraphs 4(a) -(c) (inclusive) and benefits and for the return of any profits realized in connection with your exercising or receiving payment with respect to any of the equity incentive awards that were amended as set forth in Paragraph 4.

 

7.             No Admissions.   The Company and you agree that nothing contained in this Agreement is an admission by the Company or you of any wrongdoing, liability, unlawful conduct or breach of any duty or obligation.

 

14



 

8.             Confidentiality .

 

(a)           You and the Company agree that you have kept, and will keep, the existence and terms of this Agreement confidential, and will not disclose them to anyone except your attorneys, financial advisors and immediate family members, whom you will advise of this confidentiality provision.  No other disclosure will be permitted except:  (a) pursuant to an action to enforce the terms of this Agreement, in which case it will be introduced under seal to the court, (b) in response to a request by any governmental or regulatory agency, (c) as may be required by any in response to compulsory process of law.  The parties further agree that nothing in this Agreement will prohibit or restrict you or the Company from providing information to, testifying or otherwise assisting in any investigation or proceeding brought by, or as required by any federal, state or local regulatory agency, law enforcement agency, legislative body, or self-regulatory organization.

 

(b)           In consideration of the payment of £100.00 (less UK statutory deductions) you undertake that you will not at any time after the date of this Agreement disclose or make use of, and you confirm that you have not prior to the date of this Agreement disclosed or made use of, for your own or any other person’s benefit any Confidential Information belonging to or concerning the Company or any Group Company or any of its/their customers, agents, suppliers or clients, except where required to do so by law. For the purposes of this Paragraph “ Confidential Information ” shall mean customer orders, execution and market price data maintained by ITGE and/or BARRA Inc. and/or ITG Inc. and/or Investment Technology Group International Ltd. (“ITGI”) in connection with the operation of POSIT (the “POSIT

 

15



 

Database”), details of suppliers and their terms of business, details of customers and their requirements, the prices charged to and terms of business with customers, marketing plans and sales forecasts, financial information, results and forecasts (save to the extent that these are included in published audited accounts), any proposals relating to the acquisition or disposal of a company or business or any part thereof or to any proposed expansion or contraction of activities, details of target customers and plans relating to them, details of executives and officers and of the remuneration and other benefits paid to them, information relating to research activities, inventions, secret processes, designs, formulae and product lines, any information held on computer, any information which you have been told is confidential and any information which has been given to the Company or any Group Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

9.             Governing Law .  This Agreement will be construed under the laws of England and Wales and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.

 

10.           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the RSU agreement referred to in Paragraph 3(d) above and the agreement setting out your rights in respect of vested options (referred to in Paragraph  3(e)) above cancel, supersede and replace any and all prior agreements (written, oral or implied-in-fact or in law) between you and the Company regarding all of the subjects covered by this Agreement except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.  This Agreement, the RSU agreement referred to in Paragraph 3(d) above and the agreement setting out your rights in respect of vested options (referred to in Paragraph  3(e) above) are the full, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company

 

16



 

regarding the subjects covered by this Agreement except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, and neither you nor the Company is relying on any representation or promise that is not expressly stated in this Agreement.  This Agreement, the RSU agreement referred to in Paragraph 3(d) above and the agreement setting out your rights in respect of vested options (referred to in Paragraph  3(e))  may not be changed unless the changes are in writing and signed by each of the parties.

 

11.           Severability .  This Agreement, although marked “without prejudice and subject to contract” will, at the point when it is signed by all parties, be treated as an open document evidencing an agreement binding on all parties.

 

(a)           The restrictions and waivers by you set out in this Agreement (on which you have had the opportunity to take independent advice, as you hereby acknowledge) are separate and severable and are considered by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances.  It is agreed that if any of the terms, by themselves, or taken together, shall be adjudged to go beyond what is reasonable if part or parts of the wording thereof were deleted, the relevant restriction(s) shall apply with such deletion(s) as may be necessary to make it, or them, valid and effective.

 

(b)           This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, such of which, when executed shall be an original, and all the counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17



 

12.           Third Party Rights

 

(a)           The Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 applies to the Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall confer any benefit on any person[s] other than the Company, its Group Companies its/their respective directors officers employees and shareholders and you.

 

(b)           The Company confirms that once this Agreement has been signed by you in accordance with the provisions hereof and it has received the signed original copy along with the completed adviser’s schedule and it has been duly signed by an appropriate and authorised person on behalf of the Company, it shall then and only then become of binding effect and will thereby cease to be “without prejudice and subject to contract”.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

18



 

Very truly yours,

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert C. Gasser

 

 

 

 

 

Robert C. Gasser

 

 

PRESIDENT AND CEO OF INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC

 

acting for and on behalf of

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP EUROPE LIMITED

Dated: February 12, 2009

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

 

 

/s/ Alasdair Haynes

 

 

 

Alasdair Haynes

 

 

Dated:  February 11, 2009

 

19


 

SCHEDULE 1

 

The Claims referred to in Paragraph 4(a) shall mean the following:

 

(i)            All personal injury claims of which you aware at the Separation Date (including, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, all and any such claims arising out of or in connection with any illness, condition and/or circumstances of which you are currently aware) and you hereby represents and gives warranty that you are not aware of any circumstances which could give rise to a personal injury claim in the future; and

 

(ii)           All of the following claims (and in each case, where appropriate, the reference to the relevant statute/regulation is to that statute/regulation as amended from time to time, and where the reference is to a statute it also includes all regulations made thereunder from time to time):-

 

(a)           any claim(s) whatsoever in respect of notice pay in lieu of notice or damages for termination of employment without notice;

 

(b)           any claim(s) whatsoever for breach of contract (including but not limited to any claim in respect of unpaid wages or salary, unpaid holiday, unpaid contractual sick or paternity pay, share options or any bonus or commission or benefit schemes in which you participated during your employment);

 

(c)           any claim(s) whatsoever for unfair dismissal (including automatically unfair dismissal and unfair constructive dismissal);

 

20



 

(d)           any claim(s) whatsoever for a redundancy payment, whether statutory or enhanced;

 

(e)           any claim(s) whatsoever for unlawful deductions from wages;

 

(f)            any claim(s) whatsoever for unlawful race discrimination, victimization and/or harassment under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the Race Relations Act 1976;

 

(g)           any claim(s) whatsoever for unlawful disability discrimination or victimization under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the Disability Discrimination Act 1995;

 

(h)           any claim(s) whatsoever for unlawful discrimination, victimization and/or harassment under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the Employment Equality (Age ) Regulations 2006;

 

(i)            any other claim(s) whatsoever under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the Employment Rights Act 1996 (including but not limited to those in relation to, victimization and detriment in employment under Parts IVA and V of the Employment Rights Act 1996);

 

(j)            any claim(s) whatsoever under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by Section 3 of the Protection from Harassment Act 1997;

 

(k)           any claim in relation to protected disclosures under the Employment Rights Act 1996 and the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998;

 

21



 

(l)            any claim(s) whatsoever under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the Working Time Regulations 1998;

 

(m)          any claim(s) whatsoever under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the National Minimum Wage Act 1998;

 

(n)           any claim(s) whatsoever under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the Employment Relations Act 1999 and/or the Employment Relations Act 2004;

 

(o)           any claim(s) whatsoever under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the Employment Act 2002 and/or by the Employment Act 2002 (Dispute Resolution) Regulations 2004;

 

(p)           any claim(s) whatsoever for unlawful discrimination, victimization and/or harassment under or arising out of rights or obligations conferred by the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003;

 

(q)           any claim(s) whatsoever in respect of which an ACAS Conciliation Officer is authorised to act;

 

(r)            any claim(s) whatsoever arising as a consequence of the United Kingdom’s membership of the European Union;

 

(s)           any claim for failure to comply with obligations under the Human Rights Act; and

 

22



 

(t)            any claim for failure to comply with obligations under the Data Protection Act 1998.

 

23



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

(TO BE PLACED ON THE ADVISER’S HEADED PAPER)

 

I, Meriel Schindler of Withers LLP, 16 Old Bailey, London, EC4M 7EG, confirm that I am a relevant independent legal adviser for the purposes of the statutes and regulations referred to in the attached Agreement and that I have given legal advice to ALASDAIR HAYNES as to the terms and effect of this Agreement and in particular its effect on his ability to pursue his rights in the Employment Tribunals against the companies and individuals to which the Agreement refers.

 

I confirm that there was at the time of giving the said advice a certificate of insurance covering or an indemnity provided for members of my profession for the risk of any claim by ALASDAIR HAYNES for any loss arising in consequence of the advice given by me.

 

Signed:

 

Name:

 

Firm:

 

Date:

 

24




Exhibit 10.40

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

December 23, 2009

 

VIA HAND DELIVERY

 

Howard C. Naphtali

[ADDRESS]

 

Dear Howard:

 

This letter will confirm the agreement (the “ Agreement ”) that has been reached by and between you and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (“ ITG ” or the “ Company ”) in connection with your separation from service with ITG.

 

1.             Separation from Service.

 

(a)           Effective on the close of business February 3, 2010 (the “ Separation Date ”), upon mutual agreement between you and the Company, you have voluntarily resigned from all positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, including your positions as Chief Financial Officer, Managing Director, and an officer of the applicable subsidiaries of the Company, and a member of the applicable boards of directors of the Company’s subsidiaries on which you served and any committee(s) thereof.  You agree promptly to execute any documents necessary to effectuate such resignations.  Beginning February 4, 2010 and ending May 3, 2010 (the “ Transition Services Agreement Termination Date ”), you will provide short-term transition services to the Company at the reasonable request of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the terms of a Transition Services Agreement to be negotiated by you and the Company (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”).

 

(b)           On the Separation Date, you will receive a final paycheck which will include a payment for all unpaid compensation you have earned through the Separation Date, less any applicable deductions and withholdings.  If you are a participant in the Investment Technology Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan, you will cease to participate in that plan as of the Separation Date.  A contribution to the 401(k) plan (based on the historical amount you have elected to contribute to such plan) will be deducted from your final paycheck.   Specific information concerning the

 



 

distribution of your 401(k) Plan account will be forwarded to you separately.  Except as set forth herein and in the Transition Services Agreement (pursuant to the terms of such Transition Services Agreement), you are not entitled to any additional compensation, bonuses, payments, benefits, damages, attorneys’ fees or costs of any kind from ITG and the Releasees (as defined in Paragraph 3 below).

 

2.             Separation Payments and Benefits.  Subject to your execution and non-revocation of this Agreement and in consideration for your agreement to be bound by the promises set forth in Paragraphs 4 and 6 of this Agreement, in addition to the amounts described in Paragraph 1 above and, as stated in Paragraph 1(b) above, in lieu of any other compensation under any plan or program:

 

(a)           The Company will pay you (i) on February 16, 2010, in one lump sum, One Million Four Hundred Thirty Thousand Dollars ($1,430,000) and (ii) in eleven (11) monthly installments, the aggregate amount of Two Million One Hundred Five Thousand Nine Hundred Nineteen Dollars ($2,105,919), in each case less any applicable deductions and withholdings.  The first of the eleven (11) installments will be made on February 16, 2010 with subsequent payments paid on or about each monthly anniversary of the first payment date in accordance with the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll date.

 

(b)           If you timely elect to continue group health coverage under the provisions of the law known as “COBRA”, ITG will pay for the first twelve (12) months of your COBRA coverage. ITG will send you a separate notice detailing your rights under COBRA and if you have any questions about that notice, please contact Human Resources at 212.444.4222.  Upon completion of the twelfth month of COBRA coverage, ITG will cease contributing towards the cost of the COBRA premium on your behalf.  Thereafter, you will be responsible for the full cost of any further COBRA coverage.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event you become eligible for (i) healthcare coverage through subsequent employment, or (ii) Medicare or Medicaid, ITG’s obligation to pay for your COBRA premium on your behalf will cease as of the date of such eligibility and you will be responsible for the full cost of any COBRA coverage that is incurred by ITG after the date of such subsequent eligibility for healthcare coverage. You must immediately notify ITG of such eligibility by contacting Human Resources at 212.444.4222 or via email to ITG_HR@itg.com as soon as you become aware of such eligibility.

 

(c)           All outstanding stock options you hold as of the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date that are not already vested and exercisable as of the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date will automatically terminate as of the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date.   Outstanding stock options that you hold that are already vested as of the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date shall, pursuant to the terms of the applicable stock option grant agreement evidencing such outstanding vested stock options, expire

 

2



 

60 days after the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date.   In addition, all stock unit awards granted to you under the Company’s Amended and Restated Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (the “ SUA Program ”) that are not already vested as of the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date will automatically vest pursuant to the terms of the SUA Program and will be issued to you in accordance with the terms of the SUA Program.  Shares subject to stock unit awards granted to you under the SUA Program that are already vested as of the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date will be issued to you in accordance with the terms of the SUA Program.

 

(d)           Subject to your compliance with the covenants in Paragraph 4 below, you will continue to vest in all Basic Units, as defined in the Company’s Equity Deferral Award Program Subplan (the “ EDA Subplan ”) and Matching Units, as defined in the EDA Subplan, awarded to you pursuant to the grant notice dated March 23, 2009 under the EDA Subplan, as if you continued in employment with the Company on each applicable vesting date set forth in the grant notice, and the Basic Units and Matching Units will be settled on the schedule set forth in Section 7(a)(i) and (ii) of the EDA Subplan; provided that if (i) a change in control occurs prior to the applicable settlement date and the change in control transaction constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or (ii) you incur a Disability (as defined in the EDA Subplan) or die prior to the applicable settlement date, in either case, any remaining Basic Units and Matching Units that have not yet vested and been settled shall be settled within 30 days following the date of the change in control, or within 60 days of your Disability or death, as applicable.  If a change in control occurs and the change in control transaction is not a “change in control event” within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Code, any remaining Basic Units and Matching Units that have not yet been settled will not be settled upon the change in control but will continue to be settled according to the schedule set forth in Section 7(a)(i) and (ii) of the EDA Subplan.  In no event will you, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of settlement.

 

3.             General Release of All Claims.

 

(a)           Except as provided in (f) below, you, on behalf of yourself, your spouse, children, estate, successors and assigns, release and give up any and all claims, grievances, injuries, controversies, agreements, covenants, promises, debts, accounts, actions, causes of action, suits, arbitrations, sums of money, wages, attorneys’ fees, costs, damages, each which you may have against ITG and the Releasees (as defined below), jointly and individually, of whatever kind whatsoever each to the maximum extent legally capable of being waived, including but not limited to, claims arising out of your employment or other associations with the Company, or the termination of your employment with the Company.  This includes all claims based on anything that has occurred from the beginning of time to the date of your signing of this Agreement, regardless of whether you know of the claim or of your right to make a claim.  This release

 

3



 

includes, but is not limited to, any claims under: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 621, et seq., the Older Workers’ Benefits Protection Act, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Equal Pay Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) (including, but not limited to, claims for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA), the Americans With Disabilities Act, the New York Executive Law, the New York Labor Law, New York State Human Rights Law, New York State Constitution, New York Civil Rights Law, New York City Human Rights Law, and all amendments to those laws; any claims under any other federal, state, or local employment discrimination law, and any claim under any other federal, state or local law dealing with employment or benefits, or concerning any other matter whatsoever; any claim under any agreement, whether express or implied; and any public policy, contract, tort or other common law claim, or any claim in equity.

 

(b)           In exchange for your release in (a) above, the Company releases and gives up any and all claims it may have against you or your executors, administrators, successors or assigns of whatever kind whatsoever to the maximum extent provided by law, arising out, and within the scope, of your employment with the Company or the termination thereof.  This includes all claims based on anything that has occurred from the beginning of time to the date the Company signs this Agreement, regardless of whether the Company knows of the claim or of its right to make a claim; provided that the claims released by the Company will not include any claims arising from your willful misconduct, misrepresentation or fraud or any act or omission by you constituting criminal conduct or a violation of the rules and/or regulations of any regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization.  This release includes, but is not limited to, any claim under any agreement, whether express or implied and any public policy, contract, tort or other common law claim.

 

(c)           You agree that your employment and contractual relationship, if any, with ITG and the Releasees is severed as of the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date and that none of ITG and the Releasees have any obligation to reemploy you.

 

(d)           You hereby acknowledge and agree that, upon receiving the payments set forth above, you will have received all amounts due from the Company through the Separation Date including, but not limited to, the following: (i) all compensation earned, (ii) payment for all accrued but unused paid vacation time, and (iii) reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred on behalf of the Company.

 

(e)           For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ITG and the Releasees” includes ITG and its past, present and future direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, and assigns, and their respective current and former officers, directors,

 

4



 

shareholders, representatives, agents and employees, in their official and individual capacities, jointly and individually.

 

(f)            The only claims that you are not waiving and releasing under this Agreement are claims you may have for: (i) unemployment, state disability, worker’s compensation, and/or paid family leave insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law; (ii) continuation of existing participation in ITG-sponsored group health insurance program under the federal law known as “COBRA” and/or under an applicable state law counterpart(s); (iii) any benefits entitlements that are vested as of your Separation Date pursuant to the terms of an ITG-sponsored benefit plan; (iv) any claim not legally waivable by law; provided, however, that should you successfully contest the validity of the release hereunder, any monetary or economic benefit so obtained shall be offset by the value of all amounts paid or provided under this Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement; (v) any claim you may have to receive any amounts payable to you under this Agreement or any other claim to enforce your rights under this Agreement or the Transition Services Agreement; (vi) any claim you may have to indemnification as an officer, director or employee of the Company and its subsidiaries pursuant to the articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other governing instruments) of the Company and its subsidiaries and (vii) any claim or right that may arise after the date you execute this Agreement.

 

4.             Continuing Obligations Following Your Separation from Service.

 

(a)           You agree, upon reasonable notice from the Company, to provide truthful and reasonable cooperation, including but not limited to your appearance at interviews with the Company’s counsel, (i) in connection with the defense of any and all charges, complaints, claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, demands and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, which are asserted by any person or entity concerning or related to any matter that arises out of or concerns events or occurrences during your employment with the Company, and (ii) concerning requests for information about the business of the Company or your involvement or participation therein.  The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and necessary travel and other expenses which you may incur at the specific request of the Company and as approved by the Company in accordance with its policies and procedures established from time to time.

 

(b)           By signing below, you represent and warrant that you will return no later than the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date any and all original and duplicate copies of all files, calendars, books, records, notes, manuals, computer disks, diskettes and any other magnetic and other media materials and any and all Company property and equipment, including, but not limited to, computers and modems you have in your possession or under your control belonging to ITG or the Releasees and containing confidential or proprietary information concerning ITG or the Releasees or their customers or operations.  No later than the Transition Services

 

5



 

Agreement Termination Date, you will also return your Company keys, credit cards, etc., to the Company.  Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Paragraph, you shall be entitled to retain the laptop previously provided to you by ITG (and any other office equipment as specifically agreed to by you and ITG’s Chief Executive Officer) subject to the following sentence.  By signing this Agreement, you confirm that, as of the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date, you will not have in your possession or under your control any of the documents or materials described in this Paragraph.

 

(c)           You agree that for a period of three (3) months following the Separation Date, you will be on garden leave and will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in, any business, entity or endeavor other than civic or charitable activities.   For the period beginning on the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date through the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation Date, you will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, engage, participate or be interested in any business, entity or endeavor with Liquidnet or Instinet.  You will be deemed to be directly or indirectly engaged or participating in, a business, entity or endeavor with Liquidnet or Instinet if you are a principal, agent, stockholder (or other proprietary or financial interest holder), director, officer, employee, salesperson, sales representative, broker, partner, individual proprietor, lender, consultant or otherwise.

 

(d)           You agree that you will not, for the period of time from the Transition Services Agreement Termination Date to the date on which all of the Basic Units and Matching Units granted to you pursuant to the EDA Subplan are settled in accordance with Paragraph 2(d) above (the “ Non-Solicitation Period ”), directly solicit, recruit, hire, or participate in the solicitation, recruitment, or hiring of any employee, contractor or consultant of ITG or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries employed or retained by ITG or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries at any time during the Non-Solicitation Period; provided, however, that the foregoing prohibition shall not apply to any former employee who was involuntarily terminated by ITG.

 

(e)           You agree that you will not, at any time hereafter, make, or cause to be made, any statement, observation or opinion, in each case, of a public nature, that disparages, impugns or in any way reflects adversely upon the business, good will or reputation of the Company or any Releasees.  The restriction in the preceding sentence will include, but not be limited to, your agreement that you will not, without the prior consent of the Company, initiate any contacts with, nor respond to any inquiries from, the media concerning the Company, your employment with the Company and/or your separation from service with the Company.  All employees of the Company who are aware of the existence of this Agreement will not, at any time hereafter, make, issue or authorize any public statement, observation or opinion that disparages, impugns or in any way reflects adversely upon your reputation.  The provisions of this Paragraph 4(e) will not impair either party’s right to provide truthful testimony or other information as required by law or regulatory requirement.

 

6



 

(f)            You agree that you have certain obligations under the terms of that certain Patent and Confidentiality Agreement dated April 4, 1997, as amended on December 30, 2007 related to Inventions and Proprietary Information (in each case, as defined in such Patent and Confidentiality Agreement) which obligations are hereby incorporated by reference and made part of this Agreement.

 

(g)           You acknowledge and agree that the restrictions and agreements contained in Paragraphs 4(a) through 4(f), in view of the nature of the business in which ITG and the Releasees are engaged, are reasonable, necessary and in the Company’s best interests in order to protect the legitimate interests of ITG and the Releasees, and that any violation thereof shall be deemed to be a material breach of this Agreement and that the Company shall be entitled to pursue any and all remedies available to it in a court of competent jurisdiction including, but not limited to application for temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief, without the requirement to post a bond, as well as damages, an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such violation.  In the event the Company brings an action to redress a violation of Paragraphs 4(a) through 4(f) or either party brings an action concerning an alleged breach of any other provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party in any claims in such action shall be entitled to recover all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection therewith.  If the Company prevails in any claims in such action, you will be liable for the return of the separation payments and benefits.

 

5.             No Admissions.   The Company and you agree that nothing contained in this Agreement is an admission by the Company or you of any wrongdoing, liability, unlawful conduct or breach of any duty or obligation.

 

6.             Confidentiality.   You agree that, absent disclosure of this Agreement by the Company, you have kept, and will keep, the existence and terms of this Agreement confidential, and will not disclose them to anyone except your attorneys, financial advisors and immediate family members, whom you will advise of this confidentiality provision.  No other disclosure will be permitted except:  (a) pursuant to an action to enforce the terms of this Agreement, in which case   parties will seek that it be introduced under seal to the court, (b) in response to a request by any governmental or regulatory agency, (c) as may be required by any state or federal law or regulation, or (d) in response to compulsory process of law.  The parties further agree that nothing in this Agreement will prohibit or restrict you from providing information to, testifying or otherwise assisting in any investigation or proceeding brought by, any federal, state or local regulatory agency, law enforcement agency, legislative body, or self-regulatory organization.

 

7.             Governing Law.   This Agreement will be construed under the laws of the State of New York.

 

7


 

8.             Entire Agreement.   This Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement cancels, supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements (written, oral or implied-in-fact or in law) between you and the Company regarding all of the subjects covered by this Agreement except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.  This Agreement is the full, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company regarding the subjects covered by this Agreement, and neither you nor the Company is relying on any representation or promise that is not expressly stated in this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be changed unless the changes are in writing and signed by each of the parties.

 

9.             Severability.   With the exception of Paragraph 3, if any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity will not affect other provisions or applications, and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.  In the event Paragraph 3 is held unenforceable by any court having competent jursidiction over this Agreement in connection with any action initiated or otherwise prosecuted by you, the Company’s obligations under Paragraph 2 will be null and void, and you will be liable for the return of the separation payments and benefits except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 3(f)(iv).

 

10.           Review, Revocation Period and Acknowledgments.   You acknowledge that under the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, you have had over twenty-one (21) calendar days after the date you received this Agreement within which to review and consider it, to discuss it with an attorney of your choosing and to decide whether or not to sign it.  This Agreement, should you choose to accept it, may only be signed on the Separation Date. You further understand and acknowledge that you will have seven (7) days following the date of your execution of this Agreement within which to revoke this Agreement (this deadline will be extended to the next business day should it fall on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday recognized by the U.S. Postal Service), and that this Agreement will not become effective or enforceable until that seven (7) day revocation period has expired.  In the event you seek to revoke this Agreement, you must provide the Company with written notice no later than the close of business on the seventh (7th) day following your execution of this Agreement.  Any notice of revocation will be sent to P. Mats Goebels, Managing Director, General Counsel, Investment Technology Group, Inc., 380 Madison Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY, 10017.  You are hereby advised to consult with an attorney of your choice prior to executing this Agreement.

 

YOU UNDERSTAND THAT THIS AGREEMENT RELEASES ANY AND ALL CLAIMS AND RIGHTS YOU MAY HAVE AGAINST THE COMPANY AND ALL OF THE OTHER RELEASEES AS SET FORTH ABOVE, AND THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, YOU ACKNOWLEDGE AND AFFIRM THAT:  (1) YOU ARE COMPETENT; (2) YOU WERE AFFORDED A REASONABLE TIME PERIOD OF OVER TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS TO REVIEW AND CONSIDER THIS AGREEMENT,

 

8



 

AND THAT ONCE YOU HAVE SIGNED THIS AGREEMENT YOU WILL THEN BE PERMITTED TO REVOKE THIS AGREEMENT AT ANY TIME DURING THE PERIOD OF SEVEN DAYS FOLLOWING ITS EXECUTION BY DELIVERING TO ITG A WRITTEN NOTICE OF REVOCATION; (3) YOU HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF YOUR CHOICE PRIOR TO EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT; (4) YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT AS FULLY AND FINALLY RESOLVING, WAIVING AND RELEASING ANY AND ALL CLAIMS AND RIGHTS WHICH YOU MAY HAVE AGAINST THE COMPANY AND THE OTHER RELEASEES AS SET FORTH ABOVE; (5) NO PROMISES OR INDUCEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE TO YOU EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT; AND (6) YOU HAVE SIGNED THIS AGREEMENT FREELY, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND BY ITS TERMS.

 

IN EXCHANGE FOR YOUR WAIVERS, RELEASES AND COMMITMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN, INCLUDING YOUR WAIVER AND RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS ARISING UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT, THE PAYMENTS, BENEFITS AND OTHER CONSIDERATIONS THAT YOU ARE RECEIVING PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED ANY PAYMENT, BENEFIT OR OTHER THING OF VALUE TO WHICH YOU WOULD OTHERWISE BE ENTITLED, AND ARE JUST AND SUFFICIENT CONSIDERATION FOR THE WAIVERS, RELEASES AND COMMITMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

11.           Application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

(a)           This Agreement will be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under section 409A of the Code.  If any payment or benefit cannot be provided or made at the time specified herein without you incurring sanctions under section 409A of the Code, then such benefit or payment will be provided in full at the earliest time thereafter when such sanctions will not be imposed.  Each payment made under this Agreement will be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement will be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  In no event will you, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

 

(b)           All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement will be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of section 409A of the Code, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) any reimbursement will be for expenses incurred during your lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits provided, during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in kind benefits to be provided,

 

9



 

in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement or in kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if, at the time of your “separation from service” with the Company, the Company has securities which are publicly traded on an established securities market and you are a “specified employee” (within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any compensation payments or benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement as a result of your “separation from service” to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under section 409A of the Code, then the Company will postpone the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) that are not otherwise paid within the short-term deferral and separation pay plan exceptions under section 409A of the Code, until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six months following your “separation of service” with the Company.  If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed a mounts will be paid in a lump sum to you on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following your “separation of service” with the Company.  If you die during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the amounts withheld on account of section 409A of the Code will be paid to the personal representative of your estate within sixty (60) days after the date of your death.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10



 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert C. Gasser

 

 

Robert C. Gasser

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Howard C. Naphtali

 

Howard C. Naphtali

 

 

 

Dated:

February 3, 2010

 

 

11




Exhibit 10.43

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

2007 OMNIBUS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
VARIABLE COMPENSATION STOCK UNIT AWARD PROGRAM SUBPLAN

 

GRANT NOTICE

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to Section 6 of its Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (the “ Program ”), hereby grants to you as a Participant under the Program, Stock Units representing a generally nontransferable right to receive one share of Company Stock with respect to each underlying Stock Unit at a specified future date together with a right to Dividend Equivalents on Basic Units as specified in the Program (the “ Grant ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, the Program and the Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”).(1)  All capitalized terms herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Program or Plan, as applicable.

 

Participant:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Number of Basic Stock Units subject to Grant:

 

Number of Matching Stock Units subject to Grant:

 

 

Vesting Schedule : The Basic Units subject to this Grant shall vest in equal annual installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Date of Grant if the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date. The Matching Units granted with respect to the Basic Units subject to this Grant shall vest 100% on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant if the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company through such date.  The Participant shall receive shares of Company Stock in settlement of the Basic Units and Matching Units in accordance with the terms of the Program, subject to the collection of applicable taxes in connection with the issuance of Company Stock.

 

Acknowledgements : You acknowledge receipt of this Grant Notice, the Program, the Plan and the Plan prospectus.(1)  You further acknowledge that this Grant is made under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and the Program and you agree to be bound by such terms.  The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), or any other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Program, has the authority to interpret and construe this Grant pursuant to the terms of the Program and the Plan, and its decisions shall be conclusive as to any questions arising hereunder.

 

Recoupment Policy :  You agree that you will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to you as an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, whether or not approved before or after the Date of Grant.

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Brokerage Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Brokerage Account Number:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 


(1)   The Plan, Plan prospectus, and Program are available on the Company’s Intraweb; provided that paper copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus and Program are available upon request by contacting the Legal Department of the Company at ITG_Legal or 212.444.6378.

 




Exhibit 10.44

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

2007 OMNIBUS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
VARIABLE COMPENSATION STOCK UNIT AWARD PROGRAM SUBPLAN

 

GRANT NOTICE (KEEP)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (the “ Program ”), hereby grants to you as a Participant under the Program, Stock Units representing a generally nontransferable right to receive one share of Company Stock with respect to each underlying Stock Unit at a specified future date together with a right to Dividend Equivalents on Basic Units as specified in the Program (the “ Grant ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, the Program and the Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”).(1)  All capitalized terms herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Program or Plan, as applicable.

 

Participant:

Date of Grant:

Number of Basic Stock Units subject to Grant:

Number of Matching Stock Units subject to Grant:

90 Day Average Price on Date of Grant:

 

Vesting Schedule : The Basic Units subject to this Grant shall vest in equal annual installments on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Date of Grant if the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company on each applicable vesting date and the 90-day average of the Company’s common stock price immediately preceding each of the vesting dates is greater than the 90-day average of the Company’s common stock price preceding the Grant Date (as set forth above). The Matching Units granted with respect to the Basic Units subject to this Grant shall vest 100% on the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant if the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company through such date and the 90-day average of the Company’s common stock price immediately preceding such vesting date is greater than the 90-day average of the Company’s common stock price preceding the Grant Date (as set forth above).   The Participant shall receive shares of Company Stock in settlement of the Basic and Matching Units in accordance with the terms of the Program, subject to the collection of applicable taxes in connection with the issuance of Company Stock.

 

Acknowledgements : You acknowledge receipt of this Grant Notice, the Program, the Plan and the Plan prospectus.(1)  You further acknowledge that this Grant is made under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and the Program except as otherwise set forth herein and you agree to be bound by such terms.  The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), or any other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Program, has the authority to interpret and construe this Grant pursuant to the terms of the Program and the Plan, and its decisions shall be conclusive as to any questions arising hereunder.

 

Recoupment Policy :  You agree that you will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to you as an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, whether or not approved before or after the Date of Grant.

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

By:

 

By:

Name:

 

Brokerage Name:

Title:

 

Brokerage Account Number:

Date:

 

Date:

 


(1)   The Plan, Plan prospectus, and Program are available on the Company’s Intraweb; provided that paper copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus and Program are available upon request by contacting the Legal Department of the Company at ITG_Legal or 212.444.6378.

 




Exhibit 10.46

 

 

The material marked by asterisks within brackets ([**]) on pages 1 and 5 of this document has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment from the Commission in accordance with 17 C.F.R. § 240.24b-2.

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

July 11, 2011

 

VIA HAND DELIVERY

 

Christopher Heckman

[**]

 

Dear Christopher,

 

This Agreement and General Release (the “Agreement and Release”) sets forth the terms of your retirement and the end of your employment with Investment Technology Group, Inc. (“ITG” or the “Company”) effective August 1, 2011 (the “Retirement Date”) upon the mutual agreement between you and the Company.

 

In addition to the payments and benefits detailed below, you will receive: (i) a final paycheck which will include a payment for all unpaid base salary you have earned through the Retirement Date, less any applicable deductions and withholdings; and (ii) a payment for the value of your accrued but unused vacation, less any applicable deductions and withholdings.  Although your medical coverage will end on the last day of the month in which your employment ends, you will be eligible to continue that coverage at your expense pursuant to the provisions of the law known as COBRA.  We will send you a separate notice detailing your rights under COBRA and if you have any questions about that notice, please contact Human Resources at 212.444.4222. All other benefits, including life insurance, short and long-term disability, will cease upon the Retirement Date.  If you are a participant in the Investment Technology Group, Inc. 401(K) Plan, you will cease to participate in that plan as of the Retirement Date. A contribution to the 401(K) plan (based on the historical amount you have elected to contribute to such plan) will be deducted from your final paycheck.

 

1.              Additional Payments/Benefits for Signing This Agreement and Release.   In exchange for entering into, and complying with your obligations under this Agreement and Release, ITG will provide you with the additional payments and benefits described below following the Effective Date (as defined below) of this Agreement and Release.  The payments and benefits in Sections 1(a), (b) and (c) below shall become available in accordance with the terms set forth in

 



 

those Sections, provided that you have complied with all of your obligations and the terms of this Agreement and Release.

 

(a)            Payments.  You will receive payment in the aggregate amount of $2,187,500 which will be paid in twelve monthly installments (the “Payments”).  These Payments shall commence as soon as administratively possible (generally within sixty (60) calendar days) following the Retirement Date, less applicable payroll deductions, applicable payroll taxes and authorized after-tax deductions.

 

(b)            COBRA Premium Payments.  If you timely elect to continue group health coverage under COBRA, ITG will cover the cost for the first 12 month(s) of your COBRA coverage.  Upon completion of the twelfth month of COBRA coverage, ITG will cease contributing towards the cost of the COBRA premium on your behalf.  Thereafter, you will be responsible for the full cost of any further COBRA coverage.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event you become eligible for healthcare coverage through subsequent employment, ITG’s obligation to cover the cost for your COBRA premium on your behalf will cease as of the date of such eligibility and you will be responsible for the full cost of any COBRA coverage that is incurred by ITG after the date of such subsequent eligibility for healthcare coverage. You must immediately notify ITG of such eligibility by contacting Human Resources at 212.444.4222 or via email to ITG_HR@itg.com as soon as you become aware of such eligibility.

 

(c)            Continued Vesting and Payment of EDA Program Award(s).   Subject to your compliance with the covenants in Section 4 below, you will continue to vest in all Basic Units, as defined in the Equity Deferral Award Program Subplan (the “EDA Subplan”)  and Matching Units, as defined in the EDA Subplan, awarded to you pursuant to the grant notices dated March 13, 2009, February 23, 2010 and February 23, 2011 (including any KEEP awards granted on such dates) under Investment Technology Group, Inc.’s EDA Subplan, as if you continued in employment with the Company on each applicable vesting date set forth in the grant notices, and the Basic Units and Matching Units will be settled on the schedule set forth in Section 7(a)(i) and (ii) of the EDA Subplan; provided that if (i) a change in control occurs prior to the applicable settlement date and the change in control transaction constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or (ii) you incur a Disability (as defined in the EDA Subplan) or die prior to the applicable settlement date, in either case, any remaining Basic Units and Matching Units that have not yet vested and been settled shall be settled within thirty (30) days following the date of the change in control, or within sixty (60) days of your Disability or death, as applicable.  If a change in control occurs and the change in control transaction is not a “change in control event” within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Code, any remaining Basic Units and Matching Units that have not yet been settled will not be settled upon the change in control but will continue to be settled according to the schedule set forth in Section 7(a)(i) and (ii) of the EDA Subplan.  In no event will you, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of settlement.

 

2.              What You and ITG Are Agreeing to Release.

 

(a)   Except as set forth in Section 3 below, which identifies claims expressly excluded from this release, in consideration for the additional payments and benefits set forth in Section 1, you hereby release ITG and Releasees (as defined below) from any and all claims, grievances, injuries, controversies, agreements, covenants, promises, debts, accounts, actions, causes of action, suits, arbitrations, sums of money, wages, attorneys’ fees, costs, damages,  each to the extent legally capable of being waived, or any right to any monetary recovery or any other personal relief, whether known or unknown, in law or in equity, by contract, tort, law of trust or pursuant to federal, state or local statute, regulation, ordinance or common law, which you now have, ever have had, or may hereafter have, based upon or arising from any fact or set of facts, whether known or unknown to you, from the beginning of time until the date of execution of this

 

2



 

Agreement and Release, arising out of or relating in any way to your employment relationship with the Company or other associations with the Company or any termination thereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this waiver, release, and discharge includes any claim or right based upon or arising under any federal, state or local fair employment practices or equal opportunity laws, including, but not limited to the following federal laws and, as applicable, the laws of the state and/or city in which you are or have been employed: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (29 U.S.C. Section 621, et seq.) (“ADEA”),  Older Workers’ Benefits Protection Act,  the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Equal Pay Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (29 U.S.C. Section 2601, et seq .) (“FMLA”), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) (including, but not limited to, claims for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA), the Americans With Disabilities Act, and, as may be applicable, the New York State Human Rights Law, New York State Constitution, New York Labor Law, New York Civil Rights Law, New York City Human Rights Law, New York Executive Law, Illinois Human Rights Act, Illinois Equal Pay Laws, Illinois Whistleblower Protection Act, Illinois Wage Payment and Collection Law,  Massachusetts Fair Employment Practices Act, Massachusetts Equal Rights Act, Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, Massachusetts Privacy Statute, Massachusetts Payment of Wages Laws and any similar law of any other state or governmental entity.

 

(b)   The Company waives, releases and forever discharges you and your heirs from any and all claims, grievances, injuries, controversies, agreements, covenants, promises, debts, accounts, actions, causes of action, suits, arbitrations, sums of money, wages, attorneys’ fees, costs, damages, each to the extent legally capable of being waived, or any right to any monetary recovery, whether known or unknown, in law or in equity, by contract, tort, law of trust or pursuant to federal, state or local statute, regulation, ordinance or common law, which it now has, ever has had, or may hereafter have, based upon or arising from any fact or set of facts, whether known or unknown to it, from the beginning of time until the date of execution of this Agreement and Release, arising out of or relating in any way to your employment relationship with ITG and Releasees or other associations with the Company or ITG and Releasees or any termination thereof.  Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing: the parties agree and acknowledge that the Company does not waive, release or discharge you from (i) any misrepresentation, (ii) any claim or right arising out of or relating to any act or intentional omission by you constituting willful misconduct, fraud or criminal activity, or a violation of the rules and/or regulations of any regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization; (iii) any claim or right the Company may have under this Agreement and Release; and (iv) any claims or right that may arise after the execution of this Agreement and Release.

 

(c)   You agree that your employment and contractual relationship, if any, with ITG and Releasees ceases as of the Retirement Date.

 

(d)   You hereby acknowledge and agree that, upon receiving the payments set forth above, you will have received all amounts due from the Company through the Retirement Date including, but not limited to, the following: (i) all wages, overtime, on-call pay, lead premiums, shift differentials, bonuses, incentive compensation, commissions, equity grants, benefits, sick pay, vacation pay, or other compensation or payments or form of remuneration of any kind or nature, and (ii) reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred on behalf of the Company.

 

(e)   For purposes of this Agreement and Release, the term “ITG and Releasees” includes ITG and its past, present and future direct and indirect parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, predecessors, successors, assigns, and other related companies, and their respective current and former officers, directors, shareholders, owners, representatives, agents and employees, in their official and individual capacities, jointly and individually.

 

3



 

3.              What You Are Not Releasing.  The only claims that you are not waiving and releasing under this Agreement and Release are claims you may have for: (1) unemployment, state disability, worker’s compensation, and/or paid family leave insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law; (2) continuation of existing participation in ITG-sponsored group health benefit plans, at your full expense, under the federal law known as “COBRA” and/or under any applicable state law counterpart(s); (3) any benefits entitlements that are vested as of your Retirement Date pursuant to the terms of an ITG-sponsored benefit plan; (4) any claim not waivable by law; (5) any claim or right that may arise after the date you execute this Agreement and Release; and (6) any claim or right you may have under this Agreement and Release.

 

4.              Protecting ITG’s Rights.

 

(a)            Return of Company Property.   By signing below, you represent and warrant that you have returned and/or agree to immediately return to the Company any and all original and duplicate copies of all files, calendars, books, records, notes, manuals, computer disks, diskettes and any other magnetic and other media materials and any and all Company property and equipment, including, but not limited to, computers and modems you have in your possession or under your control belonging to ITG or Releasees and containing confidential or proprietary information concerning ITG or Releasees or their customers or operations.  You also represent and warrant that you have returned, or immediately shall return,  your Company keys, credit cards, etc., to the Company.  By signing this Agreement and Release, you confirm that you have not retained in your possession or under your control any of the documents or materials described in this section.

 

(b)            Confidentiality.   You further agree that during the course of your employment with ITG, you have had access to trade secrets, patents, copyrighted materials, proprietary computer software and programs, and other confidential and proprietary information and materials of or about ITG and Releasees and their operations and customers (the “Confidential and Proprietary Information and Materials”).  Such Confidential and Proprietary Information and Materials shall include, without limitation, (i) marketing and business plans, data and strategies, (ii) existing and new or envisioned financial, investment and trading plans, strategies, products and data, (iii) financial, investment and trading data, strategies, programs and methods, (iv) lists of actual or prospective customers and customer contracts, (v) Company books and records, and (vi) information and materials developed from the foregoing information and materials, the disclosure of which to competitors of the Company or others would cause the Company to suffer substantial and irreparable damage.  Unless you shall first secure the Company’s written consent, you shall not directly or indirectly publish, disclose, market or use, or authorize, advise, hire, counsel or otherwise solicit or procure any other person or entity, directly or indirectly, to publish, disclose, market or use, any Confidential and Proprietary Information and Materials, including any Confidential and Proprietary Information and Materials of which you became aware or informed during your employment with the Company, whether such information is in your memory or embodied in writing or other form.  Such Confidential and Proprietary Information and Materials are and shall continue to be the exclusive proprietary property of ITG and Releasees.

 

(c)            Non-Disparagement.   Except as expressly provided for in Section 5, you will not make any Disparaging (as defined herein) remarks, comments or statements, whether written or oral, to any third party about the Company.  The Company agrees that all employees of the Company who are aware of the existence of this Agreement and Release, will not make any Disparaging remarks, comments or statements, whether written or oral, to any third party about you.  “Disparaging” remarks, comments or statements are those that, directly or indirectly, impugn the character, honesty, integrity or morality or business acumen or abilities in connection with any aspect of the operation of business of the individual or entity being disparaged.  In response to inquiries from third parties, you shall state only that you separated from the Company on mutually acceptable terms.

 

4



 

(d)            Non-Solicitation.  You will not, for the period of time from the Retirement Date to the date on which all of the Basic Units and Matching Units granted to you pursuant to the EDA Subplan are settled in accordance with Section 1(c) above (the “Non-Solicitation Period”), directly or indirectly:

 

(i)  solicit, recruit, hire, or participate in the solicitation, recruitment, or hiring of any employee, contractor or consultant of ITG employed or retained by ITG at any time during the twelve (12) month period prior to the Retirement Date and/or at any time during the Non-Solicitation Period; or

 

(ii)  through the use of ITG trade secrets and confidential information, solicit, recruit, canvas the trade or patronage of, or sell to: (a) any former or existing client of ITG for which you directly or indirectly provided services to, or had significant responsibility for, at any time during the two (2) years prior to the Retirement Date, or any client about whom you obtained confidential or proprietary information through your employment with ITG; (b) any person or entity that becomes a client of ITG during the nine (9) months following the Retirement Date, and for which you materially contributed to a proposal to provide services at any time during the two (2) years prior to the Retirement Date; and/or (c) any prospective client with whom you had any substantive contact during your employment with ITG concerning the provision to such person or entity of ITG’s products or services, or any person or entity the identity of whom you learned by virtue of your prior employment with ITG.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree and acknowledge that the restrictions set forth in Section 4(d)(ii) above, and the corresponding provisions in Section 3(ii) of ITG’s Notice and Non-Solicitation Policy, shall only apply to the solicitation or recruitment of the clients of ITG and its affiliates which involves the use of ITG trade secrets and confidential information.

 

(e)            Garden Leave and Non-Competition.    You agree that for a period of three (3) months following the Retirement Date, you will be on garden leave and will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in, any business, entity or endeavor other than civic or charitable activities.   For the period beginning on the first day of the fourth (4) month following your Retirement Date through the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Retirement Date, you will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, engage, participate or be interested in any business, entity or endeavor with [**].  You will be deemed to be directly or indirectly engaged or participating in, a business, entity or endeavor with [**] if you are a principal, agent, stockholder (or other proprietary or financial interest holder), director, officer, employee, salesperson, sales representative, broker, partner, individual proprietor, lender, consultant or otherwise.

 

(f)             Confidentiality of this Agreement.   You will maintain the confidentiality of and not disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Release to any third parties, other than your attorneys and/or accountants, and you will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same.  Any person to whom this Agreement and Release is disclosed will be advised of and agree to abide by the terms of your confidentiality obligations hereunder.

 

(g)            Non-Publication.   You also agree that, unless you have prior written authorization from the Company, you will not disclose or allow disclosure of any information about the Company or its present or former clients, executives or other employees, or legal matters involving the Company and resolution thereof, or any aspects of your employment with or termination from employment with the Company, to any reporter, author, producer or similar person or entity, or take any other action likely to result in such information being made available to the general public in any form, including, without limitation, books, articles or writings of any other kind, as well as film, videotape,  television or other broadcasts, audio tape, electronic/Internet format or any other medium.  You further agree that you will not use or take any action likely to result in the use of any of the Company’s names or any abbreviation thereof in connection with any publication to the general public in any medium.

 

5



 

(h)            Remedies.  You acknowledge and agree that the restrictions and agreements contained in Sections 4(a) through 4(g) in view of the nature of the business in which ITG and Releasees are engaged, are reasonable, necessary and in the Company’s best interests in order to protect the legitimate interests of ITG and Releasees, and that any violation thereof shall be deemed to be a material breach of this agreement and that the Company shall be entitled to pursue any and all remedies available to it in a court of competent jurisdiction including, but not limited to application for temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief as well as damages, an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such violation.  In the event either party brings an action to redress a violation of Sections 4(a) through 4(g), the prevailing party in any claims in such action shall be entitled to recover all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection therewith.

 

(i)             Cooperation .    You agree, upon reasonable notice from the Company, to provide truthful and reasonable cooperation, including but not limited to your appearance at interviews with the Company’s counsel, (i) in connection with the defense of any and all charges, complaints, claims, liabilities, obligations, promises, agreements, demands and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, which are asserted by any person or entity concerning or related to any matter that arises out of or concerns events or occurrences during your employment with the Company, and (ii) concerning requests for information about the business of the Company or its affiliates or your involvement or participation therein.  The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and necessary travel and other expenses which you may incur at the specific request of the Company and as approved by the Company in accordance with its policies and procedures established from time to time.

 

5.              Permitted Conduct.  Nothing in this Agreement and Release shall prohibit or restrict you, ITG and Releasees, or either party’s respective attorneys, from their or your right to: (i) make any disclosure of relevant and necessary information or documents in any action, investigation, or proceeding relating to this Agreement and Release, or as required by law or legal process; or (ii) participate, cooperate, or testify in any action, investigation, or proceeding with, or provide information to the Company’s Legal Department, or any self-regulatory organization, governmental agency or legislative body, including the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“EEOC”), provided that , to the extent permitted by law, upon receipt of any subpoena, court order or other legal process compelling the disclosure of any such information or documents, the disclosing party gives prompt written notice to the other party so as to permit such other party to protect such party’s interests in confidentiality to the fullest extent possible.  You acknowledge and agree, however, that, except as prohibited by law, should you or any person, organization, or entity file, charge, claim, sue, or cause or permit to be filed any action, investigation, or proceeding arising out of or related to your employment or termination of employment with the Company, pursuant to Section 2(a), you waive any right to any personal or monetary relief in any such action, investigation, or legal proceeding. To the extent you receive any personal or monetary relief the Company will be entitled to an offset for the payments made under Section 1 of this Agreement and Release to the extent determined by the Court and to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

6.              Timeline for Considering, Signing and Returning this Agreement and Release.   Pursuant to the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, you shall have at least forty-five (45) calendar days after the date you received this Agreement and Release within which to review and consider it, to discuss it with an attorney of your choosing, and to decide whether or not to sign it.  If you elect to sign this Agreement and Release, the executed Agreement and Release must be returned to ITG Inc., Human Resources at 380 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017 on or before the end of the day on August 26, 2011. This deadline will be extended to the next business day should it fall on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday recognized by the U.S. Postal Service.  This

 

6



 

Agreement and Release, should you choose to accept it, must be signed no later than August 26, 2011.

 

Once you have signed this Agreement and Release, you will then be permitted to revoke this Agreement and Release at any time during the period of seven (7) days following its execution by delivering to ITG Inc., at the address indicated above, a written notice of revocation.  If you wish to revoke this Agreement and Release, the notice of revocation must be received by ITG no later than the eighth day following your execution of this Agreement and Release.  If the seventh day referenced above falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, the 7-day time limit shall be extended to the next business day.  This Agreement and Release will not be effective or enforceable, and no benefits shall be provided hereunder, unless and until ITG has received your signed Agreement and Release by the end of the day on August 26, 2011 as described above and the seven day revocation period has expired without your having exercised your right of revocation (the “Effective Date”).

 

The Company hereby advises you to consult with an attorney prior to signing the Agreement and Release.

 

Your Payments shall commence as soon as administratively possible (generally within sixty (60) calendar days) following the Retirement Date, provided that you have complied with all of your obligations and the terms of this Agreement and Release.

 

ITG reserves the right after receiving your signed Agreement and Release to reject it in the event it is untimely, if it is modified by you, or in the event that you engage in misconduct prior to the Effective Date.  In the event the Agreement and Release is rejected or not accepted by ITG, it will be void and unenforceable.

 

7.              Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            This Agreement and Release shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon (i) ITG and Releasees, its successors and assigns, and any company with which ITG may merge or consolidate or to which ITG may sell substantially all of its assets and (ii) you and your executors, administrators, heirs and legal representatives.

 

(b)            Nothing about the fact or content of this Agreement and Release shall be considered to be or treated by you as an admission of any wrongdoing, liability, or violation of law by ITG.

 

(c)            This Agreement and Release shall be subject to and governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State in which you are employed as of your Retirement Date, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

(d)            This Agreement and Release is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of section 409A of the Code or an applicable exception thereto and will be interpreted to avoid any penalty sanctions under section 409A of the Code.  Each payment made under this Agreement and Release will be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement will be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  In no event will you, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.  All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement and Release will be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and Release to the contrary, if at the time of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of such term under section 409A of the Code) you are a “specified employee” of the Company (as determined by the Company in accordance with section 409A of the Code) and it is necessary to postpone the commencement of any compensation payments or benefits otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement and Release to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under section 409A of the Code, then the Company will postpone the

 

7



 

commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) that are not otherwise paid or provided in accordance with an applicable exception under section 409A of the Code(including the short term deferral and separation pay plan exceptions), until the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following your separation of service with the Company.  If any payments are postponed due to such requirements, such postponed amounts will be paid in a lump sum to you on the first payroll date that occurs after the date that is six (6) months following your “separation of service” with the Company.  If you die during the postponement period prior to the payment of postponed amount, the postponed amounts will be paid to the personal representative of your estate within sixty (60) days after the date of your death.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event will the timing of your execution of this Agreement and Release, directly or indirectly, result in you designating the calendar year of payment, and if a payment that is subject to execution of the release could be made in more than one taxable year, payment will be made in the later taxable year.

 

(e)            You are solely responsible for all taxes that may result from your receipt of the amounts payable to you under this Agreement and Release, and neither ITG nor any of its affiliates makes or has made any representation, warranty or guarantee of any federal, state or local tax consequences of your receipt of any benefit or payment hereunder, including but not limited to, under Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent required, ITG will withhold any applicable taxes from any amount payable to you under this Agreement and Release.

 

8.              Specific Enforcement.  The parties agree that this Agreement and Release may be specifically enforced in court and may be used as evidence in a subsequent proceeding in which any of the parties allege a breach of this Agreement and Release.

 

9.              Judicial Interpretation/Modification; Severability.  In the event that any one or more provisions (or portion thereof) of this Agreement and Release is held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable for any reason, the invalid unlawful or unenforceable provision (or portion thereof) shall be construed or modified so as to provide the Company and Releasees with the maximum protection that is valid, lawful and enforceable, consistent with the intent of the Company and Employee in entering into this Agreement and Release.  If such provision (or portion thereof) cannot be construed or modified so as to be valid, lawful and enforceable, that provision (or portion thereof) shall be construed as narrowly as possible and shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement and Release (or provision), and the remainder shall remain in effect and be construed as broadly as possible, as if such invalid, unlawful or unenforceable provision (or portion thereof) had never been contained in this Agreement and Release.

 

10.           Complete Agreement.  Except for any promissory note(s) or other debt obligation(s) you may owe to the Company as of the Effective Date, the terms of any other confidentiality obligation to ITG or Releasees, and the ITG Notice and Non-Solicitation Policy in effect as of the date hereof, this Agreement and Release cancels, supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements (written, oral or implied-in-fact or in law) between you and the Company regarding all of the subjects covered by this Agreement and Release.  Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, this Agreement and Release is the full, complete and exclusive agreement between you and the Company regarding the subjects covered by this Agreement and Release, and neither you nor the Company is relying on any representation or promise, whether oral or in writing, that is not expressly stated in this Agreement and Release.

 

11.           Changes to Agreement.  This Agreement and Release cannot be changed except by another written agreement that is dated and is signed by you and by the Company’s General Counsel or his designee.

 

8



 

12.           Acknowledgment .  By signing this Agreement and Release, you certify that you have read the terms of this Agreement and Release, and that this Agreement and Release conforms to your understanding and is acceptable to you as a final agreement.

 

(a)            You acknowledge and agree that, pursuant to Section 2(a) above, by signing this Agreement and Release, you waive and release any and all claims you may have or have had against ITG and Releasees.

 

(b)            ITG hereby advises you to consult with counsel of your choice prior to executing this Agreement and Release.

 

(c)            You also acknowledge that you have been given a reasonable and sufficient period of time of not less than forty-five (45) days in which to consider and return this Agreement and Release, and that, once you have signed the Agreement and Release, you will then be permitted to revoke this Agreement and Release at any time during the period of seven (7) days following its execution by delivering to ITG a written notice of revocation, as described in Section 6, above.

 

(d)            In exchange for your waivers, releases and commitments set forth herein, including your waiver and release of all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the payments, benefits and other considerations that you are receiving pursuant to this Agreement and Release exceed any payment, benefit or other thing of value to which you would otherwise be entitled, and are just and sufficient consideration for the waivers, releases and commitments set forth herein.

 

(e)            You hereby resign from all positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, including your positions as Managing Director, and as an officer of the applicable subsidiaries of the Company, and a member of the applicable boards of directors of the Company’s subsidiaries on which you served and any committee(s) thereof.  You agree to promptly execute any documents necessary to effectuate such resignations.

 

(f)             If the foregoing conforms to your understanding and is acceptable to you, please indicate your agreement by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this Agreement and Release and returning it to the Company as per the instructions in Section 6 above.  In the event you fail to execute and return this Agreement and Release on a timely basis, or you execute and then elect to revoke this Agreement and Release, this Agreement and Release will be of no further force and effect, and neither you nor the Company will have any further rights or obligations hereunder.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Goldstein

 

Peter Goldstein

 

Managing Director

 

Global Head of Human Resources

 

9



 

You acknowledge that you are signing this Agreement and Release knowingly and voluntarily and that the Company has provided you with a reasonable opportunity to review and consider this Agreement and Release.

 

 

Dated:

August 1, 2011

 

/s/ Christopher Heckman

 

 

Christopher Heckman

 

10




Exhibit 10.47

 

LEASE

 

between

 

BROOKFIELD PROPERTIES OLP CO. LLC,

 

Landlord

 

and

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.,

 

Tenant

 

February 24, 2012

 

PREMISES:

 

One Liberty Plaza
New York, New York
The entire 4
th , 5 th  and 6 th   Floors

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 1 Term and Fixed Rent

1

 

 

ARTICLE 2 Condition of Premises; Delivery and Use of Premises

5

 

 

ARTICLE 3 Escalations

17

 

 

ARTICLE 4 Intentionally Omitted

28

 

 

ARTICLE 5 Subordination, Notice to Superior Lessors and Mortgagees

28

 

 

ARTICLE 6 Quiet Enjoyment

30

 

 

ARTICLE 7 Assignment, Subletting and Mortgaging

30

 

 

ARTICLE 8 Compliance with Laws

44

 

 

ARTICLE 9 Insurance

46

 

 

ARTICLE 10 Rules and Regulations

48

 

 

ARTICLE 11 Alterations

49

 

 

ARTICLE 12 Landlord’s and Tenant’s Property

54

 

 

ARTICLE 13 Repairs and Maintenance

56

 

 

ARTICLE 14 Electricity

59

 

 

ARTICLE 15 Landlord’s Services

63

 

 

ARTICLE 16 Access and Name of Building

71

 

 

ARTICLE 17 Notice of Occurrences

74

 

 

ARTICLE 18 Non-Liability and Indemnification

75

 

 

ARTICLE 19 Damage or Destruction

77

 

 

ARTICLE 20 Eminent Domain

81

 

 

ARTICLE 21 Surrender

83

 

 

ARTICLE 22 Conditions of Limitation

83

 

 

ARTICLE 23 Reentry by Landlord

87

 

 

ARTICLE 24 Damages

88

 

 

ARTICLE 25 Affirmative Waivers

90

 

 

ARTICLE 26 No Waivers

91

 

 

ARTICLE 27 Curing Tenant’s Defaults

91

 

 

ARTICLE 28 Broker

92

 

 

ARTICLE 29 Notices

93

 

ii



 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE 30 Estoppel Certificates

95

 

 

ARTICLE 31 Memorandum of Lease

96

 

 

ARTICLE 32 No Representations by Landlord

96

 

 

ARTICLE 33 Intentionally Omitted

96

 

 

ARTICLE 34 Holdover

96

 

 

ARTICLE 35 Miscellaneous Provisions and Definitions

98

 

 

ARTICLE 36 The Lower Manhattan Plan

106

 

 

ARTICLE 37 Condominium

108

 

 

ARTICLE 38

Right of First Offer

111

 

 

 

ARTICLE 39

Extension Term

116

 

 

 

ARTICLE 40

Generator

122

 

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A:

 

Description of Land

Exhibit B:

 

Floor Plan of Premises

Exhibit C:

 

Landlord’s Work

Exhibit D:

 

Rules and Regulations

Exhibit E:

 

Rules and Regulations for Alterations

Exhibit F:

 

Cleaning Specifications

Exhibit G:

 

Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning Specifications

Exhibit H:

 

Back-Up Power System Area

Exhibit I:

 

Form of Existing Superior Mortgagee SNDA

Exhibit J:

 

Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit Riser Location

 

iii



 

LEASE, dated as of February 24, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”), between BROOKFIELD PROPERTIES OLP CO. LLC, having an office at c/o Brookfield Financial Properties, L.P., Three World Financial Center, 200 Vesey Street, New York, New York 10281-1021 (herein called “ Landlord ”) and INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 380 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (herein called “ Tenant ”).  For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Named Tenant ” shall mean Investment Technology Group, Inc.

 

Landlord and Tenant do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Term and Fixed Rent

 

1.01.                                   Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, upon and subject to the terms, covenants, representations, warranties, provisions and conditions of this Lease, the premises described in Section 1.02 in the building (herein called the “ Building ”) known as One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway in the City, County and State of New York.  The Building is located on a portion of the land (herein called the “ Land ”) described in Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

1.02.                                   The premises (herein called the “ Premises ”) leased to Tenant consist of the entire rentable area located on the 4 th , 5 th  and 6 th  floors of the Building, each as substantially as shown hatched on the floor plans attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof.  Landlord and Tenant hereby covenant and agree that the Premises shall be deemed to contain 132,092 rentable square feet in the aggregate (consisting of 44,025 rentable square feet on each of the 4 th  and 5 th  floors and 44,042 rentable square feet on the 6 th  floor) based on Landlord’s current standards of measurement.  In addition, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant (a) as more fully detailed in Section 40.02 below, the right to use certain areas of the Building in connection with the use and operation of the Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit (as such terms are hereinafter defined) and (b) the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others, the public areas of the Building to the extent required for access to the Premises or use of the Premises for general and executive offices, including, without limitation, the Building lobby, loading docks and elevators, subject to the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of this Lease.

 

1.03.                                   The term of this Lease (a) shall commence on the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 1.05 hereof) and (b) shall end at 11:59 p.m. on the last day of the month in which the fifteenth (15 th ) anniversary of the day preceding the Rent Commencement Date occurs (herein called the “ Expiration Date ”) or on such earlier date upon which the term of this Lease shall expire or be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Lease or pursuant to law.

 

1.04.                                   The rents shall be and consist of:

 



 

(a)                                   fixed rent (herein called “ Fixed Rent ”) at the rate of:

 

(i)                                      $5,812,048.00 per annum ($484,337.33 per month), for the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the month in which occurs the day immediately preceding the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (the “ 1 st  Rent Period ”);

 

(ii)                                   $6,472,508.00 per annum ($539,375.67 per month), for the period commencing on the day immediately following the expiration of the 1 st  Rent Period and ending on the last day of the month in which occurs the day immediately preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (the “ 2 nd  Rent Period ”); and

 

(iii)                                $7,132,968.00 per annum ($594,414.00 per month), for the period commencing on the day immediately following the expiration of the 2 nd  Rent Period and ending on the Expiration Date (the “ 3 rd  Rent Period ”);

 

which Fixed Rent shall be payable commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and thereafter in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the term of this Lease,

 

(b)                                  additional rent (herein called “ Additional Charges ”) consisting of Tax Payments (hereinafter defined), Operating Payments (hereinafter defined), charges for electricity furnished to Tenant and all other sums of money as shall become due from and payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder;

 

all to be paid in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at its office, or such other place, or to Landlord’s agent and at such other place, as Landlord shall designate by notice to Tenant.

 

The “ Commencement Date ” shall be the date which is the earlier to occur of: (i) the later to occur of (X) May 1, 2012 and (Y) the date on which (1) the Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 2.01 below) shall be substantially completed and (2) the C/O Modification (as defined below) is obtained by Landlord, and (ii) the date Tenant or anyone claiming under or through Tenant, first occupies the Premises, or any part thereof, for the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business therein (other than for Tenant Construction Activities, as defined below).  Landlord and Tenant shall, upon the demand of either party, execute, acknowledge and deliver to each other an instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to both Landlord and Tenant confirming the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and Expiration Date of this Lease; provided , however , either

 

2



 

party’s failure to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instrument shall not affect in any manner whatsoever the validity of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and/or the Expiration Date or constitute a default of either party under this Lease.  Subject to Landlord’s obligation to perform Landlord’s Work in accordance with the terms of this Lease, upon the Commencement Date, the Building mechanical systems that service the Premises shall be delivered at the core connection to same in good, working order.

 

1.05.                                   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Charges due under Article 3 hereof promptly when due without notice or demand therefor (other than any notice required under Article 3 hereof) and with respect to other Additional Charges following notice thereof pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and, in all cases, without any abatement, deduction or setoff for any reason whatsoever, except as may be expressly provided in this Lease.  Unless otherwise desired by Tenant (in which case payment shall be made by good and sufficient check from a bank which is a member of The Clearing House Payments Company L.L.C. or any successor thereto), Fixed Rent and Additional Charges shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available “ Federal Reserve Funds ” pursuant to the following instructions: Bank of America, payable to Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC. account no. 5801060798,  ABA # 026009593, or to another account designated from time to time by Landlord on at least thirty (30) days’ advance notice to Tenant.  Tenant’s delivery of a check for the payment of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Charges to Landlord at Brookfield Properties OLP Co., LLC, c/o Brookfield Properties, Three World Financial Center, 200 Vesey Street, 25th floor, New York,  NY  10281-1021, Attn:  Edward Beisner-SVP (as such address may be modified from time to time by Landlord) shall be deemed Tenant’s election to utilize such method of payment.  As used herein, the term “ Federal Reserve Funds ” shall mean the receipt by a bank or banks in the continental United States designated by Landlord of U.S. dollars in form that does not require further clearance, and may be applied at the direction of Landlord by such recipient bank or banks on the day of receipt of advice that such funds have been wire transferred.

 

1.06.                                   If the Commencement Date, Rent Commencement Date or the Expiration Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month (in the case of the Commencement Date or Rent Commencement Date, as applicable) or the last day of a calendar month (in the case of the Expiration Date), the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges for the partial calendar month in which the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date or the Expiration Date, as the case may be, occurs shall be prorated on a per diem basis based on the actual numbers of days in such partial month. The Fixed Rent for any partial calendar month in which the Commencement Date or Rent Commencement Date occurs shall be paid on the Rent Commencement Date.

 

1.07.                                   No payment by Tenant or receipt or acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than the correct Fixed Rent or Additional Charges shall be deemed to be other

 

3



 

than a payment on account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this Lease or at law provided.

 

1.08.                                   Any apportionments or prorations of Fixed Rent or Additional Charges to be made under this Lease shall be computed on the basis of a 365(6)-day year.

 

1.09.                                   If any of the Fixed Rent or Additional Charges payable under the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be or become uncollectible, reduced or required to be refunded because of any act or law enacted by a governmental authority, Tenant shall enter into such agreement(s) and take such other steps (without additional expense to Tenant) as Landlord may reasonably request and as may be legally permissible to permit Landlord to collect the maximum rents which from time to time during the continuance of such legal rent restriction may be legally permissible (but not in excess of the amounts reserved therefor under this Lease).  Upon the termination of such legal rent restriction, (a) the Fixed Rent and/or Additional Charges shall become and thereafter be payable in accordance with the amounts reserved herein for the periods following such termination, and (b) Tenant shall pay to Landlord promptly upon being billed, to the maximum extent legally permissible, an amount equal to (i) the Fixed Rent and/or Additional Charges which would have been paid pursuant to this Lease but for such legal rent restriction less (ii) the rents paid by Tenant during the period such legal rent restriction was in effect.

 

1.10.                                   Additional Charges shall be deemed to be rent and Tenant’s failure to pay Additional Charges shall be considered a failure to pay Fixed Rent hereunder and Landlord shall be entitled to all rights and remedies provided herein or by law for a default in the payment of Additional Charges as for a default in the payment of Fixed Rent (notwithstanding the fact that Tenant may not then also be in default in the payment of Fixed Rent).

 

1.11.                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.04 hereof to the contrary, there shall be no Fixed Rent payable by Tenant during the period (herein called the “ Rent Abatement Period ”) commencing on the date hereof and ending on the later to occur of (1) 11:59 p.m. on January 31, 2014 and (2) the day immediately preceding the one (1) year anniversary of the Commencement Date; provided, however, that during the Rent Abatement Period, Tenant shall be responsible to pay all Additional Charges payable by Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, charges attributable to electricity pursuant to Article 14 hereof and any other utilities and services, if any, provided to the Premises in accordance with this lease. The date immediately following the expiration of the Rent Abatement Period is herein called the “ Rent Commencement Date ”.

 

4



 

ARTICLE 2

 

Condition of Premises; Delivery and Use of Premises

 

2.01.                         (a)                                   Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Section 2.01(a) or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall accept the Premises in “as is” condition on the Commencement Date with the Landlord’s Work substantially completed and, except for the Punchlist Items (as defined below), Landlord shall not thereafter be required to perform any work, install any fixtures or equipment or render any services to make the Building or the Premises ready or suitable for Tenant’s use or occupancy, provided the foregoing shall not vitiate or reduce Landlord’s ongoing maintenance, repair and service obligations that are expressly provided for under this Lease.  Landlord shall perform (x) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, the work described on Exhibit C annexed hereto (herein called “ Landlord’s Work ”) in the manner and subject to the provisions of Exhibit C .  The Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to have been substantially completed when Landlord shall have completed the Landlord’s Work, subject, however, to (i) minor details or adjustments that may not then be completed which do not unreasonably interfere with the performance of Tenant’s Work, and (ii) items of Landlord’s Work which in accordance with good construction practice should be performed during the performance of Tenant’s Work (such minor details, adjustments or other items being herein called “ Punchlist Items ”).  Landlord shall finally complete the Punchlist Items, if any, as promptly as practicable, subject to Force Majeure Causes and Tenant Delays.

 

(b)                                  (i)                                      If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord shall be unable to deliver possession of the Premises with the Landlord’s Work substantially complete (the “ Delivery Condition ”) by any particular anticipated date, then, except as expressly set forth below in this Section 2.01(b) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinbefore contained, the term of this Lease shall commence on, and the Commencement Date shall be, the date on which Landlord is able to so deliver possession of the Premises in the Delivery Condition.  Except as set forth below in this Section 2.01(b), Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession by any particular anticipated date and the validity of this Lease shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor the same be construed in any way to extend the term of this Lease.

 

(ii)                                   (A)                               Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for reasons other than Tenant Delay, on or prior to September 1, 2012 (as extended, the “ Outside Date ”) Landlord is unable to obtain possession of the 4 th  floor portion of the Premises free and clear of the occupancy rights of the existing tenant of the 4 th  floor portion of the Premises as of the date hereof, then, Tenant shall have the right (the “ 4 th  Floor Termination Right ”), as its sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith, exercisable by notice given to Landlord no later than the date which is thirty (30) days following the Outside Date (time being of the essence with respect to such 30-day period), to terminate this Lease effective as of the date (the “ Termination Date ”) which is

 

5



 

thirty (30) days following the giving of such notice; it being understood and agreed that if Landlord is so able to obtain possession of the 4 th  floor portion of the Premises prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date, such termination notice shall be deemed null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(B)                                 (1)                                   Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for reasons other than Tenant Delay, the C/O Modification has not been approved by the applicable governing authorities on or prior to April 30, 2012 (as extended by delays due to Force Majeure Causes provided such extension shall not exceed sixty (60) days in the aggregate) and (a) Tenant is otherwise ready to proceed with Tenant’s Work (and Tenant has obtained Landlord’s final approval to Tenant’s final plans in connection therewith) and (b) the completion of Tenant’s Work is actually delayed or Tenant is actually prevented from occupying the Premises for the ordinary conduct of business therein following the completion of Tenant’s Work, then as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith (other than any remedy set forth in clause (B)(2) below), to the extent of such actual delay or prevention, the Rent Commencement Date shall be extended by one (1) day for each day that Tenant is so actually delayed or prevented (as detailed above) until such C/O Modification is so approved.

 

(2)                                   Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if, for reasons other than Tenant Delay, on or prior to April 30, 2012 (as extended by delays due to Force Majeure Causes provided such extension shall not exceed thirty-one (31) days in the aggregate, the “ C/O Outside Date ”) Landlord is unable to have the C/O Modification approved by the applicable governing authorities, then, Tenant shall have the right (the “ C/O Termination Right ”), as its sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith (other than the remedy set forth in clause (B)(1) above if Tenant does not exercise its termination rights under this clause (B)(2)), exercisable by notice given to Landlord no later than the date which is thirty (30) days following the C/O Outside Date (time being of the essence with respect to such 30-day period), to terminate this Lease effective as of the date (the “ C/O Termination Date ”) which is thirty (30) days following the giving of such notice; it being understood and agreed that if Landlord is so able to obtain the approval of the C/O Modification prior to the occurrence of the C/O Termination Date, such termination notice shall be deemed null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(C)                                 Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if Landlord is able to have the C/O Modification approved by the applicable governing authorities and is able to obtain possession of the 4 th  floor portion of the Premises free and clear of the occupancy rights of the existing tenant of the 4 th  floor portion of the Premises as of the date hereof but, for reasons other than Tenant Delay, is unable to substantially complete the Landlord’s Work on or prior to November 30, 2012 (as so extended, the “ Work Outside Date ”), then Tenant shall have the right (the “ Work Termination Right ”), as its sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith,

 

6



 

exercisable by notice given to Landlord no later than the date which is thirty (30) days following the Work Outside Date (time being of the essence with respect to such 30-day period), to terminate this Lease effective as of the date (the “ Work Termination Date ”) which is thirty (30) days following the giving of such notice; it being understood and agreed that if Landlord is so able to substantially complete the Landlord’s Work prior to the occurrence of the Work Termination Date, such termination notice shall be deemed null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(iii)                                (A)                               For purposes hereof, the term (i) “ Tenant’s Work Soft Costs ” shall mean the actual out-of-pocket architectural, engineering and design planning fees and expenses actually incurred and paid by Tenant prior to the Outside Date, C/O Outside Date or Work Outside Date, as applicable if Tenant exercises the 4 th  Floor Termination Right, the C/O Termination Right or Work Termination Right, respectively, in connection with Tenant’s planning for the Tenant’s Work and in connection with Tenant’s actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred and paid by Tenant prior to the Outside Date, C/O Outside Date or Work Outside Date, as applicable, if Tenant exercises the 4 th  Floor Termination Right, C/O Termination Right or Work Termination Right, respectively, in connection with the purchase of the Purchased Equipment, (ii) “ Purchased Equipment ” shall mean the components, if any, of the Back-Up Power System, Chiller Unit, and an uninterrupted power supply system that Tenant, in good faith, intends to install as part of Tenant’s Work and utilize in the Premises in connection with Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business in the Premises and which Tenant actually enters into a purchase order or contract to purchase following the date hereof and prior to the Outside Date, C/O Outside Date or Work Outside Date, as applicable if Tenant exercises the 4 th  Floor Termination Right, C/O Termination Right or Work Termination Right, respectively, (iii) “ Soft Cost Breakdown ” shall mean a submission by Tenant to Landlord detailing (with paid invoices) all of the Tenant’s Work Soft Costs and (iv) “ Equipment Certification ” shall mean a certification provided to Landlord by the chief financial officer or managing director of Tenant certifying that Tenant shall have no need to utilize the Purchased Equipment in an alternate location and will not in fact be utilizing same.

 

(B)                                 Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant (i) has not, as of the date hereof, entered into any purchase orders or contracts to purchase and has not purchased any equipment, fixtures or other property in connection with Tenant’s Work that would qualify as Purchased Equipment if same were purchased following the date hereof and (ii) will not order and/or purchase any equipment, fixtures or other property in connection with Tenant’s Work that would qualify as Purchased Equipment earlier than March 1, 2012, with the understanding and agreement that in no event shall Tenant plan to commence Tenant’s Work earlier than May 1, 2012.

 

(C)                                 In connection with Tenant’s purchase of any of the Purchased Equipment following the date hereof, Tenant hereby agrees that Tenant shall

 

7



 

use commercially reasonable efforts (without incurring any cost in excess of that Tenant would have incurred but for such commercially reasonable efforts) to ensure that any contract to purchase or purchase order for such Purchased Equipment contains a right for Tenant to cancel such purchase order or contract (and Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to eliminate or minimize any payment that may be required in connection with such cancellation right), and upon Tenant’s entering into any such purchase order or contract, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies thereof.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that, prior to Tenant entering into any purchase order or contract to purchase any Purchased Equipment, Tenant shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to first give Landlord at least five (5) Business Days notice thereof (with a copy of the proposed final purchase order and/or contract (and all relevant terms and conditions)) and, in connection with such notice, Tenant shall indicate to Landlord in writing whether Tenant was able to obtain a cancellation right detailed in this clause (C).  If Tenant fails to provide such notice to Landlord, Tenant shall provide such notice to Landlord within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s request therefor.  Within such 5 Business Day period Landlord (if Tenant does provide such notice without Landlord’s request, as aforesaid) Landlord shall have the right to cause Tenant to delay ordering such Purchased Equipment until the date the C/O Modification is approved (as detailed in Section 2.03 below) so long as Tenant is able to purchase such Purchased Equipment at such later date without materially delaying Tenant’s proposed scheduling of Tenant’s Work (it being understood and agreed that in no event shall Tenant plan to commence Tenant’s Work earlier than May 1, 2012) or without materially delaying Tenant’s proposed scheduling of Tenant’s Work if Tenant pays an incremental cost to purchase such Purchased Equipment on a delayed basis (in which case Tenant shall obtain and provide to Landlord the amount of such incremental cost upon Landlord’s request prior to the implementation of such delay in ordering) (a “ Landlord Order Delay ”), in which case Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of such incremental cost.  If Landlord requests a Landlord Order Delay (and Tenant so delays such order as aforesaid), then, to the extent Tenant is actually delayed in completing Tenant’s Work solely as a result of such Landlord Order Delay, the Rent Commencement Date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for each such day of Landlord Order Delay, provided that Tenant submits reasonable evidence thereof to Landlord of such delay in the completion of Tenant’s Work.

 

(D)                                Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if Tenant properly and timely exercises the C/O Termination Right, the 4 th  Floor Termination Right or the Work Termination Right, as applicable, and provided Tenant is not then in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, then, upon submission to Landlord of the Soft Cost Breakdown and the Equipment Certification (if and to the extent applicable, but subject to the remainder of this clause (D)), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, within thirty (30) days of the effective date of such termination, in an amount equal to the Tenant’s Work Soft Costs.  Subject to the remainder of this clause (D), upon payment by Landlord to Tenant of the Tenant’s Work Soft Costs, Tenant shall simultaneously deliver possession and quitclaim all of

 

8



 

Tenant’s title/ownership of the Purchased Equipment to Landlord (free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances and other security instruments) and Tenant shall be solely responsible for any and all sales taxes imposed thereon.  If Tenant properly and timely exercises the C/O Termination Right, the 4 th  Floor Termination Right or the Work Termination Right, as applicable, and to the extent any such purchase orders or contracts contain a cancellation right, as aforesaid, Landlord shall have the right to cause Tenant to exercise any such cancellation right with respect to any particular purchase order or contract for any or all of the Purchased Equipment and, in lieu of Landlord reimbursing the cost of the Purchased Equipment to Tenant (as aforesaid), Landlord shall reimburse to Tenant the cost associated with any such cancellation of said purchase order or contract pursuant to the express terms of such purchase order or contract (but only to the extent Tenant has promptly provided Landlord with a copy thereof, as aforesaid).

 

(iv)                               (A)                               Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if Landlord is unable to obtain approval for the C/O Modification as more fully detailed in Section 2.03 below or Landlord reasonably believes it will be unable to obtain approval for the C/O Modification as more fully detailed in Section 2.03 below, then Landlord shall have the right at no additional incremental cost to Tenant (in excess of the cost Tenant was to incur without such Premises Substitution) (as more fully detailed below), exercisable by written notice to Tenant on or before the occurrence of the C/O Termination Date, to substitute for the entire Premises alternate space in the Building that shall consist of three (3) contiguous full floors located in the same elevator bank (no lower than the 4 th  floor of the Building, but which may consist of the 6 th  floor of the Building) of the Building (the “ Premises Substitution ”) (provided that the Certificate of Occupancy for the Building shall detail an occupancy level on such floors of the substituted premises which permit occupancy thereon equal to the occupancy levels detailed in the Buildings’ existing (as of the date hereof) Certificate of Occupancy for the 4 th  and 6 th  floors of the Building).  If Landlord elects to exercise the Premises Substitution, Landlord shall provide notice thereof to Tenant by no later than the C/O Termination Date, and upon the giving of such notice, the Premises demised hereunder shall be deemed to the premises set forth in such notice of Premises Substitution and any references herein to the Premises shall be deemed to be referring to such premises set forth in the notice of Premises Substitution (and such notice from Landlord shall include floor plans of such new premises, which floors plans shall be deemed to replace the floor plans annexed hereto as Exhibit B for all purposes).  If Landlord exercises such right of Premises Substitution as set forth above, (A) upon the giving of Landlord’s notice thereof to Tenant, the provisions of Sections 2.01(b)(ii) and (iii) above shall be deemed to be null and void and of no further force and effect, except as otherwise expressly detailed below, (B) Section 2.03(b) shall be deemed to be deleted herefrom and of no further force and effect, (C) any reference in this Lease to the term “C/O Modification” (including, without limitation, any reference in the defined term “Commencement Date”) shall be deemed to be deleted and of no further force and effect and (D) Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to provide, though shall not be obligated to provide, alternate Offering Space (if

 

9



 

applicable depending on the premises detailed under the Premises Substitution) so that such Offering Space shall be directly contiguous to the Premises (as modified above).

 

(B)                                 In connection with any Premises Substitution, to the extent Tenant is actually delayed in completing Tenant’s Work beyond the date Tenant would have so completed such Tenant’s Work on the original floors of the Premises (i.e., as if no Premises Substitution occurred) as a result solely of such Premises Substitution, then Landlord shall, upon Tenant’s submission of reasonable evidence and invoices detailing same and subject to Landlord’s right to reasonably dispute same, reimburse Tenant for any and all incremental (in excess of the cost Tenant was to incur without such Premises Substitution) actual and reasonable out-of-pocket (x) construction, architectural, design and engineering costs and fees, (y) construction costs associated with connection to the Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit to the “new” premises, and (z) professional costs and fees (e.g., legal and/or accounting fees), in each case incurred by Tenant following the date of Landlord’s notice of the Premises Substitution as a result of such Premises Substitution.

 

(C)                                 In connection with any Premises Substitution, if and to the extent Tenant is actually delayed in the commencement of Tenant’s Work (beyond the date Tenant would have commenced Tenant’s Work in the Premises but for any Premises Substitution) and taking into account that Landlord may provide access to the substituted premises during the performance of Landlord’s Work in order for Tenant to perform Tenant Construction Activities, then, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith, the Rent Commencement Date shall be extended by one (1) day for each such delay of actual delay encountered by Tenant (and provided Tenant provides reasonable evidence thereof to Landlord).

 

(D)                                Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if a Premises Substitution occurs and if, for reasons other than Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date does not occur (or is not deemed to occur) by September 1, 2012 (as extended, the “ Substitution Outside Date ”), then, Tenant shall have the right (the “ Substitution Termination Right ”), as its sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith, exercisable by notice given to Landlord no later than the date which is thirty (30) days following the Substitution Outside Date (time being of the essence with respect to such 30-day period), to terminate this Lease effective as of the date (the “ Substitution Termination Date ”) which is thirty (30) days following the giving of such notice; it being understood and agreed that if Landlord is so able to cause the Commencement Date to occur (or it is deemed to occur) prior to the occurrence of the Substitution Termination Date, such termination notice shall be deemed null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(E)                                  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if Tenant timely and properly exercises the Substitution Termination Right, as detailed above, then, Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Section

 

10


 

2.01(b)(iii)(A)-(D) shall be reinstated and shall be deemed applicable to such Substitution Termination Right, such that said provisions shall be deemed applicable to the exercise such Substitution Termination Right as if originally included therein (i.e., the phrase Substitution Outside Date shall be added to the applicable provisions thereof where the phrase “C/O Outside Date” is utilized, the phrase Substitution Termination Right shall be added to the applicable provisions thereof where the phrase “C/O Termination Right” is utilized and the phrase Substitution Termination Date shall be added to the applicable provisions thereof where the phrase “C/O Termination Date” is utilized, so that the effect thereof is to include this Substitution Termination Right in Section 2.01(iii) as and to the extent necessary pursuant to this clause (E).

 

(v)                                  Any unresolved dispute between Landlord and Tenant under this Section 2.01(b) shall be resolved by an expedited arbitration proceeding brought by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to Section 35.07(b) below.

 

(c)                                   For purposes hereof, the term “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean, in addition to any other delay identified in this Lease as a Tenant Delay, any actual delay in the performance of the Landlord’s Work or Landlord’s obtaining the C/O Modification to the extent resulting from (a) any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, contractors or employees, (b) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, contractors or employees, or (c) any request by Tenant or any of its agents that delays the performance of any portion of the Landlord’s Work by more than one (1) day in the aggregate.  Any additional cost occasioned by a Tenant Delay shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand therefor as Additional Charges under this Lease.

 

(d)                                  Upon reasonable prior written notice to Landlord, prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to have access to the Premises for the purpose of conducting Tenant Construction Activities.  For purposes hereunder, “ Tenant Construction Activities ” shall mean (i) such architectural and engineering activities that are generally performed in preparation for the construction of office space in comparable first-class office buildings in Manhattan and which do not involve the performance of work which physically alters in any way any portion of the Premises or the Building and which do not affect or interfere with the operation of Building systems and (ii) activities involving the observation and inspection of the performance of Landlord’s Work (by no more than two (2) qualified individuals), provided same does not interfere, in any manner, with Landlord’s performance of Landlord’s Work.  Examples of Tenant Construction Activities are the taking or preparation of measurements, surveys, elevations, sketches and layouts and the delivery of construction materials.  Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice with respect to any activities being performed at the Premises by, or on behalf of Tenant, that exceed the scope of Tenant Construction Activities (herein called a “ Cessation Notice ”) and Tenant shall immediately cease such activities.

 

11



 

(e)                                   Tenant hereby waives any right to rescind this Lease under the provisions of Section 223-a of the Real Property Law of the State of New York, and agrees that the provisions of this Section 2.01 are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of said Section 223-a.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event that the Commencement Date is delayed by reason of a Tenant Delay, Tenant agrees that at Landlord’s option the term of this Lease and Tenant’s obligations shall commence (and the Commencement Date shall be deemed to have occurred) on the date that this Lease would have commenced had the Commencement Date not been so delayed by Tenant.

 

(g)                                   (i)                                      Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that Tenant will, at Tenant’s own cost and expense (subject to reimbursement of the Work Allowance, as detailed below), and in a good and workmanlike manner, make and complete the Tenant’s Work (as defined below).

 

(ii)                                   Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall prepare a final plan or final set of plans and specifications (which said final plan or final set of plans, as the case may be, and specifications are hereinafter called the “ final plan ”) which shall contain complete information and dimensions necessary for the construction and finishing of the Premises and for the engineering in connection therewith. The final plan shall be submitted by Tenant to Landlord for Landlord’s written approval, which approval shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the applicable provisions of Article 11 hereof.  Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense file all necessary architectural plans and obtain all necessary approvals and permits in connection with Tenant’s Work being performed by it pursuant to this Article.  Landlord shall cooperate upon Tenant’s request with Tenant’s efforts to obtain all necessary permits provided that Landlord shall incur no expense or liability in connection therewith.

 

(iii)                                It is understood that of the services to be furnished by Landlord referred to in Article 15 hereof, Landlord shall not furnish any cleaning services to the Premises until Tenant commences occupancy of the Premises for the regular conduct of its business.  Tenant shall be responsible for removal of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish during the period that Tenant’s Work is in progress in the Premises.  In addition, Tenant shall in connection with the movement of workers and materials to and from the Premises use protective masonite floor boards and protective brown paper wall covering in the public corridor giving access to the Premises from the elevators.

 

(iv)                               (A)                                Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance in the aggregate amount of up to $8,585,980.00 (the “ Work Allowance ”), calculated at the rate of $65.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises, which Work Allowance shall be applied solely against the hard and soft costs and expenses attributable to the construction of Alterations in the Premises following the Commencement Date in order to prepare same for Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business therein (the “ Tenant’s Work ”) (including,

 

12



 

but not limited to, the sums due to the contractors, architects, project managers, vendors, materialmen and suppliers performing or related to the Tenant’s Work) to be performed by Landlord in accordance with the final plans, and for no other purposes; provided, however, that Tenant may apply up to 15% percent of the Work Allowance in the aggregate for the design consultant’s, space planner’s, architect’s and engineer’s fees, building permit fees and inspection charges of any applicable governmental authority or agency having jurisdiction thereover (collectively, “ Soft Costs ”) incurred by Tenant in connection with the performance of the Tenant’s Work.  In the event that the cost and expenses of Tenant’s Work shall exceed the amount of the Work Allowance, Tenant shall be entirely responsible for such excess.

 

(B)                                Provided that Tenant is not then in default of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, the Work Allowance shall be payable to Tenant upon written requisition in installments as Tenant’s Work progresses, but in no event more frequently than monthly and within thirty (30) days of the date a Tenant Requisition is given to Landlord.  Prior to the payment of any such installment of the Work Allowance, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written request for disbursement (each called a “ Tenant Requisition ”), which shall be accompanied by: (1) except with respect to the first such Tenant Requisition (which shall require unpaid invoices, in addition to the other items detailed below), paid invoices for the portion of Tenant’s Work referenced in the prior Tenant Requisition given to Landlord, (2) a certificate signed by Tenant’s architect or engineer and an authorized representative of Tenant certifying that, to the best of such person’s knowledge, the portion of Tenant’s Work referenced in said Tenant Requisition and represented by the aforesaid invoices has been substantially completed in accordance with Tenant’s final plan, and (3) partial lien waivers (in recordable form and form satisfactory to Landlord (it being understood and agreed that, as of the date hereof, AIA Forms G702 and G703 are acceptable, though same shall be subject to change from time to time) from contractors, subcontractors and all materialmen who shall have performed any such work waiving any and all lien (or similar) rights against Tenant and the Landlord in connection with same.  Landlord shall be permitted to retain from each disbursement of the Work Allowance an amount equal to ten (10%) percent of the amount requested to be disbursed by Tenant.  The aggregate amount of the retainages shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant upon completion of Tenant’s Work and upon Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of (i) a certificate signed by Tenant’s architect and an authorized representative of Tenant certifying, to the best of such person’s knowledge, that Tenant’s Work has been satisfactorily completed in accordance with the final plan, (ii) final “as-built” plans and specifications and CAD files on diskette in AutoCAD.DWG format showing the exact nature and location of Tenant’s Work, as well as existing conditions, and all Building Department sign-offs, inspection certificates and any permits required to be issued by any governmental entities having jurisdiction thereover, and (iii) final lien waivers (in recordable form and form satisfactory to Landlord) from all contractors and subcontractors performing Tenant’s Work and a general release from Tenant’s general contractor, releasing Landlord and Tenant from all liability for same.

 

13



 

(C)   If, as of the date when a Tenant Requisition is due to be paid hereunder by Landlord (and provided Tenant has provided Landlord with all documentation required under this Section 2.01(g)(iv) with respect to such Tenant Requisition), such Tenant Requisition is not timely paid by Landlord, then, provided no default by Tenant has occurred and is continuing beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall have the right, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith, to have such unpaid Tenant Requisition amount (together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate, calculated from the last day such Tenant Requisition amount was due from Landlord until same is credited) credited against the next installment(s) of Fixed Rent thereafter becoming due under this Lease, provided Tenant first gives at least ten (10) Business Days notice to Landlord in connection therewith (an “ Offset Notice ”), which notice shall state in bold type and capital letters at the top of such notice and on the envelope containing such notice stating “ THIS IS A TIME SENSITIVE OFFSET NOTICE AND LANDLORD SHALL BE DEEMED TO ACCEPT SUCH OFFSET IF IT FAILS TO RESPOND IN THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED ” as a condition to the effectiveness thereof.  Within the 30-day period following receipt by Landlord of the Tenant Requisition or within the additional 10-Business Day period described above, Landlord may dispute, in good faith (and shall provide Tenant with reasonably detailed grounds for such dispute), Tenant’s right to such credit by providing written notice thereof to Tenant and, in such case, Tenant shall not have the right to offset Fixed Rent as detailed hereunder.  If Landlord fails to dispute Tenant’s right to such credit within the 30-day period and/or 10-Business Day period described above and fails to pay the amount set forth in the applicable Tenant Requisition prior to the expiration of the 10-Business Day period following the giving of the applicable Offset Notice, Tenant shall be entitled to take such credit against the next installment(s) of Fixed Rent thereafter becoming due under this Lease.  Any such dispute shall be resolved by an expedited arbitration proceeding brought by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to Section 35.07(b) below.

 

2.02.                                Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for general, executive and administrative office use and for no other purpose; it being understood and agreed that such use may include use of a portion of the Premises for lawful uses that are ancillary and incidental to such general and executive office use (including, but not limited to, the operation of data centers, trading floors and conference rooms), but only to the extent that such lawful ancillary and incidental uses are customarily conducted in a manner consistent in nature with the operation of a first class office building in lower Manhattan intended primarily for occupancy by headquarters operations and/or the core business functions of its tenants (herein called “ Comparable Buildings ”) .

 

2.03.                                (a)                        If any governmental license or permit (other than a Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises and/or the entire Building) shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall duly procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit and submit the same to Landlord for inspection upon Landlord’s request.  Tenant shall at all times

 

14



 

comply with the terms and conditions of each such license or permit.  Additionally, should Alterations (hereinafter defined) or Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than executive and general offices require any modification or amendment of any Certificate of Occupancy for the Building, Tenant shall, at its expense, take all actions reasonably requested by Landlord in order to procure any such modification or amendment and shall reimburse Landlord (as Additional Charges) for all reasonable costs and expenses Landlord incurs in effecting said modifications or amendments.  The foregoing provisions are not intended to be deemed Landlord’s consent to any Alterations or to a use of the Premises not otherwise permitted hereunder nor to require Landlord to effect such modifications or amendments of any Certificate of Occupancy.

 

(b)                                  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, following the date hereof, Landlord shall amend (or obtain a new) Certificate of Occupancy for the Building and/or Premises which increases the occupancy level on the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Premises to permit occupancy thereon in a level equal to the occupancy levels (detailed in the Buildings’ existing (as of the date hereof) Certificate of Occupancy) of the 4 th  and 6 th  floors of the Building (the “ C/O Modification ”).  In connection with such C/O Modification, Landlord shall file the necessary forms/applications with the New York City Department of Buildings.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not commence the performance of Landlord’s Work (unless Landlord elects otherwise) prior to Landlord obtaining the approval of all applicable governing authorities to the C/O Modification.  If and to the extent Landlord obtains such C/O Modification and same results in the issuance of temporary Certificate of Occupancy, then, following the completion of Tenant’s Work, Landlord shall seek to convert said temporary Certificate of Occupancy into a final Certificate of Occupancy; it being understood and agreed that to the extent such conversion into a final Certificate of Occupancy cannot be accomplished for reasons other that Tenant’s acts or omissions, Landlord shall ensure such temporary Certificate of Occupancy is renewed prior to its expiration and Landlord shall be liable for the costs incurred in connection with such renewal or renewals.  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, Tenant shall not file any applications for permits or approvals for Tenant’s Work unless and until the C/O Modification has been approved by the applicable governing authorities (and Landlord has notified Tenant of same).  Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in connection with Landlord’s efforts to obtain the C/O Modification.

 

2.04.                                Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Premises or the Building, or suffer or permit anyone to use or occupy the Premises, or do anything in the Premises or the Building, or suffer or permit anything to be done in, brought into or kept on the Premises, which in any manner (a) violates the Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises or for the Building; (b) causes damage to the Premises or the Building or any equipment, facilities or systems therein; (c) constitutes a violation of the laws and requirements of any public authorities or the requirements of insurance bodies, provided such insurance requirements do not prohibit the use of the Premises for the purposes permitted under

 

15



 

Section 2.02 hereof; (d) materially impairs the character, reputation or appearance of the Building as a first-class office building; (e) unreasonably interferes with the proper and economic maintenance, operation and repair of the Building and/or its equipment, facilities or systems; (f) constitutes a nuisance, public or private; (g) except in connection with the proper operation of the Back-Up Power System and the Chiller Unit (pursuant to Article 40 hereof), makes unobtainable from reputable insurance companies authorized to do business in New York State all-risk property insurance, or liability, elevator, boiler or other insurance at standard rates required to be furnished by Landlord under the terms of any mortgages covering the Premises; or (h) discharges objectionable fumes, vapors or odors into the Building’s flues or vents or otherwise.

 

2.05.                                Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit anyone to use, the Premises or any part thereof, for (a) a banking, trust company, or safe deposit business offering “off the street” services to the general public at the Premises, (b) a savings bank, a savings and loan association, or a loan company operating an “off the street” business to the general public at the Premises, (c) the sale of travelers’ checks and/or foreign exchange, (d) a stock brokerage office or for stock brokerage purposes which are open to the general public at the Premises, (e) a restaurant and/or bar and/or the sale of confectionery and/or soda and/or beverages and/or sandwiches and/or ice cream and/or baked goods (except if expressly provided otherwise elsewhere in this Lease), (f) the business of photographic reproductions and/or offset printing (except that Tenant and its permitted assignees, subtenants and occupants may use part of the Premises for photographic reproductions and/or offset printing in connection with, either directly or indirectly, its own business and/or activities), (g) an employment or travel agency (excluding providing such services for Tenant’s own employees), (h) a school or classroom (excluding a reasonably limited number of training rooms for Tenant’s own employees), (i) medical or psychiatric offices, (j) conduct of an auction open to the general public in the Premises or a so-called “open outcry” auction, (k) gambling activities or (l) the conduct of obscene, pornographic or similar disreputable activities.  Further, the Premises may not be used by (i) an agency, department or bureau of the United States Government, any state or municipality within the United States or any foreign government, or any political subdivision of any of them, (ii) any charitable, religious, union or other not-for-profit organization (other than a charitable, religious, union or other not-for-profit organization that is directly associated with or shares common persons which are officers or directors (or otherwise hold senior managerial positions) of both such organization and the Named Tenant, or (iii) any tax exempt entity within the meaning of Section 168(j)(4)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor or substitute statute, or rule or regulation applicable thereto (as same may be amended).

 

16



 

ARTICLE 3

 

Escalations

 

3.01.                                The terms defined below shall for the purposes of this Lease have the meanings herein specified:

 

(a)                        Base Operating Amount ” shall mean the Operating Expenses for the Base Operating Year.

 

(b)                        Base Operating Year ” shall mean the calendar year commencing on January 1, 2012.

 

(c)                                   Base Tax Amount ” shall mean shall the sum of (X) one-half (1/2) of the Taxes, as finally determined, for the Tax Year commencing on July 1, 2011 and (Y) one-half (1/2) of the Taxes, as finally determined, for the Tax Year commencing on July 1, 2012.

 

(d)                        Landlord’s Statement ” shall mean an instrument or instruments setting forth in reasonable detail the Operating Payment (hereinafter defined) payable by Tenant for a specified Operating Year pursuant to this Article 3.

 

(e)                         Operating Expenses ” shall mean all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by Landlord and Landlord’s affiliates and/or on their behalf in connection with the repair, replacement (subject to the limitations set forth below), maintenance, operation and/or security of the Real Property (hereinafter defined), including, without limitation, (i) salaries, wages, medical, surgical, insurance (including, without limitation, group life and disability insurance) of employees of Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates, union and general welfare benefits, pension benefits, severance and sick day payments, and other fringe benefits of employees of Landlord and Landlord’s affiliates and their respective contractors engaged in such repair, replacement, maintenance, operation and/or security; (ii) payroll taxes, worker’s compensation, uniforms and related expenses (whether direct or indirect) for such employees; (iii) the cost of fuel, gas, steam, electricity, heat, ventilation, air conditioning, chilled and condenser water, water, sewer and other utilities, together with any taxes and surcharges on, and fees paid in connection with the calculation and billing of such utilities furnished to or used in the operation of the Building; (iv) the cost of painting and/or decorating all areas of the Real Property, excluding, however, any space contained therein which is demised or to be demised to tenant(s); (v) the cost of casualty, liability, fidelity, rent and all other insurance regarding the Real Property and/or any property on, below or above the Real Property, and the repair, replacement, maintenance, operation and/or security thereof; (vi) the cost of all supplies, tools, materials and equipment, whether by purchase or rental, used in the repair, replacement, maintenance, operation and/or security of the Real Property, and any sales and other taxes thereon; (vii) the fair market rental value of the Landlord’s Building office utilized by the personnel of either Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates, in connection

 

17



 

with the repair, replacement, maintenance, operation and/or security thereof, and all Building office expenses, such as telephone, utility, stationery and similar expenses incurred in connection therewith; (viii) the cost of cleaning, janitorial and security services, including, without limitation, glass cleaning, snow and ice removal and garbage and waste collection and/or disposal; (ix) the cost of all interior and exterior landscaping and all temporary exhibitions located at or within the Real Property; (x) the cost of alterations and improvements made or installed after the expiration of the Base Operating Year by reason of the laws and requirements of any public authorities or the requirements of insurance bodies and all tools and equipment related thereto; (xi) the cost of all other alterations, repairs, replacements and/or improvements made or installed after the expiration of the Base Operating Year by Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates, at their respective expense, whether structural or non-structural, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, and whether or not required by this Lease, and all tools and equipment related thereto; provided , however , that if under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, any of the costs referred to in clause (x) or this clause (xi) are required to be capitalized, then such capitalized costs (and, at Landlord’s option, any other costs included in Operating Expenses), together with interest thereon at the Base Rate (as defined in subsection 35.05(j) hereof) in effect as of December 31 of the year in which such expenditure is made, shall be amortized or depreciated, as the case may be, over the useful life of the item in question, as reasonably determined by Landlord; provided, however that with respect to any capital improvement and/or any machinery or equipment which is made or becomes operational, as the case may be, after the Base Operating Year, and which has the effect of reducing the expenses which otherwise would be included in Operating Expenses, the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Operating Year until such improvement and/or machinery or equipment has been fully amortized or depreciated, as the case may be, shall be an amount which is the greater of: (X) the amortization or depreciation, as the case may be, of such capital improvement and/or machinery or equipment, which would have been included in Operating Expenses pursuant to the foregoing provisions; or (Y) the amount of savings, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, resulting from the installation and operation of such improvement and/or machinery or equipment; (xii) an annual management fee not to exceed 3% of rents and additional rents collected from those tenants of the Building which are leasing space therein (it being understood and agreed that a management fee of 3% shall be included in the Base Operating Year), provided , however , that if Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord is the managing agent of the Building then the annual management fee shall be equal to 3% percent of rents and additional rents collected from those tenants of the Building which are leasing space therein; (xiii) intentionally omitted; (xiv) all reasonable costs and expenses of legal, bookkeeping, accounting and other professional services incurred in connection with the operation, and management of the Real Property except as hereinafter excluded; (xv) fees, dues and other contributions paid by or on behalf of Landlord or Landlord’s affiliates to civic or other real estate organizations provided same do not exceed the level customarily paid by owners of first-class office buildings in Downtown Manhattan comparable to the Building; and (xvi) all other fees, costs, charges and expenses properly allocable to the repair, replacement,

 

18



 

maintenance, operation and/or security of the Real Property, in accordance with then prevailing customs and practices of the real estate industry in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York.

 

The term “ Operating Expenses ”, as used and defined under this subsection (d), shall not, however, include the following items: (1) depreciation and amortization (except as provided above in this subsection); (2) interest on and amortization of debts (and costs and charges incurred in connection with such financings); (3) the cost of tenant improvements made for tenant(s) of the Building or allowances in lieu thereof; (4) finders fees and brokerage commissions; (5) financing or refinancing costs; (6) the cost of any work or services performed for any tenant(s) of the Building (including Tenant), to the extent that such work or services are in excess of the work or services which Landlord is required to furnish Tenant under this Lease, at the expense of Landlord; (7) the cost of any electricity consumed in the Premises or any other space in the Building demised to tenant(s); (8) Taxes; (9) salaries and fringe benefits for officers, employees and executives above the grade of Building Manager; (10) amounts received by Landlord through the proceeds of insurance or condemnation or from a tenant (other than pursuant to an escalation provision similar to this Article 3) or otherwise to the extent such amounts are compensation for sums previously included in Operating Expenses for such Operating Year or any prior Operating Year; (11) costs of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire or other casualty or condemnation except that in connection therewith any amount equal to the deductibles under Landlord’s insurance policies (or in the event Landlord shall not carry insurance, an amount of deductibles customarily carried by landlords of first-class office buildings comparable to the Building) may be included within Operating Expenses; (12) advertising and promotional expenditures and any other similar expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the leasing of vacant space in the Building; (13) legal, accounting and other professional fees incurred in connection with (i) negotiations or disputes by Landlord, its affiliates or partners with lenders, superior lessors or tenants, or the filing of a petition in bankruptcy by or against Landlord or its affiliates; (14) any expenditure paid to any corporation or entity related to or affiliated with Landlord or the principals of Landlord to the extent such expenditure exceeds the amount which would be paid in the absence of such relationship; (15) the cost of any service furnished to tenants of the Building (including Tenant) to the extent that such cost is separately reimbursed to Landlord (other than through the Operating Payments or comparable payments pursuant to escalation-type provisions similar to the provisions of this Article 3); (16) cost of works of art of the quality and nature of “fine art” rather than decorative art work customarily found in first-class downtown Manhattan office buildings which are similar to the Building; (17) legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s breach of another tenant’s lease in the Building; (18) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions, including any taxes and compensation paid to any parking facility operator; (19) costs of operating and maintaining any retail portions of the Building; (20) costs of alterations made to cure conditions existing on the date of this Lease, which conditions constitute a violation of any Legal Requirements currently in effect and applicable to the Building,

 

19



 

provided, however, that costs to comply with any reinterpretation, amendment or modification of such Legal Requirements or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder which are enacted after the date of this Lease shall be included in Operating Expenses; (21) lease takeover costs and relocation costs incurred by Landlord in connection with leases in the Building; (22) costs incurred for the repair and restoration of the Building the need for which results from a condemnation; (23)  the cost of any separate electrical or other utility meter installed for (and serving exclusively) any leasable area; (24) costs relating to withdrawal liability or unfunded pension liability under the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Act or similar law; (25) the cost of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty facility, such as an observatory, lodging, broadcasting facility, luncheon club, athletic or recreational club, child care facility, auditorium, cafeteria or dining facility, (provided, however, that Operating Expenses shall include costs incurred in connection with common areas of the Real Property that serve both any such specialty facility and other parts of the Building to the extent the same are otherwise includable in Operating Expenses); (26) any interest, fine or penalties resulting from a late payment of any item of Operating Expenses, Taxes or other costs and expenses related to the ownership and operation of the Building (except to the extent that such late payment is directly attributable to a late payment by Tenant of the Fixed Rent or Additional Charges payable hereunder); (27) costs incurred in the removal, encapsulation or other treatment of asbestos or other Hazardous Materials defined as Hazardous Materials on the date hereof under applicable Legal Requirements (except as otherwise reimbursable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease); but excepting the costs of normal and customary testing and monitoring; (28) Landlord’s general overhead not related to the Building; (29) the cost of correcting structural defects in the initial construction of the Building, except that resulting from ordinary wear and tear and costs related to latent defects in the core and shell of the Building which latent defects are related to the initial construction of the Building; (30) any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debt loss or rent loss for the Building; (31) legal, accounting and other professional fees incurred in connection with any judgment, settlement or arbitration award resulting from any liability of Landlord; provided, however, any portion of such fees which by its nature would be deemed an Operating Expense pursuant to this Section 3.01(g), irrespective of liability, shall, notwithstanding the foregoing, be included as an Operating Expense; (32) any expenses for repairs or maintenance otherwise includable in Operating Expenses, to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed for such costs through warranties; (33) costs incurred by Landlord which result from Landlord’s tortuous or negligent conduct; (34) any cost to correct, or resulting from, any misrepresentation by Landlord on the date hereof; (35) to the extent any facilities, services or utilities used in connection with the Building are provided to or from another building or project owned or operated by Landlord of an affiliate of Landlord, the costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be allocated to Operating Expenses on a reasonably equitable basis; (36) any cost for travel, entertainment, donations, automobile allowances, charitable contributions or political donations; (37) contributions to reserves for Operating Expenses; (38) to the extent any costs includable in Operating Expenses are incurred with respect to both the Building and other properties (including labor costs of

 

20


 

Landlord’s personnel who provide services to both the Building and other properties), there shall be excluded from Operating Expenses a fair and reasonable percentage thereof which is properly allocable to such other properties; (39) increases in insurance premiums to the extent such increases are reimbursable by Tenant or another tenant of the Building; (40) costs of signs in or about the Building identifying Landlord or other tenants of the Building; (41) any rentals due and payable by Landlord under any Superior Lease affecting the Land and/or Building; (42) costs of reserves for Operating Expenses, (43) costs related to special events held in the Building by Landlord to promote the Building or any space in the Building; and (44) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any construction to expand the rentable area of the Building.

 

No item of expense shall be counted more than once either as an inclusion in or an exclusion from Operating Expenses, and any expense which should be allocated, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, between the Land and the Building, on the one hand, and any other property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord, on the other hand, shall be properly allocated in accordance therewith.

 

(f)                          Operating Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which occurs any part of the term of this Lease following the end of the Base Operating Year.

 

(g)                         Real Property ” shall mean, collectively, the Building (together with all personal property located therein and all fixtures, facilities, machinery and equipment used in the operation thereof, including, but not limited to, all cables, fans, pumps, boilers, heating and cooling equipment, wiring and electrical fixtures and metering, control and distribution equipment, component parts of the HVAC, electrical, plumbing, elevator and any life or property protection systems (including, without limitation, sprinkler systems), window washing equipment and snow removal equipment), the Land, any property beneath the Land, the curbs, sidewalks and plazas on and/or immediately adjoining the Land, and all easements, air rights, development rights and other appurtenances to the Building or the Land or both the Land and the Building.

 

(h)                        Taxes ” shall mean (subject to the terms and conditions of Article 36 hereof) (A) the real estate taxes, vault taxes, assessments and special assessments, and business improvement district or similar charges levied, assessed or imposed upon or with respect to the Real Property, by any federal, state, municipal or other governments or governmental bodies or authorities, and (B) all taxes assessed or imposed with respect to the rentals payable hereunder other than general income and gross receipts taxes and (C) except with respect to those expenses incurred in the years comprising the Base Tax Amount and any years occurring prior to the Base Tax Amount (but only for purposes of calculating such Base Tax Amount and not if any of such years also are Tax Years), all expenses of Landlord actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the review or contest of Taxes or the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property.  If at any time during the term of this Lease the methods of taxation prevailing on the date hereof shall be altered so that in lieu of, or as an addition to or as a substitute for, the whole or any part of such

 

21



 

real estate taxes, assessments and special assessments now imposed on real estate, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (x) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition, license fee or charge wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise on the rents received therefrom, or (y) any other such additional or substitute tax, assessment, levy, imposition, fee or charge, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions, fees or charges or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be included within the term “Taxes” for the purposes hereof, provided, in such instance, Taxes shall be calculated as if the Building was the sole asset owned by Landlord.  The term “ Taxes ” shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, exclude any net income, franchise or “value added” tax, inheritance tax or estate tax imposed or constituting a lien upon Landlord or all or any part of the Land or Building, except to the extent that any of the foregoing are hereafter assessed against owners or lessors of real property in their capacity as such (as opposed to any such taxes which are of general applicability).  Taxes shall be calculated without taking into account any abatement, deferral or exemption program received by Landlord or the Building, including, without limitation, any ICIP or ICAP abatement.

 

(i)                            Tax Year ” shall mean each period of twelve (12) months, commencing on January 1, 2013 and each subsequent period of twelve (12) months occurring thereafter during the term of this Lease.

 

(j)                           Tenant’s Share ” shall mean 5.79%.

 

(k)                        Tenant’s Tax Share ” shall mean 5.721%.

 

3.02.                                (a)                        If Taxes payable for any Tax Year, any part of which shall occur during the term of this Lease, shall exceed the Base Tax Amount, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Charges for such Tax Year an amount (herein called the “ Tax Payment ”) equal to Tenant’s Tax Share of the amount by which the Taxes for such Tax Year are greater than the Base Tax Amount.  The Tax Payment for each Tax Year shall be due and payable in installments in the same manner that Taxes for such Tax Year are due and payable by Landlord to the City of New York.  Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Tax Share of each such installment within thirty (30) days after the rendering of a statement therefor by Landlord to Tenant (which statement shall be accompanied by a copy of the relevant tax bill from the governing authority for such Tax Year in question), which statement may be rendered by Landlord so as to require Tenant’s Tax Share of Taxes to be paid by Tenant thirty (30) days prior to the date such Taxes first become due.  The statement to be rendered by Landlord shall set forth in reasonable detail the computation of Tenant’s Tax Share of the particular installment(s) being billed (and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of the tax bill from the taxing authorities relevant to the computation of Tenant’s Tax Payment as well as any other supporting documentation (to the extent same has been provided by such taxing authorities to Landlord) that Tenant may reasonably request).  If there shall be any increase in the Taxes for any Tax Year, whether during or after such Tax Year, or if there shall be any decrease in the Taxes for any Tax Year, the Tax Payment for such Tax Year shall be appropriately adjusted and

 

22



 

paid or refunded, as the case may be, in accordance herewith; in no event, however, shall Landlord be responsible to make any payment to Tenant if Taxes for a Tax Year are reduced below the Base Tax Amount.  If during the term of this Lease, Taxes are required to be paid (either to the appropriate taxing authorities or as tax escrow payments to a superior mortgagee) in full or in monthly, quarterly, or other installments, on any other date or dates than as presently required, then at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s Tax Payments shall be correspondingly accelerated or revised so that said Tenant’s Tax Payments are due at least thirty (30) days prior to the date payments are due to the taxing authorities or such superior mortgagee.  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, no Tax Payment from Tenant shall be due and payable until May 1, 2013 (and then only in a pro-rated amount for the portion of the Tax Year occurring on and after May 1, 2013).

 

(b)                        If Landlord shall receive a refund of Taxes for any Tax Year, Landlord shall either pay to Tenant, or credit against subsequent Fixed Rent and Additional Charges under this Lease, Tenant’s Tax Share of the net refund (after deducting from such total refund the actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, appraisal, accounting and reasonable legal fees of obtaining the same, to the extent that such costs and expenses were not theretofore charged to or collected from Tenant for such Tax Year) and Landlord shall notify Tenant of the amount of such credit if Landlord elects to permit Tenant such credit; provided , however , such payment or credit to Tenant shall in no event exceed Tenant’s Tax Payment paid for such Tax Year and provided that Landlord’s obligation to provide such credit to Tenant shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord receives any refund or abatement of Taxes pursuant to the Lower Manhattan Plan (as such term is defined in Section 36.01(a)(i) hereof), (i) Tenant shall not be entitled to any payment or credit under this Lease in connection with such refund or abatement except as set forth in Article 36 hereof and (ii) for purposes of computing Tenant’s Tax Payment, there shall not be deducted from Taxes all or any portion of such refund or abatement.

 

(c)                                   Landlord shall, with respect to each Tax Year, initiate and pursue in good faith an application or proceeding seeking a reduction in Taxes or the assessed valuation of the Building; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to initiate or pursue any such application or proceeding for any such Tax Year if Landlord obtains with respect to such Tax Year a letter from a recognized certiorari attorney or consultant (which, at Landlord’s election, may be an attorney or consultant then used or previously used by Landlord with respect to Taxes at the Building) that in such person’s opinion (assuming that the Building was the only Building owned by Landlord or its Affiliates), it would not be advisable or productive to bring such application or proceeding.  Tenant, for itself and its immediate and remote subtenants and successors in interest hereunder, hereby waives, to the extent permitted by law, any right Tenant may now or in the future have to protest or contest any Taxes or to bring any application or proceeding seeking a reduction in Taxes or assessed valuation or otherwise challenging

 

23



 

the determination thereof.  Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a copy of any such attorney’s or consultant’s opinion upon Tenant’s request therefor.

 

(d)                        The benefit of any discount for the early payment or prepayment of Taxes shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord and such discount shall not be subtracted from Taxes.

 

(e)                         In respect of any Tax Year which begins prior to the Commencement Date or terminates after the Expiration Date, the Tax Payment in respect of each such Tax Year or tax refund pursuant to subdivision (b) above therefor shall be prorated to correspond to that portion of such Tax Year occurring within the term of this Lease.

 

(f)                          If the Taxes comprising the Base Tax Amount are reduced as a result of an appropriate proceeding or otherwise, the Taxes as so reduced shall, for all purposes be deemed to be the Taxes for the Base Tax Amount and Landlord shall give notice to Tenant of the amount by which the Tax Payments previously made were less than the Tax Payments required to be made under this Article 3, and Tenant shall pay the amount of the deficiency within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor.

 

3.03.                                (a)                        For each Operating Year, subsequent to the Base Operating Year, any part of which shall occur during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay an amount (herein called “ Operating Payment ”) equal to the sum of Tenant’s Share of the amount by which the Operating Expenses for such Operating Year exceed the Operating Expenses for the Base Operating Year.

 

(b)                        If during the Base Operating Year or any Operating Year (i) any rentable space in the Building shall be vacant or unoccupied, and/or (ii) the tenant or occupant of any space in the Building undertook to perform work or services therein in lieu of having Landlord (or Landlord’s affiliates) perform the same and the cost thereof would have been included in Operating Expenses, then, in any such event(s), the Operating Expenses for such period shall be reasonably adjusted to reflect the Operating Expenses that would have been incurred if such space had been occupied or if Landlord (or Landlord’s affiliates) had performed such work or services, as the case may be.

 

(c)                         Landlord may furnish to Tenant, prior to the commencement of each Operating Year a written statement setting forth in reasonable detail Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Operating Payment for such Operating Year; it being understood and agreed that such reasonable estimate shall be provided by Landlord, acting in good faith, in conformance with Landlord’s prior practice in the Building (as of the date hereof) in providing such estimates.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during the Operating Year in which the Operating Payment will be due, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Operating Payment for such Operating Year.  If, however, Landlord shall not furnish any such estimate for an Operating Year or if Landlord shall furnish any such estimate for an

 

24



 

Operating Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (i) until the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Article 3 in respect of the last month of the preceding Operating Year; (ii) after such estimate is furnished to Tenant, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of the Operating Payment previously made for such Operating Year were greater or less than the installments of the Operating Payment to be made for the Operating Year in which the Operating Payment will be due in accordance with such estimate, and (A) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, or (B) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall within thirty (30) days of such notice refund to Tenant the amount thereof; and (iii) on the first day of the month following the month in which such estimate is furnished to Tenant and monthly thereafter throughout the remainder of such Operating Year Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Operating Payment shown on such estimate.  Landlord may, during each Operating Year, furnish to Tenant a revised statement of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Operating Payment for such Operating Year, and in such case, the Operating Payment for such Operating Year shall be adjusted and paid or refunded or credited as the case may be, substantially in the same manner as provided in the preceding sentence.  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, no Operating Payment from Tenant shall be due and payable until May 1, 2013 (and then only in a pro-rated amount for the portion of the Operating Year occurring on and after May 1, 2013).

 

(d)                        Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Landlord’s Statement for each Operating Year (and shall endeavor to do so within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each Operating Year).  Such statement shall set forth in reasonable detail the Operating Expenses for such Operating Year.  If the Landlord’s Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant, if any, under subsection 3.03(c) exceeded the Operating Payment to be paid by Tenant for the Operating Year for which such Landlord’s Statement is furnished, Landlord shall refund to Tenant the amount of such excess; and if the Landlord’s Statement for such Operating Year shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than the Operating Payment to be paid by Tenant for such Operating Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within ten (10) days after demand therefor.

 

(e)                         (i)                                      Tenant, upon reasonable notice given within one hundred (180) days of the receipt of such Landlord’s Statement, may elect to have Tenant’s designated (in such notice) Certified Public Accountant examine such of Landlord’s books and records (collectively “ Records ”) as are directly relevant to the Landlord’s Statement in question, together with reasonable supporting data therefore; it being understood and agreed that Tenant need not audit the Base Operating Year until Tenant first audits an Operating Year, provided such audit of the Base Operating Year occurs no later than two (2) years following the expiration of the Base Operating Year.  In making such examination, Tenant agrees, and shall cause its designated Certified Public

 

25



 

Accountant to agree, to keep confidential (i) any and all information contained in such Records and (ii) the circumstances and details pertaining to such examination and any dispute or settlement between Landlord and Tenant arising out of such examination, except as may be required (A) by applicable Legal Requirements or (B) by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator or in connection with any action or proceeding before a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator, or (C) to Tenant’s attorneys, accountants and other professionals in connection with any dispute between Landlord and Tenant; and Tenant will confirm and cause its Certified Public Accountant to confirm such agreement in a separate written agreement, if requested by Landlord.  If Tenant shall not give such notice within such 180-day period, then the Landlord’s Statement as furnished by Landlord shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant.  Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, have the right to obtain copies and/or make abstracts of the Records as it may request in connection with its verification of any such Operating Statement, subject to the foregoing confidentiality provisions.  For purposes of this Lease, a “ Certified Public Accountant ” shall mean (x) a reputable accounting firm of at least ten (10) partners, principals or members who are certified public accountants, (y) a reputable and recognized real estate auditing firm (provided the supervising auditors of such firm are certified public accountants) or (z) an employee of Tenant.  The Certified Public Accountant shall not be retained by Tenant on a contingency fee basis.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that Tenant, after having reasonable opportunity to examine the Records (but in no event more than ninety (90) days from the date on which the Records are made available to Tenant), shall disagree with the Landlord’s Statement, then Tenant may send a written notice (“ Tenant’s Statement ”) to Landlord of such disagreement (and if Tenant shall not give such Tenant’s Statement within such ninety (90) day period, then the Landlord’s Statement as furnished by Landlord shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant) specifying in reasonable detail the basis for Tenant’s disagreement and the amount of the Operating Payment Tenant claims is due.  Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to adjust such disagreement.  If they are unable to do so within thirty (30) days, Landlord and Tenant shall jointly designate a Certified Public Accountant (the “ Arbiter ”) whose determination made in accordance with this subsection 3.03(e)(ii) shall be binding upon the parties.  If the determination of Arbiter shall substantially confirm the determination of Landlord, then Tenant shall pay the cost of the Arbiter.  If the Arbiter shall substantially confirm the determination of Tenant, then Landlord shall pay the cost of the Arbiter.  In all other events, the cost of the Arbiter shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant.  The Arbiter shall be a member of an independent certified public accounting firm having at least three (3) accounting professionals and having at least five (5) years of experience in commercial real estate accounting.  In the event that Landlord and Tenant shall be unable to agree upon the designation of the Arbiter within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice from the other party requesting agreement as to the designation of the Arbiter, which notice shall contain the names and addresses of two or more Certified Public Accountants who are acceptable to the party sending such notice (any one of whom, if acceptable to the party receiving such notice as shall be evidenced by notice given by the receiving party to the other party

 

26



 

within such thirty (30) day period, shall be the agreed upon Arbiter), then either party shall have the right to request the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) (or any organization which is the successor thereto) to designate as the Arbiter a Certified Public Accountant whose determination made in accordance with this subsection 3.03(e)(ii) shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties, and the cost charged by the AAA (or any organization which is the successor thereto), for designating such Arbiter, shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that any determination made by an Arbiter designated pursuant to this subsection 3.03(e)(ii) shall not exceed the amount(s) as determined to be due in the first instance by Landlord’s Statement, nor shall such determination be less than the amount(s) claimed to be due by Tenant in Tenant’s Statement, and that any determination which does not comply with the foregoing shall be null and void and not binding on the parties.  In rendering such determination such Arbiter shall not add to, subtract from or otherwise modify the provisions of this Lease, including the immediately preceding sentence.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, Tenant, pending the resolution of any contest pursuant to the terms hereof, shall continue to pay all sums as determined to be due in the first instance by such Landlord’s Statement and upon the resolution of such contest, suitable adjustment shall be made in accordance therewith with appropriate refund to be made by Landlord to Tenant (or credit allowed Tenant against Fixed Rent and Additional Charges becoming due) if required thereby.  (The term “ substantially ” as used herein, shall mean a variance of three percent (3%) or more).

 

3.04.                                (a)                        In any case provided in this Article 3 in which Tenant is entitled to a refund, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s election, in lieu of paying such refund, credit against the next due installments of Fixed Rent and Additional Charges any amounts to which Tenant shall be entitled.  Nothing in this Article 3 shall be construed so as to result in a decrease in the Fixed Rent hereunder.  If this Lease shall expire before any such credit shall have been fully applied, then (provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and grace periods) Landlord shall refund to Tenant the unapplied balance of such credit.

 

(b)                        Subject to the last sentence of Section 3.05 hereof, the expiration or termination of this Lease during any Tax Year or Operating Year (for any part or all of which there is a Tax Payment or Operating Payment under this Article 3) shall not affect the rights or obligations of the parties hereto respecting such payment and any Landlord’s Statement or tax bill, as the case may be, relating to such payment may be sent to Tenant subsequent to, and all such rights and obligations shall survive, any such expiration or termination.  Any payments due under such Landlord’s Statement or tax bill, as the case may be, shall be payable within thirty (30) days after such statement or bill is sent to Tenant.

 

3.05.                                Landlord’s failure to render or delay in rendering a Landlord’s Statement with respect to any Operating Year or any component of the Operating Payment shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a Landlord’s Statement with respect to any

 

27



 

such Operating Year or any such component, nor shall the rendering of a Landlord’s Statement for any Operating Year prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a corrected Landlord’s Statement for such Operating Year for such Operating Year provided such statement is rendered within two (2) years following the expiration of such Operating Year.  Landlord’s failure to render or delay in rendering a bill with respect to any installment of Taxes shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render such a bill for such installment, nor shall the rendering of a bill for any installment prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a corrected bill for such installment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event Landlord fails to give a Landlord’s Statement for Operating Expenses or a bill for Taxes to Tenant for any Tax Year or Operating Year, as the case may be, on or before the date which is two (2) years after the Expiration Date (or two (2) years following the final determination of Taxes for an applicable Tax Year, whichever is later), then Landlord shall be deemed to have waived the payment of any then unpaid Additional Charges which would have been due pursuant to said Landlord’s Statement or bill for Taxes, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Intentionally Omitted

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Subordination, Notice to Superior Lessors and Mortgagees

 

5.01.                                Subject to the terms of any Nondisturbance Agreement, this lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate to all ground leases, overriding leases and underlying leases of the Land and/or the Building and/or that portion of the Building of which the Premises are a part, now or hereafter existing and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Land and/or the Building and/or that portion of the Building of which the Premises are a part and/or any of such leases, whether or not such mortgages shall also cover other lands and/or buildings and/or leases, to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such leases and such mortgages and spreaders and consolidations of such mortgages.  This Section 5.01 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of Section 5.04 below.  Subject to Section 5.04 below, in confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any instrument that Landlord, the lessor under any such lease or the holder of any such mortgage or any of their respective successors in interest may reasonably request to evidence such subordination.  Any lease to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate is herein called “ Superior Lease ” and the lessor of a Superior Lease or its successor in interest, at the time referred to, is herein called “ Superior Lessor ”; and any mortgage to which this Lease is, at the time referred to,

 

28



 

subject and subordinate is herein called “ Superior Mortgage ” and the holder of a Superior Mortgage is herein called “ Superior Mortgagee .”

 

5.02.                                Subject to the terms and conditions of any Nondisturbance Agreement, if any act or omission of Landlord would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this Lease, or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise such right (a) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to Landlord and each Superior Mortgagee and each Superior Lessor whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant (which notice may be simultaneously given with notice to Landlord), and (b) until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice and following the time when such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall have become entitled under such Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease, as the case may be, to remedy the same (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy), provided such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall with due diligence give Tenant notice of intention to, and commence and continue to, remedy such act or omission.

 

5.03.                                Intentionally omitted.

 

5.04.                                Tenant hereby acknowledges receipt of a fully-executed counterpart of an instrument (herein called a “ Nondisturbance Agreement ”) with respect to the existing Superior Mortgage in the form of Exhibit I annexed hereto (with such changes thereto as may have been accepted by Tenant prior to execution thereof).  Landlord shall cause each future Superior Mortgagee, as a condition precedent to the subordination of this Lease to the Superior Mortgage of such Superior Mortgagee, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment Agreement on such Superior Mortgagee’s then-standard form, provided same has the same substantive protections granted to Tenant in the Nondisturbance Agreement (as and to the extent still applicable) (a “ Future SNDA ”).  Tenant agrees to execute a Future SNDA in the then-standard form of Future SNDA of any future Superior Mortgagee.  From and after the date on which the holder of a future Superior Mortgage delivers to Tenant a Future SNDA, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of the applicable Superior Mortgage upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in such Future SNDA without respect to whether or when Tenant executes and delivers such Nondisturbance Agreement in recordable form. If Tenant shall fail to execute, acknowledge and return any such Future SNDA within fifteen (15) Business Days following presentation thereof to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to send to Tenant a follow-up notice (herein called the “ SNDA Follow-up ”) and, if Tenant shall fail to execute, acknowledge and return any such Future SNDA within ten (10) Business Days after the giving of the SNDA Follow-up, then (i) Tenant shall be deemed to accept the subordination of this Lease to such future Superior Mortgage, which subordination shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Future SNDA (as if Tenant had executed same) and (ii) this Lease shall be subordinate to such future

 

29



 

Superior Mortgages.  Any Future SNDA may also contain other terms and conditions that are reasonably required by the Superior Mortgagee, or the Superior Lessor, as the case may be, that do not (i) increase Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease, (ii) adversely affect or diminish Tenant’s rights under this Lease (except in either case to a de minimis extent), but which do not adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease in more than a de minimis amount or (iii) increase Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease (except to a de minimis extent), but which do not adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Quiet Enjoyment

 

6.01.                                Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises without hindrance, ejection or molestation by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of this Lease and to Superior Leases and Superior Mortgages.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Assignment, Subletting and Mortgaging

 

7.01.                                Tenant shall not, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, or by operation of law or otherwise (a) assign in whole or in part or otherwise transfer in whole or in part this Lease or the term and estate hereby granted, or advertise to do so, (b) sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or offer or advertise to do so, or allow the same to be used, occupied or utilized by anyone other than Tenant and Tenant’s Affiliates (said term being defined in Section 7.02 hereof), (c) mortgage, pledge, encumber or otherwise hypothecate this Lease or the Premises or any part thereof in any manner whatsoever or (d) permit the Premises or any part thereof to be occupied, or used for desk space, mailing privileges or otherwise, by any person other than Tenant, without in each instance obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Article 7.

 

7.02.                                If Tenant (or any subtenant) is a corporation, the provisions of subdivision (a) of Section 7.01 shall apply to a transfer (however accomplished, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions) of stock (or any other mechanism such as, by way of example, the issuance of additional stock, a stock voting agreement or change in class(es) of stock) which results in a change of control of Tenant (or such subtenant) as if such transfer of stock (or other mechanism) which results in a change of control of Tenant (or such subtenant) were an assignment of this Lease except that the transfer of the outstanding capital stock of Tenant or any subtenant by persons or parties through the “over the counter market” or through any recognized stock

 

30


exchange, (other than those deemed “insiders” within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) shall not be deemed an assignment of this Lease, and if Tenant (or such subtenant) is a partnership or joint venture or limited liability company (herein called a “ LLC ”), said provisions shall apply with respect to a transfer (by one or more transfers) of an interest in the distributions of profits and losses of such partnership, joint venture or LLC (or other mechanism, such as, by way of example, the creation of additional general partnership or limited partnership interests) which results in a change of control of such partnership, joint venture or LLC, as if such transfer of an interest in the distributions of profits and losses of such partnership, joint venture or LLC which results in a change of control of such partnership, joint venture or LLC were an assignment of this Lease; but, notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 7.01 above shall not apply to transactions with (A) a legal entity into or with which Tenant (or any permitted subtenant of Tenant) is merged or consolidated or (B) a legal entity to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred (such legal entity under clause (A) or this clause (B) being referred to as “ Tenant’s Successor ”) or (C) any legal entity (hereinafter collectively called “ Tenant’s Affiliates ”) which controls or is controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant, provided that in any of such events (i) the successor to Tenant or transferee is a reputable entity of good character and has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the greater of (1) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, or (2) the net worth of the Tenant herein named on the date of this Lease, (ii) proof satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth shall have been delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days (or such lesser time if required by applicable Legal Requirements) prior to the effective date of any such transaction, (iii) a duplicate original instrument of assignment in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, duly executed by Tenant, shall have been delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days (or such lesser time if required by applicable Legal Requirements) prior to the effective date of any such transaction, (iv) an instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, duly executed by the assignee, in which such assignee assumes (as of the Commencement Date) observance and performance of, and agrees to be personally bound by, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed and observed shall have been delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days (or such lesser time if required by applicable Legal Requirements) prior to the effective date of any such transaction, and (v) such merger, consolidation or transfer shall not principally be for the purpose of transferring this Lease.  For purposes of this Section 7.02, the term “ control ” shall mean, in the case of a legal entity, ownership or voting control, directly or indirectly, of at least 25% of all of the equity interests, provided that such ownership or voting control also provides that same results in the power to control the day-to-day management of said entity.  Furthermore, the provisions of Section 7.01 shall not be deemed to prohibit the simultaneous occupancy of the Premises by, or a subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to, a Tenant’s Affiliate, provided , however that (i) Landlord shall be given not written notice of any such sublease or occupancy arrangement accompanied by reasonable evidence of such affiliate relationship no later than ten (10) days following the

 

31



 

effectiveness of any such sublease or occupancy arrangement, and (ii) the cessation of such affiliate relationship while such sublease or occupancy is continuing shall be deemed a transaction to which all of the terms of this Article 7 shall apply.

 

7.03.          If this Lease be assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee.  If the Premises or any part thereof are sublet or used or occupied by anybody other than Tenant or Tenant’s Affiliates, whether or not in violation of this Lease, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, and expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant.  In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected to the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of Section 7.01, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.  The consent by Landlord to a particular assignment, mortgaging, subletting or use or occupancy by others shall not in any way be considered a consent by Landlord to any other or further assignment, mortgaging or subletting or use or occupancy by others not expressly permitted by this Article 7.  References in this Lease to use or occupancy by others (that is, anyone other than Tenant) shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but shall also include licensees and others claiming under or through Tenant, immediately or remotely.

 

7.04.          Any assignment or transfer, whether made with Landlord’s consent pursuant to Sections 7.01 or 7.11 hereof or without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof, shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until (provided, however, an assignment or transfer made without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof may be deemed effective prior to Landlord receiving an agreement described below if such agreement cannot be provided to Landlord prior to the effectiveness thereof due to confidentiality issues or due to Legal Requirements, so long as such agreement is promptly provided to Landlord following the effective date of such assignment or transfer), the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee shall assume the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and whereby the assignee shall agree that the provisions in Section 7.01 shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers.  The original named Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Charges by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, the original named Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges and for the performance and observance of other obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed; provided, however, the original named Tenant shall not be liable for any additional space leased by such assignee or any additional term of this Lease, except for any such additional space or additional term

 

32



 

expressly set forth in this Lease or that is contemplated under this Lease (whether or not the exercise of same is made pursuant to the express terms hereof).

 

7.05.          The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest of Tenant and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations of, this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of this Lease.

 

7.06.          The listing of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on the doors of the Premises or the Building directory, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor shall it be deemed to be the consent of Landlord to any assignment or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others.

 

7.07.          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 7, if Tenant shall at any time or times during the term of this Lease desire to assign this Lease or sublet all or part of the Premises (except in connection with an assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 7.02 above), Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord (a “ Marketing Notice ”), which Marketing Notice shall set forth (i) in the case of a proposed subletting, the area proposed to be sublet, and, in the case of a proposed assignment such notice shall set forth Tenant’s intention to assign this Lease, (ii) the term of the proposed subletting including the proposed dates of the commencement and the expiration of the term of the proposed sublease or the effective date of the proposed assignment, as the case may be, and (iii) the rents, work contributions, and all other material provisions that are proposed to be included in the transaction, and (iv) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request.  Except for any assignment or sublease to Tenant’s Successor or Tenant’s Affiliate (as such terms are defined in Section 7.02 hereof) which are made pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof and do not require Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof, such Marketing Notice shall be deemed an irrevocable offer from Tenant to Landlord whereby Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) may, at its option, (i) sublease such space from Tenant upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (if the proposed transaction is a sublease of all or part of the Premises for less than all or substantially all of the term of this Lease) or (ii) in the case of an assignment, have this Lease assigned to it or its designee or terminate this Lease or (iii) in the case of a sublease of all or a sublease of a portion of the Premises which is for all or substantially all of the term of this Lease, terminate this Lease with respect to the space covered by the proposed sublease.  Said option may be exercised by Landlord by notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after such Marketing Notice has been given by Tenant to Landlord and Landlord shall have received all other information required to be furnished to Landlord by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 7; and during such thirty (30) day period Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet such space to any person.

 

33



 

7.08.          (a)        If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease in the case where Tenant desires either to assign this Lease or sublet all or substantially all of the Premises, then, this Lease shall end and expire on the date that such assignment or sublet was to be effective or commence, as the case may be, and the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges shall be paid and apportioned to such date; it being understood and agreed that Tenant shall not be required to remove specific Specialty Alterations in connection with such termination if Landlord has expressly elected to utilize such Specialty Alterations following such termination.

 

(b)        If Landlord exercises its option to have this Lease assigned to it (or its designee) in the case where Tenant desires either to assign this Lease or to sublet all or substantially all of the Premises, then Tenant shall assign this Lease to Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) by an assignment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  Such assignment shall be effective on the date the proposed assignment was to be effective or the date the proposed sublease was to commence, as the case may be.  Tenant shall not be entitled to consideration or payment from Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) in connection with any such assignment (including, without limitation, payment of any portion of any profits realized by Landlord or Landlord’s designee in connection with any further assignment of this Lease or any sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof).  If the Marketing Notice indicated that the Tenant’s assignee or subtenant was to receive any consideration or concessions from Tenant in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease, then Tenant shall pay such consideration and/or grant any such concessions to Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) on the date Tenant assigns this Lease to Landlord (or Landlord’s designee).

 

7.09.          If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease with respect to the space covered by Tenant’s proposed sublease in any case where Tenant desires to sublet part of the Premises, then (a) this Lease shall end and expire with respect to such part of the Premises on the date that the proposed sublease was to commence; (b) from and after such date the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges shall be adjusted, based upon the proportion that the rentable area of the Premises remaining bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; and (c) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Charges hereunder the costs incurred by Landlord in physically separating such part of the Premises from the balance of the Premises and in complying with any laws and requirements of any public authorities relating to such separation, unless the Marketing Notice indicated that Tenant was to perform such work at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

7.10.          If Landlord exercises its option to sublet the Premises or the portion(s) of the Premises which Tenant desires to sublet, such sublease to Landlord or its designee (as subtenant) shall be at the rentals set forth in the proposed sublease, and shall be for the same term as that of the proposed subletting, and:

 

34



 

(a)        The sublease shall be expressly subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease except such as are irrelevant or inapplicable, and except as otherwise expressly set forth to the contrary in this section;

 

(b)        Such sublease shall be upon the same terms and conditions as those contained in the proposed sublease, except such as are irrelevant or inapplicable and except as otherwise expressly set forth to the contrary in this section;

 

(c)        Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 7.10(f) below, such sublease shall give the subtenant the unqualified and unrestricted right to assign such sublease or any interest therein and/or to sublet the space covered by such sublease or any part or parts of such space, in each case without Tenant’s permission and without Tenant having any rights to receive additional payments in connection therewith (including, without limitation, payments of any portion of the subtenant’s profits in connection with any such assignment or sublease), and to make any and all changes, alterations, and improvements in the space covered by such sublease pursuant to the terms and conditions, if any, set forth in the Marketing Notice (and such terms and conditions shall be deemed to be a material term of the Marketing Notice);

 

(d)        Such sublease shall provide that any assignee or further subtenant of Landlord or its designee, may, at the election of Landlord, be permitted to make alterations, decorations and installations in such space or any part thereof and shall also provide in substance that any such alterations, decorations and installations in such space therein made by any assignee or subtenant of Landlord or its designee may be removed, in whole or in part, by such assignee or subtenant, at its option, prior to or upon the expiration or other termination of such sublease provided that such assignee or subtenant, at its expense, shall repair any damage and injury to such space so sublet caused by such removal and Tenant shall not, in any event, be obligated to remove any alterations, decorations and installations made by Landlord or its designee or any subtenant or assignee thereof;

 

(e)        Such sublease shall also provide that (i) the parties to such sublease expressly negate any intention that any estate created under such sublease be merged with any other estate held by either of said parties, (ii) any assignment or subletting by Landlord or its designee (as the subtenant) may be for any purpose or purposes that Landlord, in Landlord’s uncontrolled discretion, shall deem suitable or appropriate, (iii) Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall and will at all times provide and permit reasonably appropriate means of ingress to and egress from such space so sublet by Tenant to Landlord or its designee, (iv) Landlord, at Tenant’s expense (unless the Marketing Notice indicated same was to be at Landlord’s expense), may make such alterations as may be required or reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord to physically separate the subleased space from the balance of the Premises and to comply with any laws and requirements of public authorities relating to such separation, and (v) that at the expiration of the term of such sublease, Tenant will accept the space covered by such

 

35



 

sublease in its then existing condition, subject to the obligations of the subtenant to make such repairs thereto as may be necessary to preserve the premises demised by such sublease in good order and condition.  Performance by Landlord or its designee under such sublease shall be deemed performance by Tenant of a similar obligation under this Lease related to such space, and any default under any such sublease shall not give rise to a default under a similar obligation in this Lease, nor shall Tenant be liable for any default under this Lease or be deemed to be in default hereunder if such default is occasioned by or arises from any act or omission of the subtenant under such sublease or is occasioned by or arises from any act or omission of any occupant under or pursuant to any such sublease (and Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any and all costs, expenses, liabilities and damages in connection with any claim arising from any act or omission of such subtenant under such sublease, except to the extent caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct);

 

(f)        If the Premises or portion thereof sublet by Landlord from Tenant pursuant to this Article 7 shall consist of less than all of the rentable area leased by Tenant hereunder on such floor of the Building, then, if and for so long as (X) the Named Tenant then shall physically occupy the remaining portion of such floor of the Building not so sublet to Landlord, (Y) the Named Tenant is in actual occupancy of at least 88,000 rentable square feet of the Premises and (Z) Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, Landlord shall not sub-sublet such portion of the Premises to any of the following entities: (i) Bloomberg LP, (ii) Liquidnet Holdings, Inc., (iii) Instinet Incorporated, (iv) ConvergEx Group and (v) Jefferies & Company, Inc. (each a “ Competitor Entity ” and collectively, the “ Competitor Entities ”; as same is modified from time to time pursuant to the express terms and conditions below); provided, however, that the restriction contained in this sentence shall in no event apply with respect to any tenant in the Building who (1) shall have a right of first offer, expansion option or other option to lease all or any portion of the floor or floors on which the Premises are located pursuant to the terms of a lease entered into with such tenant prior to the date of the sublease from Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Article 7 and (2) is not a Competitor Entity as of the date of such tenant’s lease.  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant, from time to time and at any time (subject to the below), but no more than one (1) time in any 24-month period, and upon prior notice to Landlord (a “ Tenant Competitor Substitution Notice ”), shall be entitled to modify or amend the list of Competitor Entities with another entity whose primary (i.e., at least 50% of such entity’s revenue is generated from) business is a Competing Business (as defined below), provided in no event shall any Non-Competitor Entity ever be deemed to be a Competitor Entity and provided in no event shall there, at any one time, be more than five (5) Competitor Entities.  The above notwithstanding, no such Tenant Competitor Substitution Notice shall be deemed effective and binding upon Landlord if, prior to Tenant’s giving a Tenant Competitor Substitution Notice Landlord is then in bona fide and active negotiations with an entity named on the Tenant Competitor Substitution Notice in question.  For purposes hereof, (1) a “ Competing Business ” shall mean electronic equity or options trading in the

 

36



 

financial markets, financial execution management systems, financial order management systems, financial trading analytics or financial investment research and (2) a “ Non-Competitor Entity ” shall mean an investment bank, financial institution, banking organization, bank or similar organization that, at the time in question, has a market capitalization of not less than $3,000,000,000.00.

 

7.11.          In the event Landlord does not exercise its options pursuant to Section 7.07 to so sublet the Premises or terminate (in whole or in part) or have assigned to it or its designee this Lease and providing that Tenant is not in default of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease after the giving of notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period, Landlord’s consent (which must be in writing and in form satisfactory to Landlord but shall not increase Tenant’s obligations (other than to a de minimis extent under this Lease)) to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and shall be granted or withheld within 30 days after receipt of all required documentation in connection with such proposed assignment or sublease, provided and upon condition that:

 

(a)        Tenant shall have complied with the provisions of Section 7.07 and Landlord shall not have exercised any of its options under said Section 7.07 within the time permitted therefor and Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord a duplicate original of the sublease or assignment instrument and all other documents to be executed in connection therewith;

 

(b)        In Landlord’s reasonable judgment the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in a business and the Premises, or the relevant part thereof, will be used in a manner which (i) is in accordance with this Lease, and (ii) will not violate any negative covenant as to use contained in any other lease of space in the Building (and Landlord shall advise Tenant of any such negative covenants in writing promptly upon receipt of written notice from Tenant requesting Landlord’s consent in connection with a proposed subletting or assignment);

 

(c)        The proposed assignee or subtenant is a reputable person or entity and with sufficient financial worth considering the responsibility involved, and Landlord has been furnished with reasonable proof thereof;

 

(d)        Neither (i) the proposed assignee or subtenant nor (ii) any person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed assignee or subtenant or any person who controls the proposed assignee or subtenant, is then (X) an occupant of any part of the Building or (Y) a party who dealt (i.e., exchanged written (by electronic mail or otherwise) proposals) with Landlord or Landlord’s agent (directly or through a broker) with respect to space in the Building during the six (6) months immediately preceding Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent, provided that in the case of clause (Y) above, Landlord has (or expects to have in the subsequent 6 months) comparably-sized space available for leasing and, in the case

 

37



 

of a proposed subletting, for a term at least equal to the term of the proposed sublet by Tenant;

 

(e)        The form of the proposed sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Article 7;

 

(f)        The Premises shall not be subdivided into more than 4 separate units per full floor comprising the Premises;

 

(g)        Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs that may be incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent; and

 

(h)        Tenant shall not have (i) advertised the proposed rental rate of the Premises without prior notice to and approval by Landlord, nor shall any advertisement state the name (as distinguished from the address) of the Building or the proposed rental, (ii) publicly listed the Premises for subletting, whether through a broker, agent, representative, or otherwise at a rental rate less than the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges at which Landlord is then offering to lease other space in the Building, but nothing contained in this Article 7 shall be deemed to prohibit Tenant from listing with brokers the availability of the Premises for sublet or assignment nor require Landlord’s consent prior to such listing.

 

7.12.          (a)        In the event that in connection with Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 7.11 hereof, the proposed sublease or proposed assignment delivered to Landlord contains provisions which are “substantially different from ” (as hereinafter defined) the terms set forth in the notice delivered to Landlord pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof, then in such event, Tenant’s request for consent pursuant to Section 7.11 hereof shall be deemed to be an irrevocable offer from Tenant to Landlord as to which Landlord shall have all of the options set forth in Section 7.07 hereof.  The terms of a proposed sublet or proposed assignment shall be deemed “substantially different from” the terms set forth in the notice delivered to Landlord pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof if the economic terms of such proposed sublet or assignment on an aggregate basis differ by more than seven and one-half (7½%) percent from the terms set forth in the notice delivered to Landlord pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.

 

(b)        In the event that Landlord fails to exercise any of its options under Section 7.07 hereof, and Tenant fails to request Landlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease on the terms and conditions set forth in the notice delivered to Landlord pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof within nine (9) months from the date of Landlord’s response to such notice, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and

 

38



 

conditions of Section 7.07 hereof before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.

 

7.13.          With respect to each and every sublease or subletting authorized by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease, it is further agreed:

 

(a)        No subletting shall be for a term (including any renewal or extension options contained in the sublease) ending later than one day prior to the expiration date of this Lease.

 

(b)        No sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Premises or any part thereof, until an executed counterpart of such sublease (and all ancillary documents executed in connection with, with respect to or modifying such sublease) has been delivered to Landlord.

 

(c)        Each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and to any matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and that in the event of termination, reentry or dispossess by Landlord under this Lease Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be (i) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (ii) subject to any credit, offset, claim, counterclaim, demand or defense which such subtenant may have against Tenant, (iii) bound by any previous modification of such sublease or by any previous prepayment of more than one (1) month’s rent, (iv) bound by any covenant of Tenant to undertake or complete any construction of the Premises or any portion thereof, (v) required to account for any security deposit of the subtenant other than any security deposit actually delivered to Landlord by Tenant, (vi) bound by any obligation to make any payment to such subtenant or grant any credits, except for services, repairs, maintenance and restoration provided for under the sublease to be performed after the date of such attornment, (vii) responsible for any monies owing by Landlord to the credit of Tenant or (viii) required to remove any person occupying the Premises or any part thereof.

 

(d)        Each sublease shall provide that the subtenant may not assign its rights thereunder or further sublet the space demised under the sublease, in whole or in part, except in compliance with all of the terms of provisions of this Article 7.

 

7.14.          (a)        If Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of this Lease or to any sublease (other than an assignment or transfer made by Tenant pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof to a Tenant’s Successor or Tenant’s Affiliate for which Landlord’s consent was not required), Tenant shall in consideration therefor, pay to Landlord, as Additional Charges an amount equal to fifty (50%) percent of any Assignment Profit (hereinafter defined) or fifty (50%) percent of any Sublease Profit (hereinafter defined),

 

39



 

as the case may be, after first deducting therefrom the amount of “ Tenant’s Costs ” (as hereinafter defined).

 

(b)        For purposes of this Section 7.14, the term “ Assignment Profit ” shall mean an amount equal to all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, less, in the case of a sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated portion (determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns) of the amount, if any, by which the original cost thereof exceeded any amounts paid for or contributed by Landlord which were applied by Tenant against such original cost pursuant to the terms of this Lease).

 

(c)        For purposes of this Section 7.14, the term “ Sublease Profit ” shall mean in any year of the term of this Lease (i) any rents, additional charges or other consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges accruing during such year of the term of this Lease in respect of the subleased space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to the terms hereof, and (ii) all sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property, less, in the case of the sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated portion (determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns) of the amount, if any, by which the original cost thereof exceeded any amounts paid for or contributed by Landlord which were applied by Tenant against such original cost pursuant to the terms of this Lease), which net unamortized amount shall be deducted from the sums paid in connection with such sale in equal monthly installments over the balance of the term of the sublease (each such monthly deduction to be in an amount equal to the quotient of the net unamortized amount, divided by the number of months remaining in the term of this Lease).

 

(d)        For purposes of this Section 7.14, the term “ Tenant’s Costs ” shall mean the reasonable expenses actually incurred by Tenant in connection with the assignment and subletting in question for gains and transfer taxes, any commercially reasonable brokerage commissions, advertising or marketing expenses, attorneys’ fees, rent abatement and/or work allowance and any tenant work (including demising work, if applicable) performed by or on behalf of Tenant at Tenant’s expense in connection with such assignment or subletting based on bills, receipts or other evidence of such costs reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

(e)        The sums payable under this Section 7.14 shall be paid to Landlord as and when paid by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant.

 

7.15.          Except for any subletting by Tenant to Landlord or its designee pursuant to the provisions of this Article 7, each subletting shall be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease.  Notwithstanding

 

40


 

any such subletting to Landlord or any such subletting to any other subtenant and/or acceptance of rent or additional rent by Landlord from any subtenant,  but subject to the provisions of Section 7.10(d) and (e) hereof to the extent applicable, Tenant shall and will remain fully liable for the payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges due and to become due hereunder and for the performance of all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed and all acts and omissions of any licensee or subtenant or anyone claiming under or through any subtenant which shall be in violation of any of the obligations of this Lease, and any such violation shall be deemed to be a violation by Tenant.  Tenant further agrees that notwithstanding any such subletting, no other and further subletting of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant (except as provided in Section 7.10 hereof) shall or will be made except upon compliance with and subject to the provisions of this article.  If Landlord shall decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under Section 7.07 hereof, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord against and from any and all loss, liability, damages, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees) resulting from any claims (other than those arising out of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct) that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

 

7.16.          If Tenant is a partnership (or is comprised of two (2) or more persons, individually and/or as co-partners of a partnership) or if Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be assigned to a partnership (or to two (2) or more persons, individually and/or as co-partners of a partnership) pursuant to this article (any such partnership and such persons are referred to in this section as “Partnership Tenant”), the following provisions of this section shall apply to such Partnership Tenant:  (a) the liability of each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be joint and several, (b) each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant hereby consents in advance to, and agrees to be bound by, any written instrument which may hereafter be executed, changing, modifying or discharging this Lease, in whole or in part, or surrendering all or any part of the Premises to Landlord or renewing or extending this Lease and by any notices, demands, requests or other communications which may hereafter be given, by Partnership Tenant or by any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant, (c) any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or rendered to Partnership Tenant or to any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be deemed given or rendered to Partnership Tenant and to all such parties and shall be binding upon Partnership Tenant and all such parties, (d) if Partnership Tenant shall admit new partners, all of such new partners shall, by their admission to Partnership Tenant, be deemed to have assumed performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, (e) Partnership Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of the admission of any partner or partners, and upon demand of Landlord, shall cause each such partner to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord, wherein each such new partner shall assume performance of all

 

41



 

of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed (but neither Landlord’s failure to request any such agreement nor the failure of any such new partner to execute or deliver any such agreement to Landlord shall vitiate the provisions of subdivision(d) of this section) and (f) on each anniversary of the Commencement Date, Partnership Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a list of all partners together with their current residential addresses.

 

7.17.          Notwithstanding anything in this Article 7 to the contrary, Tenant may from time to time permit portions of the Premises to be used or occupied under so-called “desk sharing” arrangements by one or more Desk Space Users (as hereinafter defined) without the prior consent of Landlord (provided that Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such use within five (5) days after the effective date of any such arrangement); provided that (i) any such use or occupancy of desk space shall be without the installation of demising walls separating such desk space from the other portions of the Premises, (ii) at any time during the term of this Lease, the aggregate rentable square foot area then used by Desk Space Users shall not exceed ten (10%) percent of the rentable square foot area of the Premises, (iii) each Desk Space User shall use the Premises for the uses permitted pursuant to this Lease and for no other purpose, (iv) any such use by a Desk Space User of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this Section 7.17 shall not create a tenancy or any other interest in the Premises except a license revocable by Tenant at will, and such “desk sharing” arrangement shall terminate automatically without notice upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, (v) if Tenant receives any rent or other payment or consideration for the use or occupancy of any space in the Premises by any Desk Space User which is in excess of the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges allocable to such portion of the Premises (determined on a per rentable square foot basis), such “desk-sharing” arrangement shall be subject to the profit provisions of Section 7.14 of this Lease; provided, however, in no event shall any consideration received by Tenant from any such Desk Space User(s) that qualifies as ordinary and customary payment for (X) ordinary and customary office services provided by Tenant to such Desk Space Users (e.g., receptionist services, conference center services, etc.) be subject to such profit provisions or (Y) other services provided to such Desk Space User(s) that are not being paid merely in connection with such Desk Space User(s) use of or occupancy of the Premises, provided that in all such instances, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a certification from the chief financial officer or managing director of Tenant detailing all of the consideration paid or payable by such Desk Space User(s) and indicating what portion (if any) of such consideration is due and payable with respect to the services detailed under clauses (X) and (Y) above, though Landlord, acting in good faith, shall be entitled to dispute any such certification (unless Tenant, prior to Landlord’s institution of any arbitration proceeding detailed hereafter, revokes such certification and issues a revised one to Landlord that is not disputed by Landlord) and any unresolved dispute shall be resolved by an expedited arbitration proceeding brought by either party pursuant to Section 35.07(b) of this Lease, (vi) each Desk Space User is using the Premises for purposes of providing services to Tenant in connection with the customary conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises, and (vii) all acts, omissions and operations of such

 

42



 

Desk Space User(s) shall be deemed acts, omissions and operations of Tenant. As used herein the term “ Desk Space User ” shall mean any person or entity who is a customer, consultant, regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Tenant, auditor, employee, officer, director, or otherwise affiliated with Tenant or an organization or entity (1) for which Tenant provides, or from which Tenant obtains, any services on a regular or semi-regular basis, (2) for which Tenant provides training, (3) with which Tenant co-hosts or co-sponsors presentations, meetings, seminars, training sessions, or other functions or events, (4) which is consulting with, or working on a project with, Tenant, or (5) that is consulting with or working with Tenant on a particular transaction, in each case in connection with the customary conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises.  At Landlord’s request, from time to time, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list setting forth the name of each then existing Desk Space User together with a description of the nature of his or her business, the approximate rentable square foot area occupied by such Desk Space User and the relationship of such Desk Space User to Tenant.  Any such use of the Premises by Desk Space User(s) shall not relieve Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, liability and expense of any nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising from, relating to or in connection with the use of the Premises by (or any actions or omissions of) any Desk Space User.

 

7.18.          Landlord shall, within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s request, accompanied by an executed counterpart of an Eligible Sublease, deliver to Tenant and the subtenant under an Eligible Sublease (herein called an “ Eligible Subtenant ”) a non-disturbance agreement on Landlord’s then-current form (herein called a “ Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement ”).  For purposes hereof, the term “ Eligible Sublease ” shall mean a direct sublease:

 

(1)           between Tenant and a subtenant which is not Tenant’s Affiliate, and, as of the date of execution of the Eligible Sublease, (A) if the subtenant is a law firm or other professional services partnership, such entity has net income (as of the end of such subtenant’s fiscal year immediately preceding the proposed sublease) before partner bonuses, guaranteed payments and interest on capital, equal to or greater than the product of (X) the fixed annual rent then payable by Tenant on account of the portion of the Premises demised under the Eligible Sublease, and (Y) 30, and Landlord has been provided with proof thereof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (B) if the subtenant is any other type of legal entity, has a net worth, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, equal to or greater than the product of (X) the fixed annual rent then payable by Tenant on account of the portion of the Premises demised under the Eligible Sublease, and (Y) 30, and Landlord has been provided with proof thereof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord,

 

(2)           that has been consented to by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of and which meets all of the applicable requirements of this Article 7,

 

43



 

(3)           demising only full floors (i.e., all of the rentable area on a floor of the Building) with an initial sublease term (i.e., not including any renewals) of not less than five (5) years,

 

(4)           demising the highest or lowest full floor of the Premises, or if one or more Eligible Subleases is in effect, demising the next contiguous full floor above or below the highest or lowest full floor subject to an Eligible Sublease then in effect and shall expire on the same date as the other Eligible Subleases then in effect; and

 

(5)           providing for a rental rate, on a per rentable square foot basis (including Fixed Rent and Additional Rent on account of Taxes and Expenses) which (after taking into account all rent concessions provided for therein) is equal to or in excess of the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges payable hereunder for the term of the Eligible Sublease (hereinafter called the “ Lease Rent ”) or, in the alternative, provides for a rental rate that is less than the Lease Rent, but will automatically increase to the Lease Rent from and after the attornment of the sublessee to Landlord pursuant to the Landlord’s Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Compliance with Laws

 

8.01.          Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of any notice it receives of the violation of any law or requirement of any public authority with respect to the Premises or the use or occupation thereof.  Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all present and future laws and requirements of any public authorities in respect of the Premises or the use and occupation thereof, or the abatement of any nuisance in, on or about the Premises; provided , however , that Tenant shall not be obligated to make structural repairs or alterations in or to the Premises in order to comply with laws and requirements of public authorities unless the need for same arises out of Tenant’s specific use of the Premises other than mere executive or general office use or any of the causes set forth in clauses (ii) through (iv) of the next succeeding sentence.  Tenant shall also be responsible for the cost of compliance with all present and future laws and requirements of any public authorities in respect of the Real Property arising from (i) Tenant’s manner of use of the Premises (other than arising out of the mere use of the Premises as executive and general offices), (ii) the manner of conduct of Tenant’s business or operation of its installations, equipment or other property therein or (iii) any cause or condition created by or at the instance of Tenant (other than the mere use of the Premises as executive and general offices), whether or not such compliance requires work which is structural or non-structural, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen. Tenant shall pay all the costs, expenses, fines, penalties and damages which are actually incurred by Landlord or any Superior Lessor by reason of or arising out of Tenant’s failure to fully and promptly comply with and observe the provisions of this Section 8.01.  Without limiting the

 

44



 

generality of the foregoing, it is specifically agreed that Tenant shall comply with all laws that require the installation, modification or maintenance within the Premises of (i) any fire-rated partitions, gas, smoke, or fire detector or alarm, any emergency signage or lighting system, or any sprinkler or other system to extinguish fires or (ii) any handicap facilities.  However, Tenant need not comply with any such law or requirement of any public authority so long as Tenant shall be contesting the validity thereof, or the applicability thereof to the Premises, in accordance with Section 8.02 hereof.  Landlord, at its expense, shall comply with all other such laws and requirements of public authorities as shall affect the Premises, but may similarly defer compliance so long as Landlord shall be contesting the validity or applicability thereof.

 

8.02.          Tenant, at its expense, after notice to Landlord, may contest, by appropriate proceedings prosecuted diligently and in good faith, the validity, or applicability to the Premises, of any law or requirement of any public authority, provided that (a) Landlord shall not be subject to criminal penalty or to prosecution for a crime, or any other fine or charge, nor shall the Premises or any part thereof or the Building or Land, or any part thereof, be subject to being condemned or vacated, nor shall the Building or Land, or any part thereof, be subjected to any lien (unless Tenant shall remove such lien by bonding or otherwise) or encumbrance, by reason of non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest; (b) before the commencement of such contest, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a cash deposit or other security in amount, form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall indemnify Landlord against the cost thereof and against all liability for damages, interest, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), resulting from or incurred in connection with such contest or non-compliance, provided, however, this clause (b) shall not be deemed applicable so long as the Tenant under this Lease is the Named Tenant and such Named Tenant has a net worth (as defined in Article 7 above) or market capitalization at least equal to the Named Tenant as of the Effective Date (and reasonable proof thereof is provided to Landlord); (c) such non-compliance or contest shall not constitute or result in any violation of any Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage, or if any such Superior Lease and/or Superior Mortgage shall permit such non-compliance or contest on condition of the taking of action or furnishing of security by Landlord, such action shall be taken and such security shall be furnished at the expense of Tenant; (d) such noncompliance or contest shall not prevent Landlord from obtaining any and all permits and licenses in connection with the operation of the Building; and (e) Tenant shall keep Landlord advised as to the status of such proceedings.  Without limiting the application of the above, Landlord shall be deemed subject to prosecution for a crime if Landlord, or its managing agent, or any officer, director, partner, shareholder or employee of Landlord or its managing agent, as an individual, is charged with a crime of any kind or degree whatever, whether by service of a summons or otherwise, unless such charge is withdrawn before Landlord or its managing agent, or such officer, director, partner, shareholder or employee of Landlord or its managing agent (as the case may be) is required to plead or answer thereto.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 8.02, Landlord shall, upon Tenant’s request and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense,

 

45



 

reasonably cooperate with Tenant in executing reasonable documents that are reasonably acceptable to Landlord in connection with any contest being pursued by Tenant under this Section 8.02, provided same has no adverse affect on the Building.

 

8.03.       Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (but subject to reimbursement, if any, in accordance with Article 3 above), shall comply with all laws and requirements of public authorities with respect to any violations of such laws and requirements of public authorities that exists on the date hereof and shall discharge same if same would adversely affect Tenant’s ability to perform Alterations and/or Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business within the Premises for any of the uses permitted hereunder, subject, however, to Landlord’s right to contest diligently and in good faith the applicability or legality thereof.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

Insurance

 

9.01.          Tenant shall not violate, or permit the violation of, any condition imposed by any insurance policy then issued in respect of the Real Property and shall not do, or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept in the Premises which would subject Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee to any liability or responsibility for personal injury or death or property damage, or which would increase any insurance rate in respect of the Real Property over the rate which would otherwise then be in effect or which would result in insurance companies of good standing refusing to insure the Real Property in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or which would result in the cancellation of or the assertion of any defense by the insurer in whole or in part to claims under any policy of insurance in respect of the Real Property; provided , however , that in no event shall the mere use of the Premises for customary and ordinary office purposes, as opposed to the manner of such use, constitute a breach by Tenant of the provisions of this Section 9.01.  In the event that any insurance policy procured by Landlord contains conditions that would give rise to Tenant’s obligations and/or liability under this Section 9.01, Landlord shall notify Tenant of same at least thirty (30) days prior to Tenant’s being required to comply therewith.

 

9.02.          If, by reason of any failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Lease, the premiums on Landlord’s insurance on the Real Property shall be higher than they otherwise would be as a result of such failure by Tenant, and Landlord shall notify Tenant of such fact and, if Tenant shall not within thirty (30) days thereafter, rectify such failure so as to prevent the imposition of such increase in premiums, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand and as Additional Charges, for that part of such premiums attributable to such failure on the part of Tenant.  A schedule or “make up” of rates for the Real Property or the Premises, as the case may be, issued by the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization or other similar body making rates for insurance for the Real Property or the Premises, as the case may be, shall be conclusive evidence of

 

46



 

the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the insurance rate then applicable to the Real Property or the Premises, as the case may be.

 

9.03.          Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain at all times during the term of this Lease (a) “all risk” property insurance covering all present and future Tenant’s Property, the Tenant’s Work, Alterations, leasehold improvements and Tenant’s improvements and betterments to a limit of not less than the full replacement value thereof, such insurance to be based on a replacement cost basis, and name as loss payee the Landlord, Tenant and each Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee as their interests may appear, and (b) commercial general liability insurance, including contractual liability, in respect of the Premises and the conduct or operation of business therein, with Landlord and its managing agent, if any, and each Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant, as additional insureds, with limits of not less than Five Million ($5,000,000) Dollars combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage liability in any one occurrence, (c) steam boiler, air-conditioning or machinery insurance, if there is a boiler or pressure object or similar equipment in the Premises, with Landlord and its managing agent, if any, and each Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant, as additional insureds, with limits of not less than Five Million ($5,000,000) Dollars and (d) when Alterations are in progress, the insurance specified in Section 11.05 hereof.  The limits of such insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and any additional insureds, at least ten (10) days prior to the Commencement Date, certificates of insurance, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord issued by the insurance company or its authorized agent.  Tenant shall procure and pay for renewals of such insurance from time to time before the expiration thereof, and Tenant shall endeavor to deliver to Landlord and any additional insureds a certificate thereof at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of any existing policy.  All such policies shall be issued by companies of recognized responsibility licensed to do business in New York State and rated by Best’s Insurance Reports or any successor publication of comparable standing and carrying a rating of A VIII or better or the then equivalent of such rating, and all such policies shall contain a provision whereby the same cannot be canceled or modified unless Landlord and any additional insureds are given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such cancellation or modification.  The proceeds of policies providing “all risk” property insurance of leasehold improvements and Tenant’s improvements and betterments shall be payable to Landlord, Tenant and each Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee as their interests may appear.  The parties shall cooperate with each other in connection with the collection of any insurance monies that may be due in the event of loss and Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord such proofs of loss and other instruments which may be reasonably required to recover any such insurance monies.

 

9.04.          Each party agrees to have included in each of its insurance policies (insuring the Building and any other Landlord’s property therein in case of Landlord, and insuring Tenant’s Property (hereinafter defined) and leasehold improvements and

 

47



 

Tenant’s improvements and betterments in the case of Tenant, against loss, damage or destruction by fire or other casualty) a waiver of the insurer’s right of subrogation against the other party during the term of this Lease or, if such waiver should be unobtainable or unenforceable, (i) an express agreement that such policy shall not be invalidated if the assured waives the right of recovery against any party responsible for a loss covered by the policy before the loss or (ii) any other form of permission for the release of the other party.  If such waiver, agreement or permission shall not be, or shall cease to be, obtainable from either party’s then current insurance company, the insured party shall so notify the other party promptly after learning thereof, and shall use its best efforts to obtain the same from another insurance company described in Section 9.03 hereof.  Each party hereby releases the other party, with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party, for loss, damage or destruction with respect to its property occurring during the term of this Lease to the extent to which it is, or is required to be, insured under a policy or policies containing a waiver of subrogation or permission to release liability, as provided in the preceding subdivisions of this Section.  Nothing contained in this Section shall be deemed to relieve either party of any duty imposed elsewhere in this Lease to repair, restore or rebuild or to nullify any abatement of rents provided for elsewhere in this Lease.

 

9.05.          Landlord may from time to time (but no more than one (1) time in any two (2) year period occurring during the term of this Lease) require that the amount of the insurance to be maintained by Tenant under Section 9.03 hereof be reasonably increased, so that the amount thereof adequately protects Landlord’s interest;  provided , however , that the amount to which such insurance requirements may be increased shall not exceed an amount then being required by landlords of comparable first-class office buildings in downtown Manhattan.

 

9.06.          Landlord shall maintain in respect of the Building at all times during the term of this Lease liability, fire and casualty insurance covering the Building and Landlord’s property in amounts of coverage required by any institutional mortgagee of the Building, or, if there is no institutional mortgagee of the Building, then in amounts comparable to the amounts carried by owners of first-class office buildings in the Borough of Manhattan comparable to the Building.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

Rules and Regulations

 

10.01.        Tenant and its employees and agents shall faithfully observe and comply with the rules and regulations annexed hereto as Exhibit D , and such reasonable changes therein (whether by modification, elimination or addition) as Landlord at any time or times hereafter may make and communicate to Tenant, which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, shall be necessary for the reputation, safety, care and appearance of the Real Property, or the preservation of good order therein, or the operation or maintenance of the

 

48



 

Real Property, and which do not adversely affect the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises (such rules and regulations as changed from time to time being herein called “ Rules and Regulations ”, provided that any such changes shall not increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder or decrease Tenant’s rights hereunder, except, in either case, to a de minimis extent); provided , however , that in case of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Lease and any of the Rules and Regulations, the provisions of this Lease shall control.  Subject to the terms of each tenant’s or occupant’s lease in the Building, Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations in a fair and non-discriminatory manner amongst all tenants in the Building and, to the extent that Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business in the Premises is being adversely affected by another tenant’s violation of the Rules and Regulations contained in such tenant’s lease, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce such Rules and Regulations against such other tenant, provided, however, in no event shall Landlord be required to provide a default notice to such tenant or to enter into any litigation with said tenant.

 

10.02.        Nothing in this Lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations against Tenant or any other tenant or any employees or agents of Tenant or any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the Rules and Regulations by another tenant or its employees, agents, invitees or licensees.  Landlord shall not discriminate against Tenant in enforcing the Rules and Regulations.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

Alterations

 

11.01.        Tenant shall make no improvements, changes or alterations in or to the Premises (“ Alterations ”) of any nature, other than (1) painting, wall covering, carpeting, internal telecommunications cabling that does not affect any Building systems, moveable partitions, and other purely decorative work and (2) Alterations performed after the completion of Tenant’s Work which (i) do not require a building permit, (ii) are limited to work within the Premises and are not visible from the street or any common areas of the Building, (iii) do not require a change in the certificate of occupancy for the Building, (iv) do not affect the usage or proper functioning of any Building systems (other than to a de minimis extent), (v) are non-structural, (vi) do not adversely affect (other than to a de minimis extent) any service required to be furnished by Landlord to Tenant or to any other tenant or occupant of the Building, and (vii) cost less than $250,000.00 in the aggregate per such proposed Alteration (hereinafter collectively called “ Decorative Work ”), without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Article 11.  Other than with respect to Decorative Work, provided Tenant shall be in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Article 11, Tenant may, at its sole expense, upon obtaining Landlord’s written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed undertake Alterations which are not Material Alterations.  A “ Material

 

49



 

Alteration ” is an Alteration which (a) is not limited to the interior of the Premises or which affects the exterior (including the appearance) of the Building, (b) is structural or affects the strength of the Building, (c) affects the usage (other than to a de minimis extent) or the proper functioning of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning or other service systems of the Building, or (d) requires the consent of any Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor, provided that Landlord has provided written notice to Tenant as to what Alterations would require such consent.  Further, subject to review of Tenant’s plans and specifications therefor and subject to Tenant’s compliance with all Legal Requirements applicable thereto, Landlord hereby conceptually approves the installation of (X) one (1) internal staircase by Tenant between the full floors comprising the Premises, (Y) the supplemental Chiller Unit (as defined in Article 40 hereof) and (Z) the Back-Up Power System (as defined in Article 40 hereof).

 

11.02.     (a)           Before proceeding with any Alteration (other than Decorative Work), Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s approval, plans and specifications for the work to be done, and Tenant shall not proceed with such work until it obtains Landlord’s written approval of such plans and specifications, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord agrees that in the event Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s request for approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications within fifteen (15) days following the submission thereof to Landlord, then Tenant may give Landlord a second notice (herein called a “ Second Alterations Request ”) specifically notifying Landlord that if Landlord fails to respond to such second request for approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Second Alterations Request, then, as Tenant’s sole remedy, such plans and specifications (or description in lieu thereof) shall be deemed approved by Landlord, unless such Alteration involves a modification to the Certificate of Occupancy covering the Building and/or Premises or affects the structure of the Building.  If Tenant gives the Second Alterations Request and Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s request for approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Second Alterations Request, then such plans and specifications (or description in lieu thereof) shall be deemed approved by Landlord.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the five (5) Business Day period referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be extended to ten (10) Business Days if Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord has sent Tenant’s plans and specifications (or description in lieu) to a third party consultant for review.

 

(b)        Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand, as Additional Charges, Landlord’s actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees of any third-party architect or engineer employed by Landlord or any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee for such purpose) for (i) reviewing said plans and specifications and (ii) inspecting the Alterations (but no charge shall be imposed in connection with Landlord’s inspection of Tenant’s Work) to determine whether the same are being performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications, the

 

50


provisions of any Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage and all laws and requirements of public authorities.

 

(c)        Tenant agrees that any review or approval by Landlord of any plans and/or specifications with respect to any Alterations is solely for Landlord’s benefit, and without any representation or warranty whatsoever to Tenant with respect to the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof or otherwise.

 

11.03.        (a)        Before proceeding with any Alteration which will cost more than Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) (exclusive of the costs of decorating work and items constituting Tenant’s Property), as estimated by a reputable contractor designated by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord one of the following:  (i) a cash deposit or (ii) a performance bond and a labor and materials payment bond (issued by a corporate surety licensed to do business in New York reasonably satisfactory to Landlord), or (iii) an irrevocable, unconditional, negotiable letter of credit, issued by and drawn on a bank or trust company which is a member of the New York Clearing House Association in a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; each to be in an amount equal to one hundred twenty-five (125%) percent of the cost of the Alteration, estimated as set forth above.  Any such letter of credit shall be for one year and shall be renewed by Tenant each and every year until the Alteration in question is completed and shall be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the then current letter of credit.  Failure to deliver such new letter of credit on or before said date shall be a material breach of this Lease and Landlord shall have the right, inter alia, to present the then current letter of credit for payment.  The above notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 11.03 shall not be deemed applicable so long as the Tenant under this Lease is the Named Tenant and such Named Tenant has a net worth (as defined in Article 7 above) or market capitalization at least equal to the Named Tenant as of the Effective Date (and reasonable proof thereof is provided to Landlord).

 

(b)        Upon (i) the completion of the Alteration in accordance with the terms of this Article 11 and (ii) the submission to Landlord of proof evidencing the payment in full for said Alteration, the security deposited with Landlord (or the balance of the proceeds thereof, if Tenant has furnished cash or a letter of credit and if Landlord has drawn on the same) shall be returned to Tenant.

 

(c)        Upon Tenant’s failure to properly perform, complete and fully pay for the said Alteration, which failure continues after the giving of notice and the expiration of applicable grace period, Landlord shall be entitled to draw on the security deposited under this Article 11 to the extent Landlord reasonably deems necessary in connection with the said Alteration, the restoration and/or protection of the Premises or the Real Property and the payment or satisfaction of any costs, damages or expenses in connection with the foregoing and/or Tenant’s obligations under this Article 11.

 

51



 

11.04.        Tenant, in connection with any Alterations, shall fully and promptly comply with and observe the Alterations Rules and Regulations set forth as Exhibit E hereto and made a part hereof, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord.

 

11.05.        Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain (and furnish true and complete copies to Landlord of) all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Alterations and for final approval thereof upon completion, and shall cause Alterations to be performed in compliance therewith, with all applicable laws and requirements of public authorities, with all applicable requirements of insurance bodies and with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord (other than for Decorative Work for which no approval shall be required).  Alterations shall be diligently performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the better of (i) the original installations of the Building or (ii) the then uniform standards for the Building established by Landlord for tenants or occupants of the Building.  Alterations shall be performed by contractors first approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided , however , that any Alterations in or to the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, life safety or other systems of the Building shall be performed only by the contractor(s) designated by Landlord and same shall be charged at commercially reasonable rates.  Alterations shall be performed in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere with or delay and as not to impose any additional expense upon Landlord in the construction, maintenance, repair or operation of the Building; and if any such additional expense shall be incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s performance of any Alterations, Tenant shall pay such additional expense within twenty (20) days after demand as Additional Charges.  Throughout the performance of Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall carry, or cause to be carried, worker’s compensation insurance in statutory limits, all risk property and/or Builders Risk insurance and general liability insurance, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Real Property, under which Landlord and its agent and any Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant shall be named as parties insured, in such limits as Landlord may reasonably require, with insurers reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of Alterations and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance of Alterations.  No Alterations shall involve the removal of any fixtures, equipment or other property in the Premises which are not Tenant’s Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, unless such fixtures, equipment or other property shall be promptly replaced at Tenant’s expense with new fixtures, equipment or other property of like utility and at least equal value.

 

11.06.        Tenant agrees that the exercise of its rights pursuant to the provisions of this Article 11 or of any other provisions of this Lease or the Exhibits hereto relative to the performance of Alterations shall not be done in a manner which would violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Real Property, or create any work stoppage,

 

52



 

picketing, labor disruption or dispute or disharmony or any interference (beyond a de minimis extent) with the business of Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Building.  Tenant shall immediately stop work or other activity if Landlord notifies Tenant that continuing such work or activity would violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Real Property, or create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption or dispute or disharmony or any interference (beyond a de minimis extent) with the business of Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Building.  Landlord agrees that it shall not discriminate as against Tenant in enforcing the foregoing prohibition against interfering with the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Building.

 

11.07.        Tenant, at its expense, and with diligence and dispatch, shall procure the cancellation or discharge of all notices of violation arising from Alterations, or any other work, labor, services or materials done for or supplied to Tenant, or any person claiming through or under Tenant (other than by Landlord or its affiliates, agents, representatives or contractors), which shall be issued by the Department of Buildings of the City of New York or any other public authority having or asserting jurisdiction.  Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from and against any and all mechanic’s and other liens and encumbrances filed in connection with Alterations, or any other work, labor, services or materials done for or supplied to Tenant, or any person claiming through or under Tenant, including, without limitation, security interests in any materials, fixtures or articles so installed in and constituting part of the Premises and against all actual out-of-pocket costs, expenses and liabilities (excluding consequential damages) incurred in connection with any such lien or encumbrance or any action or proceeding brought thereon.  Tenant, at its expense, shall procure the satisfaction or discharge of record of all such liens and encumbrances within thirty (30) days after Tenant shall have received notice of the filing thereof.  However, nothing herein contained shall prevent Tenant from contesting, in good faith and at its own expense, any notice of violation, provided that Tenant shall comply with the provisions of Section 8.02 hereof.

 

11.08.     Tenant will promptly upon the completion of an Alteration deliver to Landlord “as-built” drawings and CAD files on diskette and by e-mail in AutoCAD.DWG format, as well as PDF files on diskette and by e-mail in JPG or TIFF format, showing the exact nature and location of any Alterations Tenant has performed or caused to be performed in the Premises, and (a) if any Alterations by Tenant are then proposed or in progress, Tenant’s drawings and specifications, if any, for such Alterations and (b) if any Alterations by Landlord for Tenant were performed or are then proposed or in progress, the “as-built” drawings, if any, or the drawings and specifications, if any, as the case may be, for such Alterations, in Tenant’s possession.  Any files to be delivered to Landlord by e-mail as set forth in the preceding sentence shall be sent to: Tenant.Plan@brookfieldproperties.com.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, wherever this Lease requires the delivery of “as-built” CADD drawings by Tenant, Tenant may satisfy such obligation by delivering CADD drawings that are marked to reflect to field changes, except with respect to Alterations involving the electrical, sprinkler/life safety or HVAC systems of the Building.

 

53



 

11.09.        All fixtures and equipment installed or used by Tenant in the Premises shall be fully paid for by Tenant in cash and shall not be subject to conditional bills of sale, chattel mortgage or other title retention agreements; provided, however, the foregoing shall not restrict Tenant’s ability to finance or lease its equipment to be used in the Premises provided in no event shall any liens, encumbrances, security instruments, UCCs or any other similar type documents or item be recorded against the Premises, building or Real Property in connection therewith.

 

11.10.        Tenant shall keep records of Tenant’s Alterations costing in excess of Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) and of the cost thereof.  Tenant shall, within forty-five (45) days after demand by Landlord, furnish to Landlord copies of such records and cost if Landlord shall require same in connection with any proceeding to reduce the assessed valuation of the Real Property, or in connection with any proceeding instituted pursuant to Article 8 hereof or for any other reasonable purpose.

 

11.11.        Landlord agrees to cooperate with Tenant (but at no expense to Landlord as set forth below) as may be reasonably requested by Tenant in connection with the performance by Tenant of Alterations, including, without limitation, executing (or joining in the execution of) any applications required for governmental permits for or signoffs of Alterations; provided, that Landlord’s execution (or joining in the execution) of any such applications shall not constitute Landlord’s approval of any plans and specifications or other information being filed together with any such application, which approval shall be a condition to the commencement of the performance of the Alterations to which any such application relates.  Within 30 days following its receipt of a reasonably detailed invoice, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all actual and reasonable out-of-pocket third-party costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s performance pursuant to this Section 11.11, which costs shall be deemed Additional Charges hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

Landlord’s and Tenant’s Property

 

12.01.        All fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises at the commencement of or during the term of this Lease, whether or not by or at the expense of Tenant, shall be and remain a part of the Premises, shall, upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, be deemed the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant, except as provided in Section 12.02.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, upon notice to Tenant no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Expiration Date or upon reasonable notice with respect to such earlier date upon which the term of this Lease shall expire, Landlord may require Tenant to remove all or part of the foregoing fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises during the term of this Lease; provided , however , that (i) Tenant shall not be obligated to remove any such fixtures, equipment,

 

54



 

improvements and appurtenances installed prior to the date of this Lease, and (ii) subject to the terms of the penultimate sentence of this Section 12.01, Tenant’s obligation to remove fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances installed after the date of this Lease shall be limited to non-standard items such as slab cuts (other than a de minimis amount of openings utilized by Tenant for conduit (including, but not limited to, telecommunications conduit) or pipe chases within the Premises), kitchens, vaults, supplemental HVAC units and chillers (but excluding any ceiling-hung air handlers in the Premises), private restrooms (but excluding any Alterations made to the core restrooms on the floors of which the Premises are located), raised or reinforced flooring, or other items which are unusually difficult or expensive to remove (but excluding the Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit, but in both cases only if Tenant has complied with its obligations with respect to the Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit as detailed in Section 40.02 below for the entire term hereof (following the installation of the Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit, if applicable)) (collectively, “ Specialty Alterations ”).  Tenant shall remove any such items required by Landlord pursuant to the preceding sentence from the Premises prior to the expiration of this Lease at Tenant’s expense.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.01, without respect to whether Landlord provides the above-mentioned notice to Tenant, Landlord shall be deemed to have required (without any further notice) Tenant to remove any kitchens, cafeterias, dining facilities, vaults, raised flooring tiles or systems, internal staircases, slab cuts, generators (subject to the exclusion detailed above), uninterrupted power supply systems and preaction fire alarm systems and associated equipment, and antennas, satellite dishes and microwave communications facilities installed as any part of any Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant.  Upon such removal Tenant shall immediately and at its expense, repair and restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to installation and repair any damage to the Premises or the Building due to such removal, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, it is hereby agreed that, subject to the terms and conditions detailed below, if this Lease expires on the initially-scheduled Expiration Date (as same may have been extended pursuant to Article 39 below), Landlord shall, on Tenant’s behalf and at Tenant’s expense, following the Expiration Date (as extended) remove any such Specialty Alterations.  As such, at least six (6) months prior to the Expiration Date (as same may be extended), Landlord shall provide an estimate (which estimate may include Landlord’s good-faith estimate of potential and/or actual lost rentals (not to exceed thirty (30) days of such lost rentals) incurred by Landlord arising out of any delay in Landlord’s delivery of the Premises, or any portion thereof, to a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s not removing such Specialty Alterations) of the out-of-pocket cost Landlord expects to incur in connection with the removal of said Specialty Alterations (the “ Specialty Alterations Estimate ”).  No later than thirty (30) days following the giving of the Specialty Alterations Estimate (time being of the essence with respect to such date), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, the entire Specialty Alterations Estimate amount and Tenant shall, thereafter be relieved from the obligation to remove such Specialty Alterations. If Tenant fails to timely pay such Specialty Alterations Estimate, Landlord shall have no obligation

 

55



 

to remove said Specialty Alterations and Tenant shall be required to remove same pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Article 12.

 

12.02.        All movable partitions, furniture systems, special cabinet work, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, communications equipment (including, without limitation, telephone system, security system and wiring) and office equipment, whether or not attached to or built into the Premises, which are installed in the Premises by or for the account of Tenant without expense to Landlord and can be removed without structural damage to the Building, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Premises (herein collectively called “ Tenant’s Property ”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the term of this Lease; provided that if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant shall repair or pay the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises or to the Building resulting from the installation and/or removal thereof.  Any equipment or other property for which Landlord shall have granted any allowance or credit to Tenant shall not be deemed to have been installed by or for the account of Tenant without expense to Landlord, shall not be considered Tenant’s Property and shall be deemed the property of Landlord.

 

12.03.        At or before the Expiration Date of this Lease (or within fifteen (15) days after any earlier termination of this Lease) Tenant, at its expense, shall remove from the Premises all of Tenant’s furniture, equipment and other moveable personal property not affixed or attached to the Premises (except for such items thereof as Landlord shall have expressly permitted to remain, which property shall become the property of Landlord), and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises or the Building resulting from any installation and/or removal of Tenant’s Property.

 

12.04.        Any other items of Tenant’s Property which shall remain in the Premises after the Expiration Date of this Lease, or within fifteen (15) days following an earlier termination date, may at the option of Landlord, be deemed to have been abandoned, and in such case such items may be retained by Landlord as its property or disposed of by Landlord, without accountability, in such manner as Landlord shall determine, at Tenant’s expense.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

Repairs and Maintenance

 

13.01.        Tenant shall, at its expense, throughout the term of this Lease, take good care of and maintain in good order and condition the Premises and the fixtures and improvements therein including, without limitation, the property which is deemed Landlord’s pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof and Tenant’s Property, except as otherwise expressly provided in the last sentence of this Section 13.01.  Tenant shall be (i) responsible for all interior and non-structural repairs, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, in and to the Premises, and (ii) (A) responsible for the cost of all

 

56



 

repairs, interior and exterior, structural (subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13.05 below) and non-structural, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, in and the Building and the facilities and systems thereof and (B) responsible for the cost of all interior and exterior structural repairs (subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13.05 below) in and to the Premises, which, in case of (A) and (B) above arise out of (a) the performance or existence of Alterations, (b) the installation, use or operation of Tenant’s Property, (c) the moving of Tenant’s Property in or out of the Building, (d) the act, omission, misuse or neglect of Tenant or any of its subtenants or its or their employees, agents, contractors or invitees or (e) design flaws in any of Tenant’s plans and specifications regardless of the fact that such Tenant’s plans may have been approved by Landlord.  Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly repair or replace all scratched, damaged or broken doors and glass (and the solar film, if any, attached to the window glass) in and about the Premises, including, without limitation, entrance doors and shall be responsible for all repairs, maintenance and replacement of wall and floor coverings in the Premises and for all the repair, maintenance and replacement of all horizontal portions of the systems and facilities of the Building within or exclusively serving the Premises, including without limitation the sanitary and electrical fixtures and equipment therein.  All repairs in or to the Premises for which Tenant is responsible shall be promptly performed by Tenant in a manner which will not interfere with the use of the Building by other occupants; provided , however , any repairs in and to the Building and the facilities and systems thereof for which Tenant is responsible shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense which expense shall be commercially reasonable; but Landlord may, at its option, before commencing any such work or at any time thereafter, require Tenant to furnish to Landlord such security, in form and amount as Landlord shall reasonably deem necessary to assure the payment for such work by Tenant (provided, however, if Tenant satisfies the requirements of the last sentence of Section 11.03(a) above, no such security shall be required).  The exterior walls of the Building, the portions of any window sills outside the windows, and the windows are not part of the premises demised by this Lease and Landlord reserves all rights to such parts of the Building.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.01, Tenant shall not be responsible for repairs to or replacements of any structural elements of the Building, except (subject to Section 13.05 below) to the extent the need for such repairs or replacements arises from the matters set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) of the second sentence of this Section 13.01 or from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors.

 

13.02.        Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defective condition in any plumbing, heating, air-conditioning or ventilation system or electrical lines located in, servicing or passing through the Premises of which it has actual knowledge.  Following such notice, Landlord shall remedy the conditions, but at the expense of Tenant if Tenant is responsible for same under the provisions of this Article 13; provided, however, with respect to latent defects in connection with Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall remain responsible for same during the term of this Lease and shall repair same upon Tenant’s notification of same (subject to Landlord’s right to dispute same).

 

57



 

13.03.        Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease (including Section 35.04 below), Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, nor shall Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease be reduced or abated in any manner whatsoever, by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption or injury arising from Landlord’s making any repairs or changes which Landlord is required or permitted by this Lease, or required by law, to make in or to the fixtures, equipment or appurtenances of the Building or the Premises; provided , however , that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to the extent practicable to make such repairs and changes at such times and in such manner as to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises, provided that Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime or premium-pay basis unless such repairs relate to the health and safety of the occupants of the Building or the Building itself or would adversely affect (to more than a de minimis extent) the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises.

 

13.04.     Except as provided for in this Lease, Landlord shall, keep and maintain in good order and repair the following items in accordance with the standards of a first-class office building in downtown Manhattan of similar age and quality of the Building: (a) the lobbies, common corridors, sidewalks and other public areas of the Building; (b) the roof, exterior, load bearing columns, the structural integrity of the slab floors and the foundation of the Building and (c) the common facilities, risers and systems of the Building servicing the Premises, including, without limitation, main sprinkler line in the Building mechanical rooms, the Building’s fire alarm service (up to the point of connection by Tenant), HVAC, electrical, elevators, plumbing, fire protection and other Building Systems; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for any defects or deficiencies thereof which shall be caused by Tenant’s equipment, alterations or installations, or which shall result from acts or omissions of Tenant, its contractors, employees, agents, representatives, licensees, subtenants or invitees.

 

13.05.     Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 9.04 above and irrespective if same arises due to a party’s negligence or willful misconduct, (i) Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that if and to the extent Tenant is liable to Landlord under this Lease for the cost of any structural repairs and/or damage to the core and shell of the Building, Landlord shall first look to its insurance coverage to pay for such cost, but only if and to the extent Landlord is covered for same, prior to seeking any reimbursement from Tenant for same (it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of any deductible for Landlord’s policy in connection therewith) and (ii) Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that if and to the extent Landlord is liable to Tenant under this Lease for the cost of any repairs or damage to Tenant’s personal property or the improvements in the Premises, Tenant shall first look to its insurance coverage to pay for such cost, but only if and to the extent Tenant is covered for same, prior to seeking any reimbursement from Landlord for same (it being understood and agreed that Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any deductible for Tenant’s policy in connection therewith).

 

58



 

ARTICLE 14

 

Electricity

 

14.01.        If and to the extent the Premises is comprised of an entire floor or floors, Tenant agrees to purchase from Landlord or from a meter company designated by Landlord all electricity consumed, used or to be used in such entire floor(s).  The amount to be paid by Tenant for electricity consumed shall be determined by meter or meters and related equipment installed (or, if existing, retrofitted) by Landlord at Tenant’s expense (and payable hereunder as Additional Charges) and billed separately according to each meter (provided, at Tenant’s election and Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Landlord shall install so-called “totalizers” so that such meters and read and billed as if same were one meter.  Bills for electricity consumed by Tenant, which Tenant hereby agrees to pay, shall be rendered by Landlord or the meter company to Tenant at such time as Landlord may elect, and shall be payable as an Additional Charge, within fifteen (15) days after rendition of any such bill.  Tenant shall make no material changes or additions to the electrical equipment, wiring and/or appliances in the Premises (beyond that on Tenant’s approved plans for initial occupancy) without submission of plans for the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 11 hereof.

 

14.02.        The amount to be charged to Tenant by Landlord per “KW” and “KWHR” pursuant to this Article for electricity consumed within the Premises, whether shown on the meters measuring Tenant’s consumption of electricity or determined by survey as herein elsewhere provided, shall be 103% of the average amount at which Landlord from time to time purchases each KW and KWHR of electricity for the same period from the actual utility provider (herein, as adjusted from time to time, called “ Landlord’s Rate ”), including therein any credits, rebates and discounts (to the extent actually received by Landlord, and taxes, fuel adjustment charges, surcharges, demand charges, energy charges, time-of-day charges, rate adjustment charges or other impositions of any nature actually payable by Landlord.  In no event shall the Additional Charge made to Tenant pursuant to this Article 14 for submetered electricity supplied to the Premises (or the charge pursuant to Section 14.04 hereof in the event electricity is supplied on a rent inclusion basis) be less than Landlord’s actual cost therefor.  If Tenant shall occupy the Premises for business purposes (including, without limitation, the testing or operation of its computers) and consume electricity prior to the installation of meters in the Premises, then Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the sum of $3.25 per rentable square foot per annum for electricity pursuant to Section 14.04 hereof until such time as said meters are installed.  During the period of Tenant’s construction occurring prior to the installation of said meters, Tenant will pay to Landlord a flat charge of $1.25 per rentable square foot per annum.

 

59



 

14.03.        In the event that the “submetering” of electricity in the Building is hereafter prohibited by any law hereafter enacted, or by any order or ruling of the Public Service Commission of the State of New York, or by any judicial decision of any appropriate court, at the request of Landlord, Tenant shall, unless Tenant elects to require Landlord to provide electricity pursuant to Section 14.04 hereof, apply within ten (10) days to the appropriate public utility company servicing the Building for direct electric service and bear all costs and expenses necessary to comply with all rules and regulations of such public utility company pertinent thereto, and Landlord and/or the meter company theretofore designated by Landlord shall be relieved of any further obligation to furnish electricity to Tenant pursuant to this Article 14, except Landlord shall permit its wires, conduits and electrical equipment, to the extent available and safely capable, to be used for such purpose.  Any additional riser or risers or feeders or service, to the extent available and reasonably feasible, to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements will be installed by Landlord, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if in Landlord’s reasonable judgment the same are necessary and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the Premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or unreasonably interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants.  In addition to the installation of such riser or risers, Landlord will also, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install at reasonably competitive rates all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith, subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions, and subject to Landlord’s prior approval of Tenant’s plans therefor which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Tenant shall not be charged any Additional Charges for the risers/conduits detailed under this Section 14.03, except as detailed above.

 

14.04.        (a)        If submetering of electricity is prohibited as described in Section 14.03 hereof and Tenant does not elect to obtain electricity from the public utility company, then in any such case Landlord shall furnish electricity to Tenant on the basis that Tenant’s consumption (KW and KWHR) of electricity shall be measured by electric survey made from time to time by Landlord’s consultant.  Pending an initial survey made by Landlord’s consultant, effective as of the date when Landlord has commenced furnishing electricity to Tenant pursuant to this Section 14.04 (with suitable proration for any period of less than a full calendar month), the Fixed Rent specified in Section 1.04 hereof shall be increased by an amount (the “ Initial Charge ”) which shall be at the rate of $3.25 per rentable square foot per annum, or if there has been twelve (12) months charges of submetered electric, an amount equal to the average of the prior twelve (12) months’ charges for submetered electric.  After completion of the electrical survey made by Landlord’s consultant of Tenant’s consumption (KW and KWHR) of electricity, said consultant shall apply 103% of Landlord’s Rate as provided in Section 14.02 hereof to arrive at an amount (herein called the “Actual Charge”) and the Fixed Rent shall be appropriately adjusted retroactively to reflect any amount by which the Actual Charge exceeds the Initial Charge.  Tenant shall pay that portion of such amount which would have been paid to the date of the determination of the Actual Charge within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor.  Thereafter and from time to time during the term of this Lease, Landlord may cause additional surveys of Tenant’s electrical usage to be made by

 

60


 

Landlord’s consultant.  Tenant from time to time may request Landlord to have a survey made of Tenant’s electrical usage, and the actual out-of-pocket fees of Landlord’s consultant making such survey(s) at Tenant’s request shall be paid by Tenant.  In the event any of the foregoing surveys shall determine that there has been an increase or decrease in Tenant’s usage of electricity, then effective as of the date of such change in usage the then current Actual Charge to Tenant by reason of the furnishing of electricity to Tenant, as same may have been previously increased pursuant to the terms hereof, shall be increased or decreased (subject to the last sentence of subsection 14.04(b) hereof) in accordance with such survey determination with appropriate credit allowed to Tenant in the event of a decrease in usage and in the event of an increase in such usage Tenant shall pay the increased amount therefor from the date of such change in usage to the date of such survey determination within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor and thereafter as part of the increased monthly charge for electricity by reason of such survey determination.

 

(b)                        In the event from time to time after the initial survey or a subsequent survey any additional electrically operated equipment is installed in the Premises by Tenant, or if Tenant shall increase its hours of operation, or if the charges by the utility company supplying electric current to Landlord are increased or decreased after the date thereof, then and in any of such events the monthly charge shall be increased or decreased accordingly on account of such additional electricity consumed by such newly installed electrically operated equipment and/or increase in Tenant’s hours of operation and/or on account of such increased or decreased Landlord’s Rate.  The amount of such increase or decrease in the monthly charge shall be determined in the first instance by Landlord’s consultant.  In addition, the monthly rate will be increased or decreased quarterly in accordance with calculations by Landlord’s consultant to reflect changes in the fuel adjustment component of the utility company charge.  Tenant shall pay the amount of any increase in the monthly charge retroactively (subject to Tenant’s right to contest in the same manner as in Section 14.06 hereof provided) from the date of the installation of all newly installed electrically operated equipment and/or from the date when the increased charges to Landlord from the utility company become effective and/or from the date of any increase in Tenant’s hours of operation, as the case may be, such amount to be paid promptly upon billing therefor by Landlord.

 

14.05.                         All survey determinations (including the first survey made by Landlord’s consultant) shall be subject to contest by Tenant as provided in Section 14.06 hereof.  Surveys made of Tenant’s electrical consumption shall be based upon the use of electricity between the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Mondays through Fridays, on Saturdays and such other days and hours when Tenant (or Tenant’s agents, employees and/or contractors) uses electricity for lighting and for the operation of the machinery, appliances and equipment used by Tenant in the Premises; and if cleaning services are provided by Landlord, such survey shall include Landlord’s normal cleaning hours of five (5) hours per day (which shall not be subject to reduction) for lighting within the Premises and for electrical equipment normally used for such cleaning.

 

61



 

14.06.                         In the event electricity shall be furnished to Tenant as contemplated in Section 14.04 hereof, then Tenant, within ninety (90) days after notification from Landlord of the determination of Landlord’s utility consultant (in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.04 hereof), shall have the right to contest, at Tenant’s cost and expense, such determination by submitting to Landlord a like survey determination prepared by a utility consultant of Tenant’s selection, which will highlight the differences between Landlord’s survey and Tenant’s survey.  If the determination of Tenant’s consultant does not vary from the determination of Landlord’s consultant by more than 3%, then Landlord’s determination shall be deemed binding and conclusive.  If the determination of Tenant’s consultant varies by more than 3% and if Landlord’s consultant and Tenant’s consultant shall be unable to reach agreement within thirty (30) days, then such two consultants shall designate a third consultant to make the determination, and the determination of such third consultant shall be binding and conclusive on both Landlord and Tenant.  If the determination of such third consultant shall substantially confirm the findings of Landlord’s consultant ( i.e. , within 3%), then Tenant shall pay the cost of such third consultant.  If such third consultant shall substantially confirm the determination of Tenant’s consultant ( i.e. , 3%), then Landlord shall pay the cost of such third consultant (and same shall not be included as an Operating Expense).  If such third consultant shall make a determination substantially different from that of both Landlord’s and Tenant’s consultants (or is within 3% of both such determinations), then the cost of such third consultant shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant (and same shall not be included as an Operating Expense).  In the event that Landlord’s consultant and Tenant’s consultant shall be unable to agree upon the designation of a third consultant within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s consultant shall have made its determination (different from that of Landlord’s consultant), then either party shall have the right to request The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc. (or, upon their failure or refusal to act, the American Arbitration Association in the City of New York) to designate a third consultant whose decision shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties, and the costs of such third consultant shall be borne as hereinbefore provided in the case of a third consultant designated by the Landlord’s and Tenant’s consultants.  Pending the resolution of any contest pursuant to the terms hereof, Tenant shall pay the Additional Charge on account of electricity determined by Landlord’s consultant, and upon the resolution of such contest, appropriate adjustment in accordance with such resolution of such Additional Charge payable by Tenant on account of electricity shall be made retroactive to the date of the determination of Landlord’s consultant (and to the extent there was an overpayment by Tenant, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against the next succeeding installment(s) of Fixed Rent due and payable hereunder).

 

14.07.                         If pursuant to any law, ruling, order or regulation the amount which Landlord is permitted to charge to Tenant for the purchase of electricity pursuant to this Article 14 shall be reduced below that which Landlord would otherwise be entitled to charge Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay the difference between such amounts to

 

62



 

Landlord as an Additional Charge within thirty (30) days after being billed therefor by Landlord, as compensation for the use of the Building’s electric distribution system.

 

14.08.                         Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its installations and use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of feeders to or electrical vaults of the Building or the risers or wiring serving the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord shall provide Tenant with an electrical capacity (exclusive of the electricity required to operate the base Building HVAC system servicing the Premises) of 7.5 watts demand load per rentable square foot of the Premises at all times during the term hereof (subject to interruptions due to suspension of services as detailed herein, repairs and maintenance, casualty and Force Majeure Causes).  If (i) in Landlord’s reasonable opinion Tenant’s installation overloads the electrical vaults/feeders or any riser(s) and/or switch(es) in or servicing the Building or (ii) Tenant requests additional power in addition to that which is being supplied by Landlord on the date of initial occupancy, then if and to the extent allocated power is available in the Building for use by Tenant without resulting in allocation to Tenant of a disproportionate amount of allocated power, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s cost and expense, provide and install in conformity with law any additional riser or risers and/or any and all switch or switches to connect additional power to the Premises, and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord its then-established (but commercially reasonable) connection charge for each additional amp of power or portion hereof so supplied to the Premises, together with the cost of installing such additional risers, switches and related equipment.

 

14.09.                         Landlord shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss, damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if (i) the supply of electric energy to the Premises is temporarily interrupted or (ii) the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements, except to the extent resulting from Landlord’s willful misconduct or negligence.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

Landlord’s Services

 

15.01.                         (a)                        Landlord will provide, upon the Commencement Date, the following services to the Premises in the manner hereinafter more particularly set forth:  (i) heat, ventilation and air conditioning; (ii) elevator service; (iii) domestic hot and cold water; (iv) electrical service pursuant to Article 14 hereof, (v) access to the Building’s lobby through the main exterior doors to the Building, (vi) reasonable security services in a manner similar to that provided on the Effective Date and (v) cleaning.

 

(b)                        As used herein, the terms “ Business Hours ” shall mean the hours between 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., and “ Business Days ” shall mean all days except Saturdays, Sundays, New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, the day following Thanksgiving, and Christmas, and any other days which shall be either (i) observed by both the federal and the state

 

63



 

governments as legal holidays or (ii) designated as a holiday by the applicable Building Service Union Employee Service contract or by the applicable Operating Engineers contract.

 

15.02.                         (a)                        Landlord, during Business Hours on Business Days (and for purposes of this Section 15.02(a) only, the day following Thanksgiving shall be deemed a Business Day though Landlord need only provide heat, ventilation and air-conditioning on such day from 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.), shall furnish, heat, ventilation and air-conditioning to the Premises (except as otherwise provided in this Lease and except for any special requirements of Tenant arising from its particular use of the Premises) in accordance with the specifications set forth in Exhibit G attached hereto (subject to the design criteria, including occupancy and connected electric load design criteria, set forth therein).

 

(b)                        If Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option and if so requested by Tenant, make steam available for Tenant’s use within the Premises for any additional heating or permitted kitchen use, the cost of such steam as well as the cost of piping and other equipment or facilities required to supply steam to and distribute steam within the Premises shall be paid by Tenant.  Landlord may install and maintain at Tenant’s expense, meters to measure Tenant’s consumption of steam and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for the quantities of steam shown on such meters at Landlord’s reasonable charges.

 

(c)                         (i)                                      Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service to each floor of the Premises at all times during Business Hours of Business Days and at least one of such passenger elevators shall be subject to call at all other times.  Landlord shall provide freight elevator and loading dock service to the Premises on a first come-first served basis ( i.e. , no advance scheduling) during Business Hours of Business Days.  Freight elevator and loading dock service shall also be provided to the Premises on a reserved basis at all other times, upon the payment of Landlord’s then established charges therefor which shall be Additional Charges hereunder (it being understood and agreed that, as of the date hereof, Landlord’s established charges for same are $162.50 per hour); provided, however, in connection with Tenant’s use of the freight elevator and loading dock service during the performance of the Tenant’s Work and Tenant’s initial and continuous move-in to the Premises, the charges for such after-hours freight elevator and loading dock service shall be limited to Landlord’s actual labor costs associated with such use.  The use of all elevators shall be on a non-exclusive basis and shall be subject to the Rules and Regulations.

 

(ii)                                   At any time or times all or any of the elevators in the Building may, at the option of Landlord, be manual and/or automatic elevators, and Landlord shall be under no obligation to furnish an elevator operator for any automatic elevator.  If Landlord shall at any time or times furnish any elevator operator for any

 

64



 

automatic elevator, Landlord may discontinue furnishing such elevator operator without any diminution, reduction or abatement of rent.

 

(d)                        Landlord shall furnish reasonable quantities of hot and cold water to the floor(s) on which the Premises are located for core lavatory, cleaning and drinking purposes only and shall provide cold water to the floor(s) on which the Premises are located for standard office pantry uses.  If Tenant shall require water for any other purpose, Landlord need only furnish cold water at the Building core riser through a capped outlet located on the floor of the Premises, and the cost of heating such water as well as piping and supplying such water to the Premises shall be paid by Tenant.  Upon prior notice to Tenant, if Tenant is water in excess of those purposes set forth in the first (1 st ) sentence of this clause (d), then Landlord may install and maintain, at Tenant’s expense, meters to measure Tenant’s consumption of such cold water and/or hot water for such other and excess purposes (in excess of those set forth above).  Tenant shall pay to Landlord at Landlord’s standard charges for the quantities of cold water and hot water shown on such meters (including Landlord’s charge for the production of such hot water, if Landlord shall have produced such hot water) within thirty (30) days of demand.

 

(e)                         (i)                                      Except as otherwise provided below, Landlord shall cause, the Premises, including the exterior and the interior of the windows thereof, to be cleaned in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit F attached hereto and made a part hereof.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the costs incurred by Landlord for (x) extra cleaning work in the Premises required because of (i) misuse or neglect on the part of Tenant or its subtenants or its or their employees or visitors, and (ii) non-building standard materials or finishes installed by Tenant or at its request (if cleaning thereof is requested by Tenant), and (y) removal from the Premises and the Building of any refuse and rubbish of Tenant in excess of that ordinarily accumulated in business office occupancy, including, without limitation, kitchen refuse, or at times other than Landlord’s standard cleaning times.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to clean any portions of the Premises used for preparation, serving or consumption of food or beverages, training rooms, data processing or reproducing operations, private lavatories or toilets or other special purposes requiring greater or more difficult cleaning work than office areas and, if Tenant requires the cleaning of such areas, Tenant agrees, at Tenant’s expense, to retain Landlord’s cleaning contractor to perform such cleaning (provided Tenant shall be entitled to utilize its own employees for such cleaning, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of Section 11.06 above), provided such cleaning contractor charges commercially reasonable rates therefor, and if Tenant reasonably demonstrates to Landlord that such designated cleaning contractor does not charge commercially reasonable rates and Landlord is not able to cause such cleaning contractor to do so, then Tenant shall be entitled to utilize another reputable cleaning contractor for such cleaning, subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval of same and subject to the terms and conditions of Section 11.06 above.

 

65



 

(ii)                                   Landlord, its cleaning contractor and their respective employees shall have access to the Premises after 6:00 p.m. and before 8:00 a.m. and shall have the right to use, without charge therefor, all light, power and water in the Premises reasonably required to clean the Premises as required under this subsection 15.02(e).

 

(iii)                                Tenant shall not clean, nor require, permit, suffer or allow any windows in the Premises to be cleaned, from the outside in violation of Section 202 of the Labor Law, or any other applicable law.

 

(f)                          In connection with Tenant’s operation of the Chiller Unit (as defined below), Landlord shall provide to Tenant up to two hundred (200) tons of chilled water for the operation of the Chiller Unit, provided that Tenant shall give Landlord written notice, by not later than the first anniversary of the Commencement Date requesting such chilled water and notifying Landlord of the number of tons of chilled water (up to 200 tons) that Tenant desires to reserve for the Premises for the balance of the term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s then-established charges for such chilled water (subject to increase from time to time in accordance with the Building schedule of charges), and such charges shall be payable by Tenant as an Additional Charge under this Lease within thirty (30) days after demand.  As of the date hereof, Landlord’s current rate for chilled water is $0.42 per ton per hour (provided, however, Landlord’s charged for chilled water shall not be increased more than one (1) time during any 12-month period during the term hereof and then, only by the increase in CPI (as defined below) on each January 1 st  occurring during the term hereof, commencing on January 1, 2013. Tenant’s consumption of chilled water shall be measured by a meter or meters to be installed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall have the right to utilize any existing taps into the Building’s chilled water riser that exclusively service the Premises and no other portion of the Building.  Tenant shall be obligated to install, at Tenant’s sole cost, any additional taps into the Building’s chilled water riser at a location designated by Landlord, and any and all piping and valving required in connection therewith, which connection and installation shall be governed by the provisions of Article 11 of this Lease, and Tenant shall pay for electricity consumed in connection therewith as measured by Tenant’s submeters in accordance with the provisions of Article 14 hereof.  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, if Tenant is not utilizing the entire then maximum connected load (based on the capacity of Tenant’s then-installed and operating supplemental air conditioning equipment), not to exceed 200 tons, by the date which is the one (1) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall ensure that an amount of chilled water (the “ Available Chilled Water ”) equal to the product obtained by multiplying (X) 80% by (Y) the maximum connected load (as detailed above), not to exceed 200 tons, of such installed supplemental equipment, is available for Tenant’s use during the term hereof upon Tenant’s written request (provided at least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s use) for use of such Available Chilled Water, but any such Available Chilled Water shall only be available so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable cure or grace

 

66



 

period; it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any such tonnage of chilled water (and Tenant shall have no right to utilize such tonnage) above the Available Chilled Water amount, if applicable.  Additionally, with respect to any particular portion of the Premises that Tenant is no longer leasing pursuant to the terms hereof, the Amount of Available Chilled Water shall be reduced by the amount of connected load of chilled water applicable to such portion of the Premises as of the date immediately prior to Tenant’s cessation of leasing such floor.  Further, Tenant shall have the right to cease having Landlord provide such chilled water detailed hereunder and/or have Landlord cease making available the Available Reserved Chilled Water, in which case Landlord shall have no further obligation to provide same and/or make same available and Tenant shall have no right to utilize same and/or make same available; provided, however, if Tenant, subsequently thereto, requests such chilled water provision (but in no event to exceed 200 tons), Landlord shall provide same to Tenant if Landlord then has same available, taking into account Landlord’s own needs and the needs of other current and future tenants or occupants of the Building.  The term “ CPI ” shall mean the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“ CPI-AUC ”), New York, New York-Northeastern New Jersey, All Items (1982-1984=100), issued and published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor.  In the event that CPI-AUC ceases to use a 1982-84 base rate of 100 as the basis of calculation, then the CPI-AUC shall be adjusted to the figure that would have been arrived at had the manner of computing the CPI-AUC in effect at the date of this Lease not been altered.  If CPI-AUC is not available or may not lawfully be used for the purposes herein stated, the term “ Consumer Price Index ” shall mean (i) a successor or substitute index to CPI-AUC, appropriately adjusted, selected by Landlord; or (ii) if such a successor or substitute index is not available or may not lawfully be used for the purposes herein stated, a reliable governmental or other non-partisan publication, selected by Landlord, evaluating the information theretofore used in determining CPI-AUC.

 

15.03.                         If Tenant shall require heat or air-conditioning services at any time other than as set forth in subsection 15.02(a), Landlord shall furnish such service for such times, and to such floor(s) of the Premises requested by Tenant, upon no less than one (1) Business Day’s advance notice from Tenant for periods after 6:00 p.m. and for all other periods, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand as Additional Charges hereunder Landlord’s then established charges therefor (which charge for calendar year 2012 is and shall be $164.00 per hour per floor).

 

15.04.                         Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be required to provide any services to the Premises.

 

15.05.                         (a)                        Subject to the provisions of Section 35.04(b) and Article 19 and 20 hereof, Landlord reserves the right, without liability to Tenant and without it being deemed a constructive eviction, to stop or interrupt any heating, elevator, escalator, lighting, ventilating, air-conditioning, steam, power, electricity, water, cleaning or other service and to stop or interrupt the use of any Building facilities and systems at such

 

67



 

times as may be necessary and for as long as may reasonably be required by reason of accidents, strikes, or the making of repairs, alterations or improvements, or inability to secure a proper supply of fuel, gas, steam, water, electricity, labor or supplies, or by reason of any other similar or dissimilar cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.  Subject to the provisions of Section 35.04(b) and Article 19 and 20 hereof, no such stoppage or interruption shall result in any liability from Landlord to Tenant or entitle Tenant to any diminution or abatement of rent or other compensation nor shall this Lease or any of the obligations of Tenant be affected or reduced by reason of any such stoppage or interruption.  Except in emergency circumstances, Landlord shall give Tenant reasonable prior notice (which notice need not be in writing) of its intention to make any repairs, alterations or improvements referred to in this Section 15.05 or any other stoppages of services of which Landlord has prior notice and shall use reasonable efforts in making such repairs, alterations or improvements and in dealing with such other stoppages of service so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations, provided that Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime or premium-pay basis. However, if and to the extent that prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings would utilize overtime labor to perform work to restore any interrupted services and/or utilities detailed above, then, Landlord shall likewise perform same on an overtime basis.

 

(b)                        The above notwithstanding, except in emergency circumstances and except in circumstances where a shutdown of the base Building electrical system affecting the Premises is necessary in order for another tenant or occupant to perform work affecting their respective premises (in which case the following shall not be applicable) (collectively, “ Non-Delay Shutdowns ”):

 

(i)                                      Landlord shall give Tenant at least fourteen (14) days prior written notice (herein called “ Landlord’s Electrical Stoppage Notice ”) of its intention to cause stoppages or interruptions to the base Building electrical system affecting the Premises (except in connection with Non-Delay Shutdowns).  Such Landlord Electrical Stoppage Notice shall state the date, time and estimated duration of such stoppage or interruption.

 

(ii)                                   Following receipt of the Landlord’s Electrical Stoppage Notice (but not in connection with any Non-Delay Shutdowns), Tenant shall have the right, which right may only be exercisable one (1) time in any 12-month period, exercisable by notice given to Landlord within five (5) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of a Landlord’s Electrical Stoppage Notice, to require Landlord to postpone for up to thirty (30) days any such stoppage or interruption of the base Building electrical system affecting the Premises, provided that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Charges hereunder within ten (10) days of demand therefor, for any and all actual out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord as the result of such postponement and provided further that Landlord shall not be subject to criminal penalty or to prosecution for a crime, or any other fine or charge, nor shall Landlord be deemed to be in default

 

68



 

under any Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage, nor shall the Premises or any part thereof or the Building or Land, or any part thereof, be subject to being condemned or vacated, nor shall the Building or Land, or any part thereof, be subjected to any lien (unless Tenant shall promptly remove such lien, at its sole cost and expense, by bonding or otherwise) or encumbrance, by reason of such postponement, and

 

(iii)                                Landlord shall use reasonable efforts in making such stoppages or interruptions of the base Building electrical system affecting the Premises so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations, provided that Landlord shall not be required to perform any such work on an overtime or premium-pay basis.

 

15.06.                         Only Landlord or persons approved by Landlord shall be permitted to furnish or sell laundry, linen, towels, bootblacking, barbering and other similar supplies and services to tenants in the Building; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to provide, for its own consumption and use in the Premises, cleaning, kitchen and other similar supplies utilized by similar office users in first-class office Buildings in downtown Manhattan.  Landlord may fix the circumstances under which such supplies and services are to be furnished or sold.  Landlord expressly reserves the right at any time to act as or to designate an exclusive supplier of all or any one or more of said supplies and services, provided that the quality thereof and the charges therefor shall be reasonably comparable to that of other suppliers in the downtown area of Manhattan in the City of New York.  Landlord expressly reserves the right to exclude from the Building any person not so designated by Landlord.  However, Tenant, its employees or invitees may personally bring food or beverages into the Building or have same delivered to the Building or Premises for consumption within the Premises solely by Tenant, its regular office employees or invitees; provided, however, nothing in this Lease shall prevent Tenant from obtaining food or catering from vendors of Tenant’s choosing or from installing a limited number of vending machines for use by Tenant’s employees and invitees only.

 

15.07.                         Landlord hereby acknowledges that, as of the Effective Date, Landlord operates a messenger center in the Building on the concourse level for the benefit of all tenants in the Building during Business Hours on Business Days, which messenger center is able to receive packages and messenger-type deliveries for Tenant.  Landlord shall maintain such messenger center during the entire term of this Lease, provided, however, Landlord may discontinue the operation of said messenger center so long as Landlord generally provides an alternative means of messenger-type delivers to tenants of the Building.

 

15.08.                         If Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord has elected to qualify as a real estate investment trust (herein called a “ REIT ”), any service required or permitted to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the charge or cost of which may be treated as impermissible tenant service income under the laws governing a REIT, may be performed by a taxable REIT subsidiary that is affiliated with either Landlord or

 

69



 

Landlord’s property manager, an independent contractor of Landlord or Landlord’s property manager (herein called the “ Service Provider ”).  If Tenant is subject to a charge under this Lease for any such service, then, at Landlord’s direction, Tenant will pay such charge either to Landlord for further payment to the Service Provider or directly to the Service Provider, and, in either case, (i) Landlord will credit such payment against any charge for such service made by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, and (ii) such payment to the Service Provider will not relieve Landlord from any obligation under this Lease concerning the provisions of such service; provided, however, nothing in this Section 15.08 shall diminish or reduce Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

 

15.09.                         If and for so long as Landlord maintains a Building directory, Landlord, at Tenant’s request (at Landlord’s cost and expense), shall maintain listings on such directory of the names of Tenant, or its permitted subtenants, assignees or affiliates and the names of any of their officers and employees, provided that the names so listed shall not use more than Tenant’s Share of the space on the Building directory (if there is not electronic directory).  The actual cost to Landlord for making any changes in such listings with respect to a non-electronic directory requested by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, as Additional Charges hereunder, within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice therefor.

 

15.10.                         Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 35.04(b) below, except in the case of a casualty, condemnation, or due to Force Majeure Causes or an emergency, Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.

 

15.11.                         Tenant shall have the right to install reasonable identification signage in the elevator lobby area on the floor in which the Premises are located (and on the entrance doors to the Premises), subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval thereof.

 

15.12.                         Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to permit Tenant, at no out-of-pocket cost to Landlord, to utilize the same security system technology utilized by Landlord so that Tenant may issue to its employees a single card that will permit access through Landlord’s lobby turnstiles and to the Premises; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to permit Tenant to control or monitor or tie in to Landlord’s system.

 

15.13                            Landlord acknowledges that, as of the date hereof, the Building is serviced by Time Warner Cable for cable services.  During the term hereof and subject to the execution by such cable provider of Landlord’s customary and standard license agreement, Tenant shall be entitled to utilize its own cable provider, reasonably approved by Landlord in advance, to provide cable services to the Premises.

 

15.14                            Landlord shall provide to Tenant, at no additional charge hereunder, four (4) 2-inch (2”) conduits for Tenant’s telecommunications wiring and cabling, in two diverse paths commencing in the basement space (service point of entrance) of the Building and running in two (2) diverse paths to the lowest floor of the Premises.  Tenant

 

70


 

 

shall use such approved conduits solely for the installation, operation and maintenance of wiring and cabling related to its telecommunications equipment, and for no other purpose.  Tenant shall comply with all applicable provisions of this Lease (including Article 8 hereof) as well as all Legal Requirements with respect to the installation, maintenance and removal of any such wiring and cabling.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

Access and Name of Building

 

16.01.                         Except for the space within the inside surfaces of all walls, hung ceilings, floors, windows and doors bounding the Premises, all of the Building, including, without limitation, exterior and atrium Building walls, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance, any terraces or roofs adjacent to the Premises, and any space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord and persons authorized by Landlord.

 

16.02.                         Landlord reserves the right, and Tenant shall permit Landlord and persons authorized by Landlord, to install, erect, use and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits in and through the Premises; provided that (a) if installed adjacent to the Premises then such installations shall be, at Landlord’s cost and expense, located in boxed enclosures and appropriately furred, (b) following completion of same, such installations shall not materially interfere with or materially impair the appearance or layout of the Premises and the cubic area of the Premises shall not be reduced as a result thereof except to a de minimis extent and (c) in performing such installation work, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s existing Alterations without any obligation to employ overtime services. Any damage to the Premises resulting from Landlord’s exercise of the foregoing right shall be repaired promptly by Landlord, at Landlord’s expense.  Any such work under this Article 16 shall be upon prior notice (at least 24 hours notice) to Tenant, except in the case of an emergency where no such notice is required, and at reasonable times and Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business in the Premises during such periods of access.  To the extent that prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings would perform the work detailed under this Section 16.02 and under Section 16.03 below on an overtime basis, Landlord shall likewise perform same on an overtime basis, provided Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business therein shall not be adversely affected (by more than a de minimis extent); provided, however, Landlord shall perform same on an overtime basis if same would not be performed by prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings if Tenant otherwise requests same, and provided Tenant shall be pay, as Additional Charges hereunder, the incremental (in excess of the non-overtime cost) cost incurred by Landlord in connection therewith within thirty (30) days of demand therefor.

 

71



 

16.03.                         Landlord and persons authorized by Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable advance notice (at least one (1) Business Day’s notice), except in cases of emergency, to enter and/or pass through the Premises at reasonable times provided Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business operations (without obligation to make such visits during non-business hours) and shall be accompanied by a designated representative of Tenant if Tenant shall have made such representative available to Landlord, (a) to examine the Premises and to show them to actual and prospective Superior Lessors, Superior Mortgagees, or prospective purchasers, mortgagees or lessees of the Building, (b) to make such repairs, alterations, additions and improvements in or to the Premises and/or in or to the Building or its facilities and equipment as Landlord or persons authorized by Landlord is or are required or desires to make, and (c) to read any utility meters located therein.  Landlord and such authorized persons shall be allowed to take all materials into and upon the Premises that may be required in connection therewith, and except as expressly set forth in Section 35.04(b) below, without any liability to Tenant and without any reduction of Tenant’s covenants and obligations hereunder and Landlord shall only be entitled to store such materials if same would be reasonable and customary in Comparable Buildings and in accordance with sound construction practice so long as Tenant’s ordinary conduct of business in the Premises is not adversely affected (by more than a de minimis amount).

 

16.04.                         If at any time any windows of the Premises are either temporarily darkened or obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance and/or cleaning (so long as Landlord diligently perform such repairs, improvements, maintenance and/or cleaning) in or about the Building (or permanently darkened or obstructed if required by law) or covered by any translucent material for the purpose of energy conservation, or if any part of the Building, other than the Premises, is temporarily or permanently closed or inoperable, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

16.05.                         During the time period referred to in subsection 7.07(a) and during the period of fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration date of this Lease, Landlord and persons authorized by Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants, subject to the terms and conditions set forth above in Section 16.03.

 

16.06.                         Intentionally omitted.

 

16.07.                         Landlord reserves the right, at any time, without it being deemed a constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, or affecting or reducing any of Tenant’s covenants and obligations hereunder, to make or permit to be made such changes, alterations, additions and improvements in or to the Building and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, atrium, doors, halls, passages, elevators, escalators and stairways thereof, and other public parts of the Building, as Landlord shall deem necessary or desirable.  Landlord agrees that any

 

72



 

changes, alterations, additions or improvements performed pursuant to this Section shall not, when completed, unreasonably interfere with the access to or use of the Premises by Tenant or materially diminish any services to be provided by Landlord hereunder.

 

16.08.                         Landlord reserves the right to name the Building and to change the name or address of the Building at any time and from time to time.  Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant reasonable prior notice of any change in the address of the Building.  Neither this Lease nor any use by Tenant shall give Tenant any easement or other right in or to the use of any door or any passage or any concourse or any plaza connecting the Building with any subway or any other building or to any public conveniences, and the use of such doors, passages, concourses, plazas and conveniences may without notice to Tenant, be regulated or discontinued at any time by Landlord.

 

16.09.                         If Tenant shall not be present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when for any reason an entry therein shall be urgently necessary by reason of fire or other emergency, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may forcibly enter the same (provided that Landlord shall endeavor to notify Tenant promptly following such entry of such entry) without rendering Landlord or such agents liable therefor (if during such entry Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall accord reasonable care to Tenant’s property) and without in any manner affecting the obligations and covenants of this Lease.  Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant thereafter of such access by Landlord.

 

16.10.               (a)                                  For purposes of this Section 16.10, the term “ Elevator Lobby Signage Occupancy Requirement ” shall mean actual occupancy by the Named Tenant of at least 88,000 rentable square feet in the Building.

 

(b)                                  For so long as the (x) Tenant under this Lease is the Named Tenant (or a Tenant’s Successor of the Named Tenant or a Tenant’s Affiliate of the Named Tenant) (y) the Elevator Lobby Signage Occupancy Requirement shall be satisfied and (z) Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, (1) Landlord shall be entitled to permit any tenant or occupant of the Building that is a Competitor Entity (which Competitor Entity is leasing at least one (1) full floor in the Building) to install signage in the lobby of the elevator bank of the Building servicing the Premises initially demised hereunder, and if such tenant or occupant that is a Competitor Entity actually installs such signage in such lobby of the elevator bank detailed above, then Landlord shall permit Tenant to install a sign (depicting Tenant’s name and/or logo) in said elevator bank, which sign shall be in a size similar to that of the other tenant or occupant and shall be in a location reasonably designated by Landlord and which design, font, size, color, materials, finish and manner of installation shall be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval, and (2) if Landlord elects to enter into a lease following the date hereof which permits a tenant or occupant (other than a Competitor Entity) to install signage in the lobby of the elevator bank of the Building servicing the Premises initially demised hereunder and such tenant or occupant leases less rentable square footage than the Tenant under this Lease, then, if

 

73



 

such tenant or occupant actually installs such signage in such lobby of the elevator bank detailed above, Landlord shall permit Tenant to install a sign (depicting Tenant’s name and/or logo) in said elevator bank, which sign shall be in a size similar to that of the other tenant or occupant and shall be in a location reasonably designated by Landlord and which design, font, size, color, materials, finish and manner of installation shall be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval.

 

(c)                                   Tenant shall, throughout the term of this Lease, maintain any such signage permitted to be installed pursuant to clause (b) above in good order and repair to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord (any such repairs to be performed at such times and in such a manner as reasonably designated or approved by Landlord).

 

(d)                                  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease or upon any earlier date upon which Tenant’s rights under this Section 16.10 shall terminate, Tenant shall promptly remove any such signage permitted to be installed pursuant to clause (b) above and restore the affected portions of the Building to their condition immediately preceding the installation thereof.

 

16.11.                         Landlord acknowledges that Tenant may, from time to time, have certain security or confidentiality requirements such that portions of the Premises shall be locked and inaccessible to persons unauthorized by Tenant (herein called the “ Secure Areas ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 16, Landlord therefore agrees that, except in cases of emergency, Landlord’s right of access to the Secure Areas shall be restricted subject to the following conditions: (i) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord floor plans of the Premises designating the Secure Areas, (ii) such designation shall be reasonable, (iii) except in cases of emergency, any access to the Secure Areas requested by Landlord shall be upon no less than twenty-four (24) hours notice to Tenant, which notice may be oral, and accompanied by a representative of Tenant, whom Tenant agrees to make available, and (iv) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide to the Secure Areas cleaning services or any other services or repairs that require access to the Secured Areas unless Tenant shall provide Landlord with such access to the Secure Areas for purposes of providing such cleaning services or other services or repairs at those times that Landlord shall reasonably designate in accordance with Landlord’s ordinary Building schedule.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

Notice of Occurrences

 

17.01.                         Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord (to the extent Tenant has knowledge of same) of (a) any occurrence in or about the Premises for which Landlord might be liable, (b) any fire or other casualty in the Premises, (c) any damage to or defect in the Premises, including the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances thereof, for the repair of which Landlord is responsible under this Lease, and (d) any damage to or defect in any part or appurtenance of the Building’s sanitary, electrical, heating, ventilating, air-

 

74



 

conditioning, elevator or other systems located in or passing through the Premises or any part thereof, if and to the extent that Tenant shall have knowledge of any of the foregoing matters.  Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, Landlord shall be responsible for any latent defects in Landlord’s Work during the term hereof, provided that Tenant promptly provides notice thereof to Landlord of such latent defects.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

Non-Liability and Indemnification

 

18.01.                         Neither Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee, nor any partner, director, officer, shareholder, principal, agent, servant or employee of Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee, shall be liable to Tenant for any loss, injury or damage to Tenant or to any other person, or to its or their property, irrespective of the cause of such injury, damage or loss, nor shall the aforesaid parties be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of Landlord nor for loss of or damage to any such property by theft or otherwise; provided , however , that subject to the provisions of Section 35.03 hereof, nothing contained in this Section 18.01 shall be construed to exculpate Landlord for loss, injury or damage to the extent caused by or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its affiliates, agents, servants, employees and contractors.  Further, neither Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee, nor any partner, director, officer, principal, shareholder, agent, servant or employee of Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee, shall be liable (a) for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about the Building or the Real Property, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; or (b) even if negligent, for consequential damages arising out of any loss of use of the Premises or any equipment, facilities or other Tenant’s Property therein by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant.

 

18.02.                         Except to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee, or any of their respective partners, directors, officers, principals, agents, employees, contractors or representatives, Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and all Superior Lessors and Superior Mortgagees and its and their respective partners, directors, officers, principals, shareholders, agents and employees from and against any and all claims arising from or in connection with (a) the conduct or management of the Premises or of any business therein, or any work or thing whatsoever done, or any condition created (other than by Landlord, its agents, or employees) in or about the Premises during the term of this Lease or during the period of time, if any, prior to the Commencement Date that Tenant may have been given access to the Premises and during such period prior to the Commencement Date same was caused by Tenant or its agents, representatives, employees or contractors; (b) any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any of its subtenants or licensees or its or their directors, principals, officers, agents, employees or

 

75



 

contractors; (c) any accident, injury or damage whatever occurring in, at or upon the Premises; (d) any breach or default by Tenant in the full and prompt payment and performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; (e) from any work done, or materials or supplies furnished, in connection with the fabrication, erection, installation, maintenance and operation of the Back-Up Power System (defined below) installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease; and (f) the erection, installation, maintenance, operation and repair of the Back-Up Power System installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease; together with all actual out-of-pocket costs, expenses and liabilities by the indemnified party incurred in or in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be liable for consequential damages in connection therewith.  In case any action or proceeding be brought against Landlord and/or any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee and/or its or their partners, directors, officers, principals, shareholders, agents and/or employees by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord or such Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee, shall resist and defend such action or proceeding (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or such Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee).

 

18.03.               Subject to Section 18.02 above and except to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its respective partners, directors, officers, principals, agents, employees, contractors or representatives, Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, partners, members, employees, agents and contractors from and against any and all third-party claims arising in connection with (a) injury to or death of any person or persons in any common area of the Building or the Premises, but with respect to the Premises only to the extent to which the same shall result from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s partners, directors, principals, shareholders, officers, agents, contractors or employees, and (b) any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s partners, directors, principals, officers, agents, contractors or employees, together with all actual out-of-pocket costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be liable for consequential damages (including, but not limited to, loss of business or lost profits).  In case any action or proceeding be brought against Tenant or any of Tenant’s officers, directors, partners, members, employees, agents and contractors by reason of any such claim, Landlord, upon notice from Tenant, shall defend such action or proceeding (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant).

 

76



 

ARTICLE 19

 

Damage or Destruction

 

19.01.                         (a)                        If the Building or the Premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty (and if this Lease shall not be terminated as in this Article 19 hereinafter provided), (a) Landlord shall diligently repair the damage to and restore and rebuild the Building and the core and shell of the Premises (excluding the Tenant’s Work, Alterations, leasehold improvements, Tenant’s improvements and betterments and the property which is deemed Tenant’s Property pursuant to Section 12.02 hereof) with reasonable dispatch after notice to it of the damage or destruction and the collection of the insurance proceeds attributable to such damage (herein called “ Landlord’s Restoration Work ”), and (b) Tenant shall diligently repair the damage to and restore and repair the Tenant’s Work, Alterations, leasehold improvements, Tenant’s improvements and betterments and the property which is deemed Tenant’s Property pursuant to Section 12.02 hereof with reasonable dispatch after the substantial completion of Landlord’s repairs and restoration of the core and shell of the Premises provided for in clause (a) above (herein called “ Tenant’s Restoration Work ”).  Such work by Tenant shall be deemed Alterations for the purposes of Article 11 hereof.  Provided that this Lease shall not be terminated by Landlord or Tenant, in connection with any Tenant’s Restoration Work costing in excess of $500,000.00 (as reasonably estimated by Landlord) the proceeds of policies providing coverage for leasehold improvements and Tenant’s improvements and betterments (other than for Tenant’s Property) shall, subject to the rights of any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee, be paid to Landlord and segregated by Landlord for the purpose of the casualty in question and shall be disbursed therefrom in payment of the cost of Tenant’s Restoration Work as the performance of such work progresses, against certificates, in form and substance and certified by a person satisfactory to Landlord, showing that the disbursement to be made represents not more than ninety percent (90%) of the cost of the work and materials described in the certificate and that the estimated cost of completion of Tenant’s Restoration Work does not exceed the undisbursed balance of such proceeds (exclusive of the ten percent (10%) retention); provided, however, no such proceeds need be paid over to Landlord if the Tenant under this Lease is the Named Tenant and such Named Tenant has a net worth (as defined in Article 7 above) or market capitalization at least equal to the Named Tenant as of the Effective Date (and reasonable proof thereof is provided to Landlord).  The balance of such proceeds shall be paid to Tenant upon the presentation of a like certificate, evidencing that Tenant’s Restoration Work has been completed and that there are no mechanics’ or other liens outstanding relating thereto (unless the balance of said proceeds shall be used to make final payments to release the same).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if this Lease shall be terminated by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Article 19, the proceeds of policies providing coverage for the Tenant’s Work, Alterations, leasehold improvements and Tenant’s improvements and betterments shall be paid to Landlord in an amount not to exceed the unamortized portion of the Work Allowance (determined as of the date of such casualty) (which amortization

 

77



 

shall be determined over a period of time commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the initially-scheduled Expiration Date).  Tenant shall be solely responsible for (i) the amount of any deductible under the policy insuring leasehold improvements and Tenant’s improvements and betterments and (ii) the amount, if any, by which the cost of repairing and restoring the leasehold improvements and Tenant’s improvements and betterments exceeds the available insurance proceeds therefor. The amount due in accordance with subparagraph (i) above shall be Additional Charges under this Lease and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.  The proceeds of Tenant’s insurance policies with respect to Tenant’s Property shall be payable to Tenant.

 

(b)                        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, if in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, it would be appropriate for safety reasons, health reasons or the efficient operation or restoration of the Building for Landlord to perform all or a portion of Tenant’s Restoration Work on behalf of Tenant, then (i) Landlord shall give Tenant a notice specifying the portion of Tenant’s Restoration Work to be performed by Landlord (herein called the “ Specified Restoration Work ”), (ii) Landlord shall perform such Specified Restoration Work and (iii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or Landlord shall retain from the insurance proceeds paid to Landlord in accordance with Section 19.01(a) hereof) the cost of such Specified Restoration Work within thirty (30) days following the giving of Landlord’s written demand therefore (provided that the cost of such Specified Restoration Work shall not be substantially higher than that which would have been incurred by Tenant). Tenant shall promptly permit Landlord access to the Premises for the purpose of performing the Specified Restoration Work and any restoration work to the Building which is not the responsibility of Tenant hereunder.  If required by Landlord in connection with the performance of the Specified Restoration Work or Landlord’s Restoration Work, Tenant shall promptly remove from the Premises all or such items of Tenant’s Property as Landlord may require by written notice (herein called “ Tenant’s Property Removal Obligation ”).  In the event that Tenant fails to comply with Tenant’s Property Removal Obligation within fifteen (15) Business Days after the giving of such written notice by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to remove and store such Tenant’s Property at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and with no liability to Landlord. Tenant shall be solely responsible for arranging for any visits to the Premises by Tenant’s insurance adjuster that may be desired by Tenant prior to the performance by Landlord or Tenant of Tenant’s Property Removal Obligation or the performance by Landlord of Landlord’s Restoration Work or the Specified Restoration Work and Landlord shall be under no obligation to delay the performance of same, nor shall Landlord have any liability to Tenant, in the event that Tenant fails to do so.  If the nature of the casualty and the nature of the restoration results in Landlord performing Landlord’s Restoration Work in conjunction with Tenant performing Tenant’s Restoration Work, each of Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with each other in the performance and scheduling of such work.

 

19.02.                         Subject to the provisions of Section 19.05 hereof, if all or part of the Premises shall be damaged or destroyed or rendered completely or partially untenantable

 

78



 

on account of fire or other casualty, the Fixed Rent and the Additional Charges under Article 3 hereof shall be abated in the proportion that the untenantable area of the Premises bears to the total area of the Premises (it being understood and agreed that the entire Premises shall be deemed untenantable if a portion of the Premises is untenantable and Tenant is not able, in Tenant’s reasonable discretion, to utilize the remainder of the Premises for the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business therein), for the period (as such period shall be extended on a day-for-day basis to the extent Tenant is delayed in performing its restoration work due to Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct) from the date of the damage or destruction to (i) the date the damage to the core and shell of the Premises (exclusive of leasehold improvements, Tenant’s improvements and betterments and Tenant’s Property) shall be substantially repaired by Landlord ( provided , however , that if in Landlord’s reasonable judgment based upon the estimate of Landlord’s independent contractors such repairs would have been substantially completed at an earlier date but for Tenant’s having failed to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in effecting such repair, then the core and shell of the Premises shall be deemed to have been repaired substantially on such earlier date and any reduction or abatement shall cease) or (ii) if the Building and not the Premises is so damaged or destroyed, the date on which the Premises shall be made tenantable; provided , however , should Tenant or any of its subtenants reoccupy a portion of the Premises during the period the repair work is taking place and prior to the date that the Premises are substantially repaired or made tenantable for the conduct of its or their business (which shall not include entry upon and occupancy of the Premises with the prior written consent of Landlord for the purpose of performing restoration and/or repair to Tenant’s Property, improvements and finish work), the Fixed Rent and the Additional Charges allocable to such reoccupied portion, based upon the proportion which the area of the reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such occupancy.

 

19.03.                         (a)                        If the Building shall be totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, or if the Building shall be so damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty (whether or not the Premises are damaged or destroyed) that its repair or restoration requires more than one hundred (180) days or the expenditure of more than forty (40%) percent of the full insurable value of the Building immediately prior to the casualty (as estimated in any such case by a reputable contractor, registered architect or licensed professional engineer designated by Landlord), and provided Landlord shall terminate leases covering no less than seventy-five (75%) percent of the office space in the Building then leased to tenants (including Tenant) in the Building, then in such case Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice to such effect within ninety (90) days after the date of the casualty.  For the purpose of this Section only, “full insurable value” shall mean replacement cost less the cost of footings, foundations and other structures below the street and first floors of the Building.

 

(b)                        If the Premises or any part thereof or the means of access thereto or Building systems servicing same shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, and

 

79



 

Landlord is required to or elects to repair and restore the Premises pursuant to Section 19.01(a) above, Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after such damage or destruction, provide Tenant with a written notice of the estimated date on which the restoration of the Premises shall be substantially completed, as estimated by Landlord’s architect or engineer.  If such estimated date is more than fifteen (15) months after the date of such damage or destruction, Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord, which notice shall be given within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord provides the notice required by the preceding sentence, and such termination shall be effective upon the giving of Tenant’s notice.  Failure by Tenant to provide such notice within such thirty (30) day period shall be deemed an election by Tenant not to terminate this Lease.  If Tenant elects not to terminate this Lease or is deemed to have so elected, and if Landlord has not substantially completed the required repairs and restored the Premises within the period originally estimated by Landlord or within such period thereafter (not to exceed three (3) months) as shall equal the aggregate period Landlord may have been delayed in commencing or completing such repairs by Force Majeure Causes, then Tenant shall have the further right to elect to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord and such election shall be effective upon the expiration of thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, unless Landlord substantially completes such restoration within such thirty (30) day period.

 

(c)                         If more than 50% percent of the rentable square footage Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty during the last twenty-four (24) months of the term of this Lease (as the same may be extended pursuant to the terms hereof) such that the Landlord’s Restoration Work and the Tenant’s Restoration Work, in the aggregate, are estimated (as estimated by independent architect or engineer each selected by Landlord and Tenant for each party’s respective work) to take longer than one hundred fifty (150) days, then in such case Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice to such effect within ninety (90) days after the date of the casualty, or Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord notice to such effect within thirty (30) days after the date of the casualty or thirty (30) days after receipt of such estimate, whichever is later, and such election shall be effective upon the expiration of five (5) Business Days after the date of such notice.  Failure by either party to provide such notice within the aforementioned period shall be deemed an election by such party not to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 19.03(c).

 

19.04.                         Except as expressly provided in Section 19.03(b) or (c) hereof, Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Premises or of the Building pursuant to this Article 19.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to make such repair or restoration promptly and in such manner as not unreasonably to interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, but Landlord shall not be required to do such repair or restoration work except during Business Hours of Business Days.

 

80


 

 

19.05.        Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article 19, if by reason of a default by Tenant under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, either Landlord or any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee shall be unable to collect all of the insurance proceeds (including, without limitation, rent insurance proceeds) applicable to damage or destruction of the Premises or the Building by fire or other casualty, then, without prejudice to any other remedies which may be available against Tenant, there shall be no abatement or reduction of the Fixed Rent or Additional Charges.

 

19.06.        Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s Property, leasehold improvements and improvements and betterments, and, except as provided by law or by reason of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct or its breach of any of its obligations hereunder, shall not be obligated to repair any damage to or replace Tenant’s Property. Tenant agrees to look first to its insurance for recovery of any damage to or loss of Tenant’s Property.  If Tenant shall fail to maintain such insurance, Landlord shall have the right to obtain insurance on Tenant’s Property and the cost thereof shall be Additional Charges under this Lease and payable by Tenant to Landlord on demand.

 

19.07.        The provisions of this Article 19 shall be deemed an express agreement governing any case of damage or destruction of the Premises by fire or other casualty, and Section 227 of the Real Property Law of the State of New York, providing for such a contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like import, now or hereafter in force, shall have no application in such case.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

Eminent Domain

 

20.01.        If the whole of the Building or the Premises shall be taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall terminate as of the date of vesting of title on such taking (herein called “ Date of the Taking ”), and the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges shall be prorated and adjusted as of such date.

 

20.02.        If more than forty (40%) percent of the Building shall be so taken, this Lease shall be unaffected by such taking, except that (a) Landlord may, at its option, provided that Landlord shall terminate leases of no less than seventy-five (75%) percent of the office space then leased to tenants in the Building upon which the effect of such taking shall have been substantially similar to the effect of same upon the Premises, terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice to that effect within sixty (60) days after the Date of the Taking, and (b) if ten (10%) percent or more of the Premises shall be so taken and the remaining area of the Premises shall not be sufficient, in Tenant’s reasonable judgment, for Tenant to continue the operation of its business, or access to the Premises is materially impaired as a resulting of a taking, in Tenant’s reasonable judgment, then

 

81



 

Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord notice to that effect within ninety (90) days after the Date of the Taking. This lease shall terminate on the date that such notice from Landlord or Tenant to the other shall be given, and the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges shall be prorated and adjusted as of such termination date, except that with respect to any portion of the Premises which is the subject of the taking, if earlier, as of the Date of the Taking. Upon such partial taking and this Lease continuing in force as to any part of the Premises, the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges shall be adjusted according to the rentable area remaining.

 

20.03.        Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection with any taking without deduction therefrom for any estate vested in Tenant by this Lease and Tenant shall receive no part of such award except as hereinafter expressly provided in this Article 20. Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord all of its right, title and interest in and to every such award or payment; provided , however , that Tenant shall have the right to make a separate claim for its moving expenses and to the extent the award otherwise payable to Landlord shall not be diminished thereby, for any of Tenant’s Property taken.

 

20.04.        If the temporary (i.e., for no more than 180 days) use or occupancy of all or any part of the Premises shall be taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to receive that portion of the award or payment for such taking which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Premises, for the taking of Tenant’s Property and for moving expenses, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the Premises.  This Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking and Tenant shall continue to be responsible for all of its obligations hereunder insofar as such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay in full the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges when due, except that the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges shall be equitably and proportionately apportioned with respect to any portion of the Premises that Tenant is not able to use during the period of such temporary use or occupancy.  If the period of temporary use or occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date of this Lease, that part of the award which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Premises (or a part thereof) shall be divided between Landlord and Tenant so that Tenant shall receive so much thereof as represents the period up to and including such Expiration Date and Landlord shall receive so much thereof as represents the period after such Expiration Date.  All monies paid as, or as part of, an award for temporary use and occupancy for a period beyond the date to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges have been paid shall be received, held and applied by Landlord as a trust fund for payment of the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges becoming due hereunder.

 

20.05.        In the event of a taking of less than the whole of the Building and/or the Land which does not result in termination of this Lease, or in the event of a taking for a

 

82



 

temporary use or occupancy of all or any part of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, (a) Landlord, at its expense, and whether or not any award or awards shall be sufficient for the purpose, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair the remaining parts of the Building and the Premises (other than those parts of the Premises which are deemed Landlord’s property pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof and Tenant’s Property) to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible (subject to reasonable changes which Landlord shall deem desirable) and so as to constitute a complete and rentable Building and Premises and (b) Tenant, at its expense, and whether or not any award or awards shall be sufficient for the purpose, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair the remaining parts of the Premises which are deemed Landlord’s property pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof and Tenant’s Property, to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible, subject to reasonable changes which shall be deemed Alterations.

 

ARTICLE 21

 

Surrender

 

21.01.        On the Expiration Date or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, or upon any reentry by Landlord upon the Premises, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord “broom-clean” and in good order, condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear and such damage or destruction as Landlord is required to repair or restore under this Lease, and Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property and all Alterations and leasehold improvements detailed in Section 12.01 above therefrom except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease.  If the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease shall fall on a day which is not a Business Day, then Tenant’s obligations under this Section 21.01 shall be performed by no later than the Business Day immediately preceding such day.

 

21.02.        No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord and each Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee whose lease or mortgage, as the case may be, provides that no such surrender may be accepted without its consent.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

Conditions of Limitation

 

22.01.        This lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that whenever Tenant, or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall file a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or an involuntary petition alleging an act of bankruptcy or insolvency shall be filed against Tenant or such guarantor under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or whenever a petition shall be filed by or against Tenant

 

83



 

or such guarantor under the reorganization provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or under the provisions of any law of like import, or whenever a petition shall be filed by Tenant, or such guarantor, under the arrangement provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or under the provisions of any law of like import, or whenever a permanent receiver of Tenant, or such guarantor, or of or for the property of Tenant, or such guarantor, shall be appointed, then Landlord (a) if such event occurs without the acquiescence of Tenant, or such guarantor, as the case may be, at any time after the event continues for ninety (90) days, or (b) in any other case at any time after the occurrence of any such event, may give Tenant a notice of intention to end the term of this Lease at the expiration of five (5) days from the date of service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of said five (5) day period this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the expiration date of this Lease, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 24 hereof.

 

22.02.        This lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the further limitations that:

 

(i)         if Tenant shall default in the payment of any Fixed Rent or Additional Charges beyond the applicable due date for such amount of Fixed Rent or Additional Charges, and such default shall thereafter continue for ten (10) days after written notice thereof has been given to Tenant, or

 

(ii)        if Tenant shall, whether by action or inaction, be in default of any of its obligations under this Lease (other than a default in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Charges) and such default shall continue and not be remedied as soon as practicable and in any event within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying the same, or, in the case of a default which cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days and the continuance of which for the period required for cure will not (i) subject Landlord or any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee to prosecution for a crime or any other fine or charge, (ii) subject the Premises or any part thereof or the Building or Land, or any part thereof, to being condemned by a public authority, (iii) subject the Building or Land, or any part thereof, to any lien or encumbrance which is not removed or bonded within the time period required under this Lease, or (iv) result in the termination of any Superior Lease or foreclosure of any Superior Mortgage, if Tenant shall not (x) within said thirty (30) day period advise Landlord of Tenant’s intention to take all steps reasonably necessary to remedy such default, (y) duly commence within said 30-day period, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps reasonably necessary to remedy the default and (z) complete such remedy within a reasonable time after the date of said notice of Landlord, or

 

84



 

then in any of said cases Landlord may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the term of this Lease at the expiration of five (5) days from the date of the service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this Lease (unless Tenant cures such default prior to the expiration of said 5-day period) and the term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day was the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this Lease, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 24 hereof.

 

22.03.        (a)        If Tenant shall have assigned its interest in this Lease, and this Lease shall thereafter be disaffirmed or rejected in any proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code or under the provisions of any Federal, state or foreign law of like import, or in the event of termination of this Lease by reason of any such proceeding, the assignor or any of its predecessors in interest under this Lease, upon request of Landlord given within ninety (90) days after such disaffirmance or rejection shall (a) pay to Landlord all Fixed Rent and Additional Charges then due and payable to Landlord under this Lease to and including the date of such disaffirmance or rejection and (b) enter into a new lease as lessee with Landlord of the Premises for a term commencing on the effective date of such disaffirmance or rejection and ending on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as in such lease provided, at the same Fixed Rent and Additional Charges and upon the then executory terms, covenants and conditions as are contained in this Lease, except that (i) the rights of the lessee under the new lease, shall be subject to any possessory rights of the assignee in question under this Lease and any rights of persons claiming through or under such assignee, (ii) such new lease shall require all defaults existing under this Lease to be cured by the lessee with reasonable diligence, and (iii) such new lease shall require the lessee to pay all Additional Charges which, had this Lease not been disaffirmed or rejected, would have become due after the effective date of such disaffirmance or rejection with respect to any prior period.  If the lessee shall fail or refuse to enter into the new lease within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request to do so, then in addition to all other rights and remedies by reason of such default, under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies against the lessee as if the lessee had entered into such new lease and such new lease had thereafter been terminated at the beginning of its term by reason of the default of the lessee thereunder.

 

(b)        If pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy Code Tenant is permitted to assign this Lease in disregard of the restrictions contained in Article 7 hereof (or if this Lease shall be assumed by a trustee), the trustee or assignee shall cure any default under this Lease and shall provide adequate assurance of future performance by the trustee or assignee including (a) of the source of payment of rent and performance of other obligations under this Lease (for which adequate assurance shall mean the deposit of cash security with Landlord in an amount equal to the sum of one year’s Fixed Rent then reserved hereunder plus an amount equal to all Additional Charges payable under Article 3 for the calendar year preceding the year in which such assignment is intended to

 

85



 

become effective, which deposit shall be held by Landlord, without interest, for the balance of the term as security for the full and faithful performance of all of the obligations under this Lease on the part of Tenant yet to be performed) and that any such assignee of this Lease shall have a net worth exclusive of good will, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, equal to at least ten (10) times the aggregate of the annual Fixed Rent reserved hereunder plus all Additional Charges for the preceding calendar year as aforesaid and (b) that the use of the Premises shall in no way diminish the reputation of the Building as a first-class office building or impose any additional burden upon the Building or increase the services to be provided by Landlord.  If all defaults are not cured and such adequate assurance is not provided within sixty (60) days after there has been an order for relief under the United States Bankruptcy Code, then this Lease shall be deemed rejected, Tenant or any other person in possession shall vacate the Premises, and Landlord shall be entitled to retain any rent or security deposit previously received from Tenant and shall have no further liability to Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant or any trustee.  If Tenant receives or is to receive any valuable consideration for such an assignment of this Lease, such consideration, after deducting therefrom (a) the brokerage commissions, if any, and other expenses reasonably incurred by Tenant for such assignment and (b) any portion of such consideration reasonably designed by the assignee as paid for the purchase of Tenant’s Property in the Premises, shall be and become the sole exclusive property of Landlord and shall be paid over to Landlord directly by such assignee.  If Tenant’s trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession assumes this Lease and proposes to assign the same (pursuant to Title 11 U.S.C. Section 365, as the same may be amended) to any person, including, without limitation, any individual, partnership or corporate entity, who shall have made a bona fide offer to accept an assignment of this Lease on terms acceptable to the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession, then notice of such proposed assignment, setting forth (x) the name and address of such person, (y) all of the terms and conditions of such offer, and (z) the adequate assurance to be provided Landlord to assure such person’s future performance under this Lease, including, without limitation, the assurances referred to in Title 11 U.S.C. Section 365(b) (3) (as the same may be amended), shall be given to Landlord by the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession no later than twenty (20) days after receipt by the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession of such offer, but in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the date that the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession shall make application to a court of competent jurisdiction for authority and approval to enter into such assignment and assumption, and Landlord shall thereupon have the prior right and option, to be exercised by notice to the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in- possession, given at any time prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment, to accept an assignment of this Lease upon the same terms and conditions and for the same consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such person, less any brokerage commissions which may be payable out of the consideration to be paid by such person for the assignment of this Lease.

 

86



 

ARTICLE 23

 

Reentry by Landlord

 

23.01.        If this Lease shall terminate as provided in Article 22 hereof, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and employees may immediately or at any time thereafter reenter the Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same, and may remove any person therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Premises.  The word “reenter,” as used herein, is not restricted to its technical legal meaning.  If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 22, or if Landlord shall reenter the Premises under the provisions of this article, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of reentry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall thereupon pay to Landlord the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges payable up to the time of such termination of this Lease, or of such recovery of possession of the Premises by Landlord, as the case may be, and shall also pay to Landlord damages as provided in Article 24 hereof.

 

23.02.        In the event of a breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall also have the right to seek an injunction.  The special remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies to which Landlord may lawfully be entitled at any time and Landlord may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not provided for herein.  Except in those instances where a specific or express remedy is provided under this Lease, in the event of a breach by Landlord of any of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall also have the right of injunction.  Except in those instances where a specific or express remedy is provided under this Lease, the special remedies to which Tenant may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies to which Tenant may lawfully be entitled at any time and Tenant may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity.

 

23.03.        If this Lease shall terminate under the provisions of Article 22 hereof, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Landlord shall be entitled to retain all monies, if any, paid by Tenant to Landlord, whether as advance rent, security or otherwise, but such monies shall be credited by Landlord against any Fixed Rent or Additional Charges due from Tenant at the time of such termination or reentry or, at Landlord’s option, against any damages payable by Tenant under Article 24 hereof or pursuant to law.

 

87



 

ARTICLE 24

 

Damages

 

24.01.        If this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 22 hereof, or if Landlord shall reenter the Premises under the provisions of Article 23 hereof, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of reentry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of Landlord, either:

 

(i)         a sum which at the time of such termination of this Lease or at the time of any such reentry by Landlord, as the case may be, represents the then value of the excess, if any (assuming a discount at a rate per annum equal to the Interest Rate), of (i) the aggregate amount of the Fixed Rent and the Additional Charges under Article 3 hereof which would have been payable by Tenant (conclusively presuming the average monthly Additional Charges under Article 3 hereof to be the same as were payable for the last twelve (12) calendar months, or if less than twelve (12) calendar months have then elapsed since the Commencement Date, all of the calendar months immediately preceding such termination or reentry) for the period commencing with such earlier termination of this Lease or the date of any such reentry, as the case may be, and ending with the date contemplated as the expiration date hereof if this Lease had not so terminated or if Landlord had not so reentered the Premises, over (ii) the aggregate fair market rental value of the Premises for the same period, or

 

(ii)        sums equal to the Fixed Rent and the Additional Charges under Article 3 hereof which would have been payable by Tenant had this Lease not so terminated, or had Landlord not so reentered the Premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified herein following such termination or such reentry and until the date contemplated as the expiration date hereof if this Lease had not so terminated or if Landlord had not so reentered the Premises, provided , however , that if Landlord shall relet the Premises during said period, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such reletting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting the expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this Lease or in reentering the Premises and in securing possession thereof, as well as the expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, altering and preparing the Premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, reasonable legal fees, and all other expenses properly chargeable against the Premises and the rental therefrom, it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining term of this Lease; but in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, nor shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the

 

88



 

collection of damages pursuant to this subdivision to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting, except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord.  If the Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot basis shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting.

 

If the Premises or any part thereof be relet by Landlord for the unexpired portion of the term of this Lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall, prima facie, be the fair and reasonable rental value for the Premises, or part thereof, so relet during the term of the reletting.  Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises or any part thereof, or if the Premises or any part thereof are relet, for its failure to collect the rent under such reletting, and no such refusal or failure to relet or failure to collect rent shall release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages or otherwise under this Lease.

 

24.02.        Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the term of this Lease would have expired if it had not been so terminated under the provisions of Article 22 hereof, or had Landlord not reentered the Premises.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or preclude recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as damages by reason of the termination of this Lease or reentry on the Premises for the default of Tenant under this Lease an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved whether or not such amount be greater than any of the sums referred to in Section 24.01 hereof.

 

24.03.        In addition, if this Lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 22 hereof, or if Landlord shall, reenter the Premises under the provisions of Article 23 hereof, Tenant agrees that:

 

(i)         the Premises then shall be in the condition in which Tenant has agreed to surrender the same to Landlord at the expiration of the term hereof;

 

(ii)        Tenant shall have performed prior to any such termination any covenant of Tenant contained in this Lease for the making of any Alterations or for restoring or rebuilding the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof; and

 

(iii)       for the breach of any covenant of Tenant set forth above in this Section 24.03, Landlord shall be entitled immediately, without notice or other action by Landlord, to recover, and Tenant shall pay, as and for liquidated

 

89



 

damages therefor, the cost of performing such covenant (as estimated by an independent contractor selected by Landlord).

 

24.04.        In addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease, and without reducing or adversely affecting any of Landlord’s rights and remedies under Article 22, if any Fixed Rent, Additional Charges or damages payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord are not paid within ten (10) days after the due date thereof, the same shall bear interest at the Interest Rate from the due date thereof until paid, and the amount of such interest shall be an Additional Charge hereunder; provided, however, with respect to more than two (2) late payments in any 12-month period, same shall bear interest at the Interest Rate plus an additional 2%.

 

24.05.        No reference to any specific right or remedy under this Lease (unless is it expressly indicated that same shall be a sole and exclusive remedy with respect to such item) shall preclude Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, from exercising any other rights or from having any other remedy or from maintaining any action to which it may otherwise be entitled to at law or equity.

 

ARTICLE 25

 

Affirmative Waivers

 

25.01.        Tenant, on behalf of itself and any and all persons claiming through or under Tenant, does hereby waive and surrender all right and privilege which it, they or any of them might have under or by reason of any present or future law, to redeem the Premises or to have a continuance of this Lease after being dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this Lease or after the termination of this Lease as provided in this Lease.

 

25.02.        If Tenant is in arrears in payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Charges, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items to which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to such items as Landlord sees fit, irrespective of and notwithstanding any designation or request by Tenant as to the items which any such payments shall be credited.

 

25.03.        Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, including, without limitation, any claim of injury or damage, and any emergency and other statutory remedy with respect thereto.

 

25.04.        Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim of any kind in any action or proceeding commenced by Landlord to recover possession of the Premises (other than compulsory counterclaims).

 

90


 

 

ARTICLE 26

 

No Waivers

 

26.01.        The failure of either party to insist in any one or more instances upon the strict performance of any one or more of the obligations of this Lease, or to exercise any election herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of the performance of such one or more obligations of this Lease or of the right to exercise such election, and such right to insist upon strict performance shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission.  The receipt by Landlord of Fixed Rent or partial payments thereof or Additional Charges or partial payments thereof with knowledge of breach by Tenant of any obligation of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.

 

26.02.        If there be any agreement between Landlord and Tenant providing for the cancellation of this Lease upon certain provisions or contingencies and/or an agreement for the renewal hereof at the expiration of the term, the right to such renewal or the execution of a renewal agreement between Landlord and Tenant prior to the expiration of the term shall not be considered an extension thereof or a vested right in Tenant to such further term so as to prevent Landlord from canceling this Lease and any such extension thereof during the remainder of the original term; such privilege, if and when so exercised by Landlord, shall cancel and terminate this Lease and any such renewal or extension; any right herein contained on the part of Landlord to cancel this Lease shall continue during any extension or renewal hereof; any option on the part of Tenant herein contained for an extension or renewal hereof shall not be deemed to give Tenant any option for a further extension beyond the first renewal or extended term.

 

ARTICLE 27

 

Curing Tenant’s Defaults

 

27.01.        If Tenant shall default in the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee without thereby waiving such default, may (but shall not be obligated to) perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant, without notice in a case of emergency (provided that in case of an emergency, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to notify Tenant of same as soon as practicable, which notice may be given verbally or by electronic mail), and in any other case only if such default continues after the expiration of the applicable grace period, if any.  If Landlord effects such cure by bonding any lien which Tenant is required to bond, Tenant shall obtain and substitute a bond for Landlord’s bond at its sole cost and expense and reimburse Landlord for the cost of Landlord’s bond.

 

27.02.        Bills for any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord or any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee in connection with any such performance by it for the account of Tenant, and bills for all actual out-of-pocket costs, expenses and

 

91



 

disbursements of every kind and nature whatsoever, including reasonable counsel fees, involved in collecting or endeavoring to collect the Fixed Rent or Additional Charges or any part thereof or enforcing or endeavoring to enforce any rights against Tenant or Tenant’s obligations hereunder, under or in connection with this Lease or pursuant to law, including any such cost, expense and disbursement involved in instituting and prosecuting summary proceedings or in recovering possession of the Premises after default by Tenant or upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, but only to the extent Landlord is the prevailing party in such proceeding (and if Tenant is the prevailing party in such proceeding, Tenant shall be entitled to recover all of its actual out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements (including reasonable legal fees) incurred in connection with such proceeding), and interest on all sums advanced by Landlord or such Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee under this Section 27.02 and/or Section 27.01 (at the Interest Rate or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less) may be sent by Landlord or such Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee to Tenant monthly, or immediately, at its option, and such amounts shall be due and payable as Additional Charges in accordance with the terms of such bills.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Landlord’s costs, expenses, or disbursements in any proceeding then being litigated by the parties hereto until there shall have been rendered a final judgment against Landlord, and the time for appealing such final judgment shall have expired.

 

ARTICLE 28

 

Broker

 

28.01.        Tenant covenants, warrants and represents that no broker except Newmark Knight Frank (herein called the “ Broker ”) was instrumental in bringing about or consummating this Lease and that Tenant had no conversations or negotiations with any broker except the Broker concerning the leasing of the Premises.  Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by Tenant with any broker other than the Broker.  Landlord covenants, warrants and represents that no broker except the Broker was instrumental in bringing about or consummating this Lease and that Landlord had no conversations or negotiations with any broker except the Broker concerning the leasing of the Premises.  Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Tenant against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of conversations or negotiations had by Landlord with any broker (including the Broker) purporting to represent Landlord and with whom Tenant shall have had no dealings.

 

92



 

ARTICLE 29

 

Notices

 

29.01.        Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to this Lease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority (collectively, “notices”) shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this Lease) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made only if sent by (i) registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, posted in a United States post office station or letter box in the continental United States, (ii) nationally recognized overnight courier (e.g., Federal Express) with verification of delivery requested or (iii) personal delivery with verification of delivery requested, in any of such cases addressed as follows:

 

If to Landlord:

 

Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC
c/o Brookfield Financial Properties, L.P.
Three World Financial Center
200 Vesey Street
New York, New York 10281-1021
Attention:  Senior Vice President — Director of Leasing

 

with a copy to:

 

Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC
c/o Brookfield Financial Properties, L.P.
Three World Financial Center
200 Vesey Street
New York, New York 10281-1021
Attention: General Counsel

 

and if to Tenant as follows:

 

Prior to the Commencement Date:

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.
380 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention:  Mr. David G. McGrath, Managing Director, Head of Global Business Services

 

93



 

Following the Commencement Date:

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.
One Liberty Plaza,
165 Broadway
New York, New York 10006
Attention: Mr. David G. McGrath, Managing Director, Head of Global Business Services

 

with a copy to:

 

Prior to the Commencement Date:

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.
380 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention:  General Counsel

 

Following the Commencement Date:

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.
One Liberty Plaza,
165 Broadway
New York, New York 10006
Attention:  General Counsel

 

and (other than notices for payment of Rent)

 

Holland & Knight LLP

10 St. James Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts

Attention: Gordon P. Katz, Esq.

 

, and shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made (x) if mailed, on the third Business Day following the day so mailed, unless mailed to a location outside of the State of New York, in which case it shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made on the third Business Day after the day so mailed, (y) if sent by nationally recognized overnight courier, on the first Business Day following the day sent or (z) if sent by personal delivery, when delivered and receipted by the party to whom addressed (or on the date that such receipt is refused, if applicable).  Either party may, by notice as aforesaid, designate a different address or addresses for notices intended for it.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an occurrence presenting imminent danger to the health or safety of persons or damage to property in, on or about the Building, notices may be hand delivered to Tenant at the Premises, provided that the same notice is also sent in the manner set forth above.

 

94



 

29.02.        Notices hereunder from Landlord may be given by Landlord’s managing agent, if one exists, or by Landlord’s attorney.  Notices hereunder from Tenant may be given by Tenant’s attorney.  Notwithstanding anything in this Article 29 or this Lease to the contrary, invoices, bills and Landlord’s Statements may be rendered by delivering them to Tenant at the Premises, in any case, without the necessity of a receipt, and without providing a copy of such invoices, bills or Landlord’s Statements to any other person or address.

 

29.03.        In addition to the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may, from time to time, request in writing that the other party serve a copy of any notice on one other person or entity designated in such request, such service to be effected as provided in Section 29.01 or 29.02 hereof.

 

29.04.        For the purposes of this Lease, a rent bill sent by first class mail, to the address to which notices are to be given under this Lease, shall be deemed a proper demand for the payment of the amounts set forth therein (but nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to send any rent bill or otherwise make any demand for the payment of rent except in those cases, if any, explicitly provided for in this Lease).  In connection with any rent bill sent by first class mail, Landlord shall utilize reasonable efforts to send a courtesy e-mail to ITG_Rent@itg.com with a copy of such rent bill.

 

ARTICLE 30

 

Estoppel Certificates

 

30.01.        Each party agrees, at any time and from time to time (but no more than four (4) times in any calendar year), as requested by the other party with not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice, to execute and deliver to the other a statement certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), certifying the dates to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges have been paid, stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signer, the other party is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, and if so, specifying each such default of which the signer shall have knowledge, and stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signer, any event has occurred which with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, and, if so, specifying each such event, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto shall be deemed a representation and warranty to be relied upon by the party requesting the certificate and by others with whom such party may be dealing, regardless of independent investigation.  Tenant also shall include in any such statement such other reasonable information concerning this Lease as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

95



 

ARTICLE 31

 

Memorandum of Lease

 

31.01.        This Lease shall not be recorded, however, at either party’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver a memorandum with respect to this Lease sufficient for recording in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant and Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, may record the memorandum.  Within ten (10) days after the end of the term, Tenant shall enter into such documentation as is reasonably required by Landlord to remove the memorandum of record.

 

ARTICLE 32

 

No Representations by Landlord

 

32.01.        Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has not made and is not making, and Tenant, in executing and delivering this Lease, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this Lease or in any other written agreement which may be made between the parties concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease and shall expressly refer to this Lease.  All understandings and agreements heretofore had between the parties are merged in this Lease and any other written agreement(s) made concurrently herewith, which alone fully and completely express the agreement of the parties and which are entered into after full investigation, neither party relying upon any statement or representation not embodied in this Lease or any other written agreement(s) made concurrently herewith.

 

ARTICLE 33

 

Intentionally Omitted

 

ARTICLE 34

 

Holdover

 

34.01.        (a)        In the event this Lease is not renewed or extended or a new lease is not entered into between the parties, and if Tenant shall then hold over after the expiration of the term of this Lease, and if Landlord shall then not proceed to remove Tenant from the Premises in the manner permitted by law (or shall not have given written notice to Tenant that Tenant must vacate the Premises) irrespective of whether or not Landlord accepts rent from Tenant for a period beyond the Expiration Date, the parties hereby agree that Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises after the expiration of the term shall be under a month-to-month tenancy commencing on the first day after the expiration of the term (except that if Tenant holds over hereunder for a period of 30 days

 

96



 

or less, Tenant’s holdover rental obligations set forth below shall determined on a per diem basis), which tenancy shall be upon all of the terms set forth in this Lease except Tenant shall pay on the first day of each month of the holdover period as Fixed Rent, an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage multiplied by the higher of (i) one-twelfth of the sum of the Fixed Rent and Additional Charges payable by Tenant during the last year of the term of this Lease ( i.e ., the year immediately prior to the holdover period) or (ii) an amount equal to the then market rental value for the Premises as shall be established by Landlord giving notice to Tenant of Landlord’s good faith estimate of such market rental value.  For purposes hereof, the term “ Applicable Percentage ” shall mean (a) 125% for the first 30 days of such holdover, (b) 150% for the next 60 days of such holdover and (c) 200% thereafter. Tenant may dispute such market rental value for the Premises as estimated by Landlord by giving notice to Landlord within but in no event after thirty (30) days after the giving of Landlord’s notice to Tenant (as to the giving of which notice to Landlord, time shall be deemed of the essence).  Enclosed with such notice, Tenant shall be required to furnish to Landlord the written opinion of a reputable New York licensed real estate broker having leasing experience in the Borough of Manhattan, for a period of not less than ten (10) years setting forth said broker’s good faith opinion of the market rental value of the Premises.  If Tenant and Landlord are unable to resolve any such dispute as to the market rental value for the Premises then an independent arbitrator who shall be a real estate broker of similar qualifications and shall be selected from a listing of not less than three (3) brokers furnished by the American Arbitration Association (or any successor thereto) to Tenant and Landlord (at the request of either Landlord or Tenant).  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the selection of the individual arbitrator from such listing, then the first arbitrator so listed by the American Arbitration Association (or any successor thereto) shall be conclusively presumed to have been selected by both Landlord and Tenant and the decision of such arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties as to the market rental value for the Premises.  Pending the determination of the market rental value of the Premises upon the expiration of the term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Fixed Rent an amount computed in accordance with clauses (i) or (ii) of this subsection 34.01(a) (as Landlord shall then elect), and upon determination of the market rental value of the Premises in accordance with the preceding provisions hereof appropriate adjustments and payments shall be effected.  Further, Landlord shall not be required to perform any work, furnish any materials or make any repairs within the Premises during the holdover period.  It is further stipulated and agreed that if Landlord shall, at any time after the expiration of the original term or after the expiration of any term created thereafter, proceed to remove Tenant from the Premises as a holdover, the Fixed Rent for the use and occupancy of the Premises during any holdover period shall be calculated in the same manner as set forth above.  In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant any losses or damages arising from such holdover as provided in Section 34.01(c) hereof.

 

(d)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the acceptance of any rent paid by Tenant pursuant to subsection 34.01(a) above shall not preclude Landlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or summary eviction

 

97



 

proceeding, and the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an “agreement expressly providing otherwise” within the meaning of Section 223-c of the Real Property Law of the State of New York.

 

(e)        If Tenant shall hold-over or remain in possession of any portion of the Premises beyond the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be subject not only to summary proceeding, but, if such holding over exceeds ninety (90) days, also to any actual damages in connection with any lease or other bona fide occupancy agreement that Landlord has entered into for the Premises (following the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease).  All actual damages to Landlord by reason of such holding over by Tenant may be the subject of a separate action and need not be asserted by Landlord in any summary proceedings against Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 35

 

Miscellaneous Provisions and Definitions

 

35.01.        No agreement shall be effective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, including, without limitation, this Section 35.01, unless such agreement is in writing, refers expressly to this Lease and is signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, waiver, release, discharge, termination or effectuation of the abandonment is sought.  If Tenant shall at any time request Landlord to sublet the Premises for Tenant’s account, Landlord or its agent is authorized to receive keys for such purposes without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord of any liability for loss or damage to any of Tenant’s Property in connection with such subletting unless caused by or resulting from the negligence or willful act of Landlord, its agents, servants, contractors, or employees.

 

35.02.        Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, the obligations of this Lease shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the parties hereto with the same effect as if mentioned in each instance where a party is named or referred to; provided , however , that (a) no violation of the provisions of Article 7 shall operate to vest any rights in any successor or assignee of Tenant and (b) the provisions of this Article 35 shall not be construed as modifying the conditions of limitation contained in Article 22.

 

35.03.        Tenant shall look only to Landlord’s estate and property in the Land and the Building for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies, for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder, and no other property or assets of Landlord or its partners, officers, directors, shareholders or principals, disclosed or undisclosed, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

98



 

35.04.        (a)        Except as expressly provided in this Lease, including, without limitation, in Section 35.04(b) and Articles 19 and 20 hereof, the obligations of Landlord or Tenant hereunder shall be in no wise affected, impaired or excused, nor shall Landlord or Tenant, as applicable have any liability whatsoever to Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, nor shall it be deemed a constructive eviction because (a) Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, is unable to fulfill, or is delayed in fulfilling, any of its obligations under this Lease by reason of strike, lock-out or other labor trouble, governmental preemption of priorities or other controls in connection with a national or other public emergency or shortages of fuel, supplies or labor resulting therefrom, or any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar, beyond Landlord’s or Tenant’s, as applicable, reasonable control; or (b) of any failure or defect in the supply, quantity or character of electricity or water furnished to the Premises, by reason of any requirement, act or omission of the public utility or others serving the Building with electric energy, steam, oil, gas or water, or for any other reason whether similar or dissimilar, beyond Landlord’s or Tenant’s reasonable control (the foregoing circumstances described in this Section 35.04 being herein called “ Force Majeure Causes ”); provided, however, in no event shall the unavailability of funds be deemed to excuse any performance by or obligation of Landlord or Tenant (including, without limitation, the payment of Rent) hereunder, as applicable.  The above notwithstanding, to the extent that, (X) if the estimated cost (as reasonably estimated by the party required to perform such work or take such action) is in excess of $1,000,000.00, after ten (10) days or (Y) if the estimated cost (as reasonably estimated by the party required to perform such work or take such action) is equal to or less than $1,000,000.00, after five (5) days, either (i) Landlord is prevented from performing a repair and/or maintenance obligation that is expressly required of Landlord hereunder and the failure to perform same adversely affects Tenant’s ability to conduct its ordinary business in the Premises or (ii) Tenant is prevented from performing a repair and/or maintenance obligation that is expressly required of Tenant hereunder and the failure to perform same affects portions of the Building outside of the Premises, and, in either such case, such Force Majeure Cause is related to the ability to retain a contractor or obtain a certain item from a supplier, then, in either such case, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, shall use reasonable efforts to utilize an alternative contractor or obtain such item from an alternative supplier, provided in no such case shall either party be required to expend more than 20% more than such party originally was being charged by the original contractor or vendor in connection with such repair and/or maintenance obligation.

 

(b)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, but subject to the provisions of Article 19 and 20 hereof to the extent applicable, if for a period of five (5) consecutive Business Days (or a period of five (5) consecutive days if Tenant is then-operating in the Premises for the ordinary conduct of business on a 7 day a week basis) (i) Landlord fails to provide services required under this Lease to be provided to the Premises, (ii) Landlord fails to complete the repairs required under this Lease to be made by Landlord or (iii) Landlord’s access to the Premises actually prevents Tenant from the ordinary conduct of business within the Premises, and (w) the cause of such failure shall not be Force Majeure Causes or the act or omission of Tenant, its agents,

 

99



 

representatives, contractors or employees, and (x) the Premises shall be rendered not usable by Tenant for the purposes intended hereunder and (y) Tenant shall vacate the Premises and (z) Tenant shall concurrently therewith give notice of such fact to Landlord, then, in such event, the Fixed Rent payable pursuant to this Lease shall be abated for the unusable portion of the Premises for the period commencing on the day immediately succeeding the expiration of such five (5) consecutive Business Day period (or five (5) consecutive day period, as applicable) and ending on the date that the Premises shall be rendered usable (or such earlier date, if any, as Tenant shall reoccupy the Premises for the conduct of its business).

 

35.05.        For the purposes of this Lease, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

 

(a)        The term “ mortgage ” shall include a mortgage and/or a deed of trust, and the term “ holder of a mortgage ” or “ mortgagee ” or words of similar import shall include a mortgagee of a mortgage or a beneficiary of a deed of trust.

 

(b)        The term “ laws and requirements of any public authorities ” and words of a similar import shall mean laws and ordinances of any or all of the federal, state, city, town, county, borough and village governments including, without limitation, The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and rules, regulations, orders and directives of any and all departments, subdivisions, bureaus, agencies or offices thereof, and of any other governmental, public or quasi-public authorities having jurisdiction over the Building and/or the Premises, and the direction of any public officer pursuant to law, whether now or hereafter in force.

 

(c)        The term “ requirements of insurance bodies ” and words of similar import shall mean rules, regulations, orders and other requirements of the New York Board of Underwriters and/or the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization and/or any other similar body performing the same or similar functions and having jurisdiction or cognizance over the Building and/or the Premises, whether now or hereafter in force.

 

(d)        The term “ Tenant ” shall mean the Tenant herein named or any assignee or other successor in interest (immediate or remote) of the Tenant herein named, which at the time in question is the owner of the Tenant’s estate and interest granted by this Lease; but the foregoing provisions of this subsection shall not be construed to permit any assignment of this Lease or to relieve the Tenant herein named or any assignee or other successor in interest (whether immediate or remote) of the Tenant herein named from the full and prompt payment, performance and observance of the covenants, obligations and conditions to be paid, performed and observed by Tenant under this Lease.

 

(e)        The term “ Landlord ” shall mean only the owner at the time in question of Landlord’s interest in the Land or a lease of the Land and the Building or a lease thereof so that in the event of any transfer or transfers of Landlord’s interest in the

 

100


 

Land or a lease thereof or the Building the transferor shall be and hereby is relieved and freed of all obligations of Landlord under this Lease accruing after such transfer, and it shall be deemed, without further agreement that such transferee has assumed and agreed to perform and observe all obligations of Landlord herein during the period it is the holder of Landlord’s interest under this Lease.

 

(f)        The terms “ herein,” hereof ” and “ hereunder, ” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Lease as a whole, and not to any particular article or section, unless expressly so stated.

 

(g)        The term “ and/or ” when applied to one or more matters or things shall be construed to apply to any one or more or all thereof as the circumstances warrant at the time in question.

 

(h)        The term “ person ” shall mean any natural person or persons, a partnership, a corporation, and any other form of business or legal association or entity.

 

(i)         The terms “ Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant ” or “ the same shall be without liability to Landlord ” or “ without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor ”, or words of similar import shall mean that Tenant is not entitled to terminate this Lease, or to claim actual or constructive eviction, partial, or total, or to receive any abatement or diminution of rent, or to be relieved in any manner of any of its other obligations hereunder, or to be compensated for loss or injury suffered or to enforce any other right or kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this Lease or with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

(j)         The term “ Interest Rate ,” when used in this Lease, shall mean an interest rate equal to the so-called prime rate of interest (as published by The Wall Street Journal or similar publication), then in effect, plus 2%, but in no event greater than the highest lawful rate from time to time in effect.

 

(k)        The term “ Legal Requirements ”, “ laws and requirements of any public authorities ” and words of a similar import shall mean laws and ordinances of any or all of the federal, state, city, town, county, borough and village governments and rules, regulations, orders and directives of any and all departments, subdivisions, bureaus, agencies or offices thereof, and of any other governmental, public or quasi-public authorities having jurisdiction over the Building and/or the Premises, and the direction of any public officer pursuant to law, whether now or hereafter in force.

 

35.06.        Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease and except for such obligations as by their nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this Lease, may be, performed after such expiration or other termination; and, in any event, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, any liability for a payment (including, without limitation,

 

101



 

Additional Charges under Article 3) which shall have accrued to or with respect to any period ending at the time of expiration or other termination of this Lease shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

 

35.07.        (a)        If Tenant shall request Landlord’s consent and Landlord shall fail or refuse to give such consent, Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages for any withholding by Landlord of its consent, it being intended that Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance or injunction, and that such remedy shall be available only in those cases where Landlord has expressly agreed in writing not to unreasonably withhold its consent or where as a matter of law Landlord may not unreasonably withhold its consent; provided, however, nothing contained herein shall restrict Tenant’s ability to collect damages in such instances where Tenant has obtained a final judgment from a court of competent jurisdiction that Landlord acted in bad faith in connection with the withholding of such consent.

 

(b)        If Tenant desires to determine any dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the reasonableness of Landlord’s decision to refuse to consent or approve any item as to which Landlord has specifically agreed that its consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or with respect to any other dispute under this Lease which expressly permits same to be resolved by expedited arbitration, such dispute shall be settled and finally determined by expedited arbitration conducted by JAMS, Inc. in accordance with the following provisions of this subsection 35.07(b).  Within ten (10) Business Days next following the giving of any notice by Tenant stating that it wishes such dispute to be so determined, Landlord and Tenant shall each give notice to the other setting forth the name and address of an arbitrator designated by the party giving such notice.  If the two arbitrators shall fail to agree upon the designation of a third arbitrator within five (5) Business Days after the designation of the second arbitrator then either party may apply to JAMS, Inc. in New York City (or any successor thereto) for the designation of such arbitrator and if he or she is unable or refuses to act within ten (10) Business Days, then either party may apply to the Supreme Court in New York County, New York (or to any other court having jurisdiction and exercising functions similar to those now exercised by said Court) for the designation of such arbitrator.  The three arbitrators shall conduct such hearings as they deem appropriate, making their determination in writing and giving notice to Landlord and Tenant of their determination as soon as practicable, and if possible, within five (5) Business Days after the designation of the third arbitrator; the concurrence of or, in the event no two of the arbitrators shall render a concurring determination, then the determination of the third arbitrator designated, shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  Judgment upon any decision rendered in any arbitration held pursuant to this subsection 35.07(b) shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant, whether or not a judgment shall be entered in any court.  Each party shall pay its own counsel fees and expenses, if any, in connection with any arbitration under this subsection 35.07(b), including the expenses and fees of any arbitrator selected by it in accordance with the provisions of this subsection 35.07(b), and the parties shall share all other expenses and fees of any such arbitration.  The arbitrators

 

102



 

shall be bound by the provisions of this Lease, and shall not add to, subtract from or otherwise modify such provisions.  The sole remedy which may be awarded by the arbitrators in any proceeding pursuant to this Section 35.07 is an order compelling Landlord to consent to or approve the matter in dispute, and the arbitrators may not award damages or grant any monetary award or any other form of relief.

 

35.08.        If any Superior Mortgagee shall require any modification(s) of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute and deliver to Landlord such instruments effecting such modification(s) as Landlord shall require, provided that such modification(s) do not decrease any of Tenant’s rights under this Lease, or increase any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, in either case beyond a de minimis extent.

 

35.09.        If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as said person shall deem reasonably necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or liability against Landlord and without reducing or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

35.10.        Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which violates applicable law or the certificate of occupancy of the Building or which exceeds the floor load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry.  All heavy material and/or equipment must be placed by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, so as to distribute the weight.  Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient in Landlord’s reasonable judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.  If the Premises be or become infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense cause the same to be exterminated from time to time to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such exterminators and such exterminating company or companies as shall be reasonably approved by Landlord.

 

35.11.        The submission by Landlord of this Lease in draft form shall be deemed submitted solely for Tenant’s consideration and not for acceptance and execution.  Such submission shall have no binding force or effect and shall confer no rights nor impose any obligations, including brokerage obligations, on either party unless and until both Landlord and Tenant shall have executed this Lease and duplicate originals thereof shall have been delivered to the respective parties.

 

35.12.        Irrespective of the place of execution or performance, this Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.  If any provisions of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected

 

103



 

but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law.  The table of contents, captions, headings and titles in this Lease are solely for convenience of references and shall not affect its interpretation.  This lease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Lease to be drafted.  All terms and words used in this Lease, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require.

 

35.13.        If under the terms of this Lease Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord a sum in addition to the Fixed Rent under this Lease and no payment period therefor is specified, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount due within thirty (30)  days after being billed.

 

35.14.        Intentionally omitted.

 

35.15.        Tenant represents and warrants that this Lease has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Tenant.

 

35.16.        Tenant acknowledges that it has no rights to any development rights, “air rights” or comparable rights appurtenant to the Real Property, and consents, without further consideration, to any utilization of such rights by Landlord and agrees to promptly execute and deliver any instruments which may be requested by Landlord, including instruments merging zoning lots, evidencing such acknowledgment and consent.  The provisions of this Section 35.16 shall be deemed to be and shall be construed as an express waiver by Tenant of any interest Tenant may have as a “party in interest” (as such quoted term is defined in Section 12-10 Zoning Lot of the Zoning Resolution of the City of New York) in the Real Property.

 

35.17.        If any sales or other tax is payable with respect to any cleaning or other services which Tenant obtains or contracts for directly from any third party or parties, Tenant shall file any required tax returns and shall pay any such tax, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, damage or liability suffered or incurred by Landlord on account thereof.

 

35.18.        Intentionally omitted.

 

35.19.        In connection with any examination by Tenant of Landlord’s books and records, Tenant agrees that such persons accessing such information on Tenant’s behalf shall execute a confidentiality agreement in form and substance that is commercially reasonable (to both Landlord and Tenant) in which such information shall be treated as confidential and not be disclose to any other person, except as may be required (i) by applicable Legal Requirements or (ii) by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator or in connection with any action or proceeding before a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator, or (iii) to Tenant’s attorneys, accountants and other professionals in connection with any dispute between Landlord and Tenant; or (iv) is or becomes generally known to the public other than as a result of a breach or default of this Lease by Tenant.

 

104



 

35.20.        Tenant shall not cause or permit “ Hazardous Materials ” (as defined below) to be used, transported, stored, released, handled, produced or installed in, on or from, Tenant’s premises or the Building.  The term “ Hazardous Materials ” shall, for the purposes hereof, mean any flammable explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, hazardous and toxic substances, or related materials, asbestos or any material containing asbestos, or any other substance or material, as defined by any federal, state or local environmental law, ordinance, rule or regulation including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, and in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to each of the foregoing.  In the event of a breach of the provisions of this Section 35.20, Landlord shall, in addition to all of its rights and remedies under this Lease and pursuant to law, require Tenant to remove any such Hazardous Materials from the Premises in the manner prescribed for such removal by Legal Requirements.  The above notwithstanding, if, during the term of this Lease, Tenant discovers any Hazardous Materials in the Premises which are deemed a Hazardous Material pursuant to law existing as of the date hereof and which are not Tenant’s responsibility hereunder to remove, remediate, encapsulate or abate then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of same and Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove, encapsulate, abate, or remediate such Hazardous Materials.  In connection therewith, if Tenant is unable to utilize a portion of the Premises for the ordinary conduct of business as a result of the existence of such Hazardous Materials which are Landlord’s obligation to deal with pursuant to the preceding sentence, then Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy in connection therewith, shall be entitled to a day-for-day abatement of Fixed Rent and Additional Charges pursuant to Article 3 hereof for the portion of the Premises so affected for the period of time Tenant is unable to utilize said portion (but in no event beyond the date that Landlord completes any such work required of Landlord pursuant to the preceding sentence).  The provisions of this Section 35.20 shall survive the termination of this Lease.  Following Tenant’s submission of form PW-1 and the submission of Tenant’s plans and specifications for the Tenant’s Work (and following the completion of Landlord’s Work), Landlord shall provide Tenant with an ACP-5 covering the Premises.

 

35.21.        Upon Tenant’s reasonable request and provided same does not adversely affect Landlord, the Building or any other tenant’s or occupant’s of the Building, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute any reasonable documents required by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s seeking to reduce any sales tax or commercial rent tax liability that is required of Tenant under applicable law.

 

35.22.        Tenant represents that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date of this Lease, and Tenant covenants that throughout the term of this Lease: (a) Tenant is not, and shall not be, an Embargoed Person (as defined below); (b) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant are or shall constitute property of, or are or shall be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person; (c) no Embargoed Person shall

 

105



 

have any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant, with the result that the investment in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly) is or would be blocked or prohibited by law or that this Lease and performance of the obligations hereunder are or would be blocked or in violation of law; (d) none of the funds of Tenant are, or shall be derived from, any activity with the result that the investment in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly) is or would be blocked or in violation of law or that this Lease and performance of the obligations hereunder are or would be in violation of law; and (e) Tenant shall not permit the Premises, or any portion thereof, to be used or occupied by or for the benefit of any Embargoed Person.  The term “ Embargoed Person ” shall, for the purposes hereof, mean a person, entity or government (i) identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the United States Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control and/or any similar list maintained pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation and/or (ii) subject to trade restrictions under United States law, including, without limitation, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. § 1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated under any such laws, with the result that the investment in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), is or would be prohibited by law or this Lease is or would be in violation of law and/or (iii) subject to blocking, sanction or reporting under the USA Patriot Act, as amended; Executive Order 13224, as amended; Title 31, Parts 595, 596 and 597 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, as they exist from time to time; and any other law or Executive Order or regulation through which the United States Department of the Treasury has or may come to have sanction authority.  If any representation made by Tenant pursuant to this Section 35.22 shall become untrue Tenant shall within twenty (20) days give written notice thereof to Landlord, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the reason(s) why such representation has become untrue and shall be accompanied by any relevant notices from, or correspondence with, the applicable governmental agency or agencies.

 

ARTICLE 36

 

The Lower Manhattan Plan

 

36.01.        (a)        (i)            For purposes of this Article 36, unless otherwise defined in this Lease, all terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Title 4 of Article 4 of the New York Real Property Tax Law (herein called the “ Lower Manhattan Plan ”).

 

(ii)           For purposes of the Lower Manhattan Plan, Tenant’s Percentage Share shall mean Tenant’s Tax Share.

 

(b)        (i)            For so long as Tenant continues to be eligible for the real estate tax abatement benefits of the Lower Manhattan Plan (herein called the “ LMP Abatement Benefits ”) with respect to the Premises, Landlord agrees to comply with the provisions and requirements of the Lower Manhattan Plan and the rules promulgated

 

106



 

thereunder as same relate to the Premises and to Landlord (in connection with Tenant’s eligibility for the LMP Abatement Benefits); provided , however , that Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, as Additional Charges hereunder, the amount of any out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such compliance, including, without limitation, the amount of any administrative charges or fees imposed by the New York City Department of Finance (herein called the “ Department ”) in connection with such compliance.

 

(ii)           Tenant agrees to comply with the provisions and requirements of the Lower Manhattan Plan and the rules promulgated thereunder as same relate to the Premises; and Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and all Superior Lessors and Superior Mortgagees and its and their respective partners, directors, officers, principals, shareholders, agents and employees from and against any and all claims arising from or in connection with Tenant’s failure to so comply, together with all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and expenses.

 

(c)        (i)            In accordance with the Lower Manhattan Plan and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord agrees to allow Tenant a credit against the Fixed Rent and the recurring Additional Charges (including Tax Payments) payable by Tenant hereunder in an amount that, in the aggregate, equals the full amount of any abatement of real estate taxes granted for the Premises pursuant to the Lower Manhattan Plan and actually received by Landlord (herein called the “ Actual LMP Benefits ”).  Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Actual LMP Benefits, credit the full amount thereof against the next installment(s) of Fixed Rent and/or recurring Additional Charges becoming due hereunder.

 

(ii)           Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, as Additional Charges hereunder, the amount of all or any portion of the Actual LMP Benefits that have been credited against Fixed Rent and/or Additional Charges becoming due hereunder, and which are thereafter revoked (including, without limitation, if such Actual LMP Benefits are revoked due to the exercise by Tenant of its right to assign or sublease pursuant to Article 7 hereof), together with any interest and/or penalties imposed against Landlord in connection with such Actual LMP Benefits.

 

(d)        Nothing contained herein (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 36.01(d) (i) (3) hereof), shall be construed to impose any obligation on Landlord to perform, or (except as provided in the next sentence) to incur any cost for, any improvements to the Premises and/or the common areas to establish Tenant’s eligibility for the LMP Abatement Benefits.  Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant may apply all or any portion of the Work Allowance toward satisfying the

 

107



 

requirement of the Lower Manhattan Plan that certain amounts per square foot of the Premises be spent on improvements to the Premises.

 

(e)        In the event that Landlord shall default in the performance or observance of any of the covenants, terms, provisions or conditions on its part to be performed or observed under this Article 36, this Lease shall remain unaffected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord’s liability for such default, if any, shall be limited to the payment of damages which shall in no event exceed the aggregate amount of the LMP Abatement Benefits with respect to the Premises to which Tenant would have been entitled but for such default.

 

(f)        Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 36, Landlord makes no representation or warranty as to the amount, if any, of Actual LMP Benefits that will be received by Landlord.

 

(g)        Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, reasonably cooperate with Tenant, including executing reasonable documents reasonably requested by Tenant, in connection with Tenant obtaining any LMP Abatement Benefits.

 

ARTICLE 37

 

Condominium

 

37.01.        On or about December 19, 2000, the Land and the Building were subjected to the provisions of Article 9-B of the New York Real Property Law (herein called the “ Condominium Act ”), thereby creating The One Liberty Plaza Condominium (herein called the “ Condominium ”) in accordance with that certain Declaration Establishing a Plan for Condominium Ownership of Premises Located at One Liberty Plaza, New York, New York Pursuant to Article 9-B of the Real Property Law of the State of New York (as the same has thereafter been amended by that certain First Amendment to Declaration of Condominium dated December 18, 2002, herein called the “ Condominium Declaration ”).  The units of the Condominium are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “ Unit ” and collectively as “ Units .”  The Condominium was formed for the sole purpose of facilitating the receipt by a tenant of the Building (herein called the “ Tax-Benefit Tenant ”) of certain tax benefits, which was accomplished by: (i) creating the Condominium, (ii) conveying the Units containing the premises theretofore demised to the Tax-Benefit Tenant (herein called the “ IDA Units ”) to the New York City Industrial Development Agency (herein called the “ IDA ”), a tax-exempt entity, with Landlord retaining a reversionary interest and (iii) requiring the IDA to immediately lease back the IDA Units to Landlord pursuant to a lease demising to Landlord all of benefits and burdens of ownership of the IDA Units (herein called, together with any additional such leases that may be entered into as set forth in the immediately following sentence hereof, the “ IDA Leaseback ”).  Pursuant to Landlord’s lease with the Tax-Benefit Tenant (herein called the “ Tax-Benefit Lease ”), Landlord may from time to time convey additional Units to the IDA in the same manner as set forth in the immediately preceding

 

108



 

sentence in connection with the leasing of additional premises in the Building to the Tax-Benefit Tenant.

 

37.02.        As more particularly set forth in the Condominium Declaration, it is intended that Landlord, as either the owner or the holder of an IDA Leaseback with respect to all of the Units of the Condominium, will operate the entire Land and the entire Building as if Landlord were the owner of the entire Land and the entire Building and the Land and the Building were not owned in the condominium form of ownership.  Accordingly, the terms and conditions of this Lease shall be administered in the same manner as would be the case if Landlord were the sole fee simple owner of the Land and the Building outside the condominium form of ownership and nothing contained in the Condominium Declaration (including, without limitation, the By-Laws of the Condominium annexed thereto), as same may be amended from time to time, shall be construed to increase Tenant’s obligations or diminish Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

37.03.        On or about December 19, 2000, Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest, WFP One Liberty Plaza Co. L.P., entered into an agreement with The City of New York (as the same has thereafter been amended by that certain First Amendment to Tax Agreement dated December 30, 2002, herein called the “ Tax Agreement ”) pursuant to which, notwithstanding the subdivision of the pre-existing single tax lot for the Land and the Building (herein called the “ Existing Tax Lot ”) into individual tax lots for each of the Units (herein called the “ New Tax Lots ”) in connection with the formation of the Condominium:

 

(i)            the aggregate assessed real estate tax value (herein called the “ Aggregate Value ”) of the New Tax Lots will be the same as the assessed value that the Existing Tax Lot would have received from time to time had the Existing Tax Lot not been subjected to condominium status and not been subdivided into the New Tax Lots;

 

(ii)           each New Tax Lot will have an assessed real estate tax value equal to its share of the Aggregate Value, which will be the same percentage share assigned to the corresponding Unit in the Condominium Declaration;

 

(iii)          Landlord will have the right to contest the Aggregate Value only with respect to all of the New Tax Lots in the aggregate, and will not have the right to contest the assessed real estate tax value for one or more Units on an individual basis;

 

(iv)          the City of New York will accept as valid a single application for review of assessed valuation and a single petition for judicial review of assessed valuation, each of which shall (x) aggregate the assessments of the New Tax Lots, (y) state a single aggregated value for the aggregated New Tax Lots and (z) be a single request for assessment reduction of the Aggregate Value of the New Tax Lots;

 

109



 

(v)           any reductions in the Aggregate Value will be apportioned in accordance with the percentage shares assigned to the Units in the Condominium Declaration; and

 

(vi)          the income and expense statements required pursuant to Section 11-208.1 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York and any other statements, documents or instruments required to be submitted by Landlord relating to the assessment of real estate taxes shall in each case be submitted for all of the New Tax Lots as a single whole, and not for any individual Unit.

 

37.04.        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, for purposes of applying the provisions of Article 3 of this Lease with respect to the calculation of the Tax Payment payable by Tenant from time to time, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Taxes “payable” by Landlord for any Tax Year shall be deemed to be the same amount of Taxes that would otherwise be “payable” by Landlord with respect to the Real Property but for the exemption of any IDA Units from one or more components of Taxes for such Tax Year (i.e., as if the Land and the Building had not been subjected to the provisions of the Condominium Act).  Thus, there shall be added to the Taxes actually payable by Landlord with respect to any such Tax Year,  the aggregate amount of Taxes from which any IDA Units are exempted for such Tax Year (herein called the “ Exempted Tax Amount ”).  In computing the Exempted Tax Amount, any tax abatement or exemption that would otherwise apply to the IDA Units, but for their pre-existing exemption from Taxes, shall be taken into account.  Thus, for example, if in any Tax Year the City of New York institutes a program providing for an across-the-board five percent (5%) abatement of Taxes payable with respect to commercial office buildings in Manhattan, said five percent (5%) abatement shall be taken into account in computing the Exempted Tax Amount.

 

37.05.        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the provisions of the first sentence of Section 3.02(b) of this Lease shall not apply to any refund of Taxes received by Landlord for any Tax Year if and to the extent that such refund consists of Taxes paid with respect to any IDA Unit for a period of time that such IDA Unit was exempt from such Taxes (e.g., if an IDA Unit is conveyed by Landlord to the IDA, there is a delay in taking such IDA Unit off of the City’s tax rolls and Taxes are paid by Landlord with respect to such IDA Unit for a period with respect to which such IDA Unit is exempt from such Taxes).

 

37.06.        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 3.01(e) of this Lease, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall not include common charges of the Condominium, if and to the extent that such common charges duplicate or are in excess of amounts otherwise properly includable in Operating Expenses in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease (i.e., the determination of whether and to what extent an item of expense is includable as an Operating Expense in accordance with the terms

 

110


 

and conditions of this Lease shall be made without regard to whether the amount of such item is payable by Landlord as part of common charges or directly to a third party).

 

37.07.        Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding the existence of the Condominium, Tenant shall be entitled to all of the rights and privileges expressly provided under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 38

 

Right of First Offer

 

38.01.     (a)           Provided and on condition that (i) Tenant is not in default under the terms and conditions of this Lease, beyond the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, either as of the date of the giving of “Tenant’s Acceptance Notice” or the “Offering Space Inclusion Date” (as such terms are hereinafter defined), which requirement Landlord may waive in its sole and absolute discretion, (ii) the Named Tenant (together with any Tenant’s Affiliates) shall, as of the Offering Space Inclusion Date and the date on which Tenant accepts Landlord’s offer, be in actual occupancy of not less than sixty-six (66%) percent of the rentable square foot area of the Premises (provided, however, that such occupancy requirement may be waived by Landlord at any time in its sole discretion), and (iii) as of the Offering Space Inclusion Date, there shall be not less than five (5) years remaining in the term of this Lease (provided that with respect to the initial term of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to simultaneously renew this Lease, if permissible under this Lease, with the giving of any Tenant’s Acceptance Notice), then if at any time during the term of this Lease, all or any portion of the third (3 rd ) and/or seventh (7 th ) floors of the Building (collectively, the “ Offering Space ”) shall become available for leasing to anyone other than the current tenant or occupant thereof (or any affiliate, assignee or subtenant of same) (each of such entities being hereinafter called an “ Existing Tenant ”), then Landlord, subject to the provisions of Section 38.07 hereof, and subject to the rights of any Existing Tenant of any portion of the Offering Space to extend the term of its lease with respect thereto (regardless of whether such election is made pursuant to any provision included within such tenant’s lease), shall offer to Tenant the right to include such Offering Space within the Premises upon all the terms and conditions of this Lease (other than any provision of this Lease providing for a work allowance, or any landlord work, free rent period or any other tenant concession, or any terms and conditions of this Lease which are clearly intended to apply to portions of the Premises other than the Offering Space), except that:

 

(i)            The Fixed Rent with respect to such Offering Space shall be at a rate equal to the fair market rent for such Offering Space that a willing third party would be willing to pay for said Offering Space, which shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of  Section 39.02 below (as same are applicable to this Article 38), as of the date which is nine (9) months prior to the Offering Space Inclusion Date.  For purposes of determining the fair market rent for the Offering Space,

 

111



 

the determination shall take into account all then relevant factors; and

 

(ii)           Effective as of the Offering Space Inclusion Date, for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Operating Payments and Tenant’s Tax Payments attributable to the Offering Space, (w) the Base Operating Year shall be the calendar year in which occurs the Offering Space Inclusion Date, (x) the Base Tax Amount shall be the Taxes, as finally determined, for the last complete Tax Year in which occurs the Offering Space Inclusion Date, (y) Tenant’s Share attributable to the Offering Space shall be deemed to be the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet included within the Offering Space in question, and the denominator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet included within the Building above the ground floor, based on Landlord’s then-current standards of measurement and (z) Tenant’s Tax Share attributable to the Offering Space shall be deemed to be the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet included within the Offering Space in question, and the denominator of which shall be the number of rentable square feet included within the Building, based on Landlord’s then-current standards of measurement.

 

With respect to clause (i) above, if and to the extent that any transaction used as a reference (or “comparable”) by the persons determining the fair market rent for the Offering Space provides for any payments, costs and concessions by the landlord thereunder that Landlord will not incur with respect to the Offering Space (including by way of example (but only to the extent applicable), brokerage commissions, takeover costs, construction costs, tenant construction allowances and rent abatements), such persons shall, in determining such fair market rent, adjust the Fixed Rent for the Offering Space downward to reflect that in connection with the leasing of the Offering Space the Landlord will incur no such payments, costs or concessions .   Similarly, if and to the extent that any transaction used as a reference (or “comparable”) by the persons determining the fair market rent for the Offering Space provides for any payments, rents, charges or other revenues to be paid to or received by the landlord thereunder that are not payable to or receivable by Landlord under this Lease (including by way of example, markups on electricity or overtime or supplemental services and any charges in connection with the performance of alterations and/or the review of plans and specifications therefor that are not chargeable by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease) such persons shall, in determining such fair market rent, adjust the Fixed Rent for the Offering Space to reflect that in connection with the leasing of the Offering Space the Landlord will not receive such payments, rents, charges or other revenues.

 

(b)           Such offer pursuant to this Article 38 shall be made by Landlord to Tenant in a written notice (herein called the “ Offer Notice ”), which offer shall designate the space being offered and the anticipated Offering Space Inclusion Date as reasonably

 

112



 

estimated by Landlord in good faith.  Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 38.08 below, Landlord shall not give Tenant an Offer Notice earlier than twenty-four (24) months prior to the anticipated Offering Space Inclusion Date or later than three (3) months prior to the anticipated Offering Space Inclusion Date.

 

38.02.     (a)           Tenant may accept the offer set forth in the Offer Notice by delivering to Landlord an unconditional acceptance in writing (herein called “ Tenant’s Acceptance Notice ”) of such offer within thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord of the Offer Notice to Tenant.  Such Offering Space covered by such Offer Notice shall be added to and included in the Premises on the later to occur of (i) the day that Tenant exercises its option as aforesaid, or (ii) the date such Offering Space shall become available for Tenant’s possession (herein called the “ Offering Space Inclusion Date ”).  Time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of Tenant’s Acceptance Notice.

 

(b)           If Tenant does not accept (or fails to timely accept) an offer made by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Article 38 with respect to any Offering Space, then Landlord shall be under no further obligation with respect to such Offering Space specified in the Offer Notice by reason of this Article 38, and Tenant shall have forever waived and relinquished its right to such Offering Space specified in the Offer Notice, and Landlord shall at any and all times thereafter be entitled to lease such Offering Space to others at such rental and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may desire whether such rental terms, provisions and conditions are the same as those offered to Tenant or more or less favorable, and Tenant shall, within five (5) days after Landlord’s request therefor, deliver an instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the aforesaid waiver, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make the provisions hereof effective.

 

38.03.     If any Offering Space shall not be available for Tenant’s occupancy on the anticipated Offering Space Inclusion Date set forth in the Offer Notice for any reason including, but not limited to, the holding over of the prior tenant, then Landlord and Tenant agree that the failure to have such Offering Space available for occupancy by Tenant shall in no way affect the validity of this Lease or the inclusion of such Offering Space in the Premises or the obligations of Landlord or Tenant hereunder, nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the term of this Lease, and for the purpose of this Article 38 the Offering Space Inclusion Date shall be postponed to and shall be the date such Offering Space is available for Tenant’s occupancy unleased and free of tenants or other occupants.  The provisions of this Section 38.03 are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law.  The above notwithstanding, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the applicable Offering Space to Tenant as soon as practicable following the expiration of any existing tenant’s lease, including commencing and diligently prosecuting, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense,  holdover proceedings against the existing holdover tenant therein (“ Offering Space Holdover Tenant ”) if the Offering Space Holdover Tenant fails to vacate the Offering Space within

 

113



 

60 days following the expiration date of its lease (the “ Offering Space Vacate Outside Date ”); provided that Landlord shall have no obligation to commence such holdover proceedings if Landlord and the Offering Space Holdover Tenant have entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Offering Space Holdover Tenant agrees to vacate the applicable Offering Space within 30 days following the Offering Space Vacate Outside Date (and does in fact vacate within said time period).  The above notwithstanding, if the Landlord fails to deliver possession of the applicable Offering Space in the condition required hereunder within nine (9) months after the anticipated Offering Space Inclusion Date, Tenant shall be entitled to revoke its exercise of its rights under this Article 38 with respect to such Offering Space by giving Landlord thirty (30) days prior notice (an “ Offering Space Revocation Notice ”); provided, however, if Landlord shall properly deliver the Offering Space to Tenant prior to the expiration of said 30-day period, such Offering Space Revocation Notice by Tenant shall be of no force and effect and the provisions of this Article 38 with respect to such Offering Space shall continue to apply as if Tenant never sent such Offering Space Revocation Notice.

 

38.04.     In the event that Tenant gives a Tenant’s Acceptance Notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 38.02(a) hereof, then at any time on or before the date occurring sixty (60) days after Tenant has received the Offer Notice, Tenant or Landlord may initiate the arbitration process provided for in Section 39.02 hereof, and such provisions shall apply to the determination of the fair market rent for the Offering Space, except to the extent that such provisions are clearly inapplicable.  In the event Tenant or Landlord initiates the aforesaid arbitration process and, as of the Offering Space Inclusion Date, the amount of the fair market rent for the Offering Space has not been determined, Tenant shall pay the amount determined by Landlord to be the fair market rent for the Offering Space and when the determination has actually been made, an appropriate retroactive adjustment shall be made as of the Offering Space Inclusion Date, if necessary.  In the event that such determination shall result in an overpayment by Tenant of any Fixed Rent, such overpayment shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant promptly after such determination (and if such determination shall result in an underpayment by Tenant of any Fixed Rent, Tenant shall pay any such amounts to Landlord promptly following such determination), in either instance, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate.

 

38.05.     Tenant agrees to accept any Offering Space in its condition and state of repair existing as of the Offering Space Inclusion Date and understands and agrees that Landlord shall not be required to perform any work (other than to deliver the Offering Space in broom-clean condition), supply any materials or incur any expense to prepare such space for Tenant’s occupancy.  Tenant shall prepare any Offering Space included in the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease including the provisions of Article 11 hereof, except that Tenant shall receive no work allowance with respect to any Offering Space.

 

114



 

38.06.     The termination of this Lease during the term of this Lease shall also terminate and render void all of Tenant’s options or elections under this Article 38 whether or not the same shall have been exercised; and nothing contained in this Article 38 shall prevent Landlord from exercising any right or action granted to or reserved by Landlord in this Lease to terminate this Lease.  None of Tenant’s options or elections set forth in this Article 38 may be severed from this Lease or separately sold, assigned or transferred.

 

38.07.     Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained in this Article 38, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that its right to lease any Offering Space pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Article 38 shall be subject and subordinate to (i) any rights granted by Landlord prior to the Effective Date with respect to all or any portion of the Offering Space as of the date hereof to any other tenant of the Building by way of option, right of first offer, right of first refusal or otherwise and (ii) any Existing Tenant’s election to extend the term of its lease (without regard to whether such tenant has any rights with respect to the Offering Space contained in its lease).  Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that to the best of Landlord’s knowledge (without independent investigation), the only tenants in the Building with rights superior to Tenant’s for such Offering Space pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence are the tenant under that certain lease between Landlord and The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., and only for the remaining term (as extended) of such lease.

 

38.08.     (a)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 38, if (i) the applicable lease with the Existing Tenant for the applicable Offering Space is renewed for a scheduled term extending beyond the Expiration Date of this Lease or (ii) an Offering Space Termination Event (as defined below) occurs with respect to any applicable Offering Space and Tenant does not send a Tenant’s Acceptance Notice for such Offering Space as detailed in Section 38.08(b) below, then with respect to the first such Offering Space for which an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) has occurred, then the fourteenth (14 th ) floor of the Building shall thereafter be substituted for such initial Offering Space for all purposes of this Article 38 (the “ 14 th  Floor O.S. Substitution ”).  Further, if a 14 th  Floor O.S. Substitution has occurred and such Offering Space comprising the 14 th  floor of the Building would otherwise be deemed available for leasing under this Article 38, same shall not be deemed to be available for leasing under this Article 38 if Landlord has entered into bona fide negotiations (evidenced by the exchange of term sheets or e-mails with a Tenant’s broker) with a third party for the applicable Offering Space (in addition to other space in the Building which when aggregated with the applicable Offering Space is equal to or greater than the rentable square footage of the Premises) (the “ O.S. Negotiations ”).  If Landlord has entered into the O.S. Negotiations, as aforesaid, then Landlord shall designate another full floor in the Building that is located in one of the two lower elevator banks in the Building (at such time) as a replacement Offering Space for such applicable Offering Space and same shall be substituted for such 14 th  floor Offering Space under this Article 38 for all purposes.

 

115



 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 38, Landlord shall have the right to accelerate the Offering Space Inclusion Date upon fifteen (15) days written notice in the case of an Offering Space Termination Event by sending Tenant an Offer Notice pursuant to Section 38.01(b) above and Tenant shall have the rights under Section 38.02 above, except that Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days to send a Tenant’s Acceptance Notice, time being of the essence with respect thereto.  As used herein, the term “ Offering Space Termination Event ” shall mean one or more of the following: (i) a default by the Existing Tenant of such Offering Space under the Existing Tenant’s lease (hereinafter called the “ Existing Lease ”) after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods provided for in the Existing Lease and the issuance of a notice of termination by Landlord to such tenant; (ii) a voluntary surrender or early termination of the Existing Lease; (iii) a rejection of the Existing Lease in bankruptcy or the filing of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding by or against the Existing Tenant or (iv) Landlord has entered into bona fide negotiations with a third party for any portion of the applicable Offering Space (whether to lease such Offering Space directly or to have such Offering Space be must-take space by such third party at a future date).  With respect to any Offering Space Termination Event affecting the first Offer Notice given by Landlord for any Offering Space hereunder, if Tenant does not send a Tenant’s Acceptance Notice in the time period set forth in this Section 38.08, then Landlord shall be free to lease such Offering Space pursuant to Section 38.02(b).

 

38.09.     Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that the rights contained in this Article 38 are for the sole benefit of the Named Tenant (or any Tenant’s Affiliates of the Named Tenant) and Landlord shall not be obligated to make any offer described in this Article 38 to any person or entity other than the Named Tenant (or any Tenant’s Affiliates of the Named Tenant), nor shall any person or entity other than the Named Tenant (or any Tenant’s Affiliates of the Named Tenant) (or Landlord or Landlord’s designee if Landlord or its designee shall receive an assignment of this Lease pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.07 hereof) be entitled to exercise any right granted by this Article 38.

 

ARTICLE 39

 

Extension Term

 

39.01.        (a)        Subject to the provisions of Section 39.04 hereof, Named Tenant (or any Tenant’s Affiliates of the Named Tenant) shall (X) have the right (herein called the “ First Extension Option ”) to extend the term of this Lease with respect to the entire Premises for an additional term of five (5) years commencing on the day (herein called the “ Commencement Date of the First Extension Term ”) immediately following the Expiration Date of the initial term of this Lease and ending on the day (herein called the “ Expiration Date of the First Extension Term ”) immediately preceding the five (5) year anniversary of the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term (such additional term is herein called the “ First Extension Term ”), and (Y) provided Tenant has timely

 

116



 

and property exercised the First Extension Option and at such time Tenant gives an Extension Notice for the Second Extension Term this Lease is still in full force and effect, have the right (herein called the “ Second Extension Option ”, and together with the First Extension Option herein called the “ Applicable Extension Option ”) to extend the term of this Lease with respect to (1) the entire Premises (or (2) a portion of the Premises consisting of contiguous full floors (i.e., all of the rentable area on a floor of the Building) of the Premises, commencing with the highest or lowest such contiguous floors, provided same shall consist of at least two (2) such contiguous full floors (and if Tenant fails to identify in the Extension Notice if Tenant is electing to renew for less than all of the entire Premises pursuant to this clause (2), then Tenant shall have elected to renew this Lease for the entire Premises), in either case for an additional term of five (5) years commencing on the day (herein called the “ Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term ”) immediately following the Expiration Date of the First Extension Term and ending on the day (herein called the “ Expiration Date of the Second Extension Term ”) immediately preceding the five (5) year anniversary of the Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term (such additional term is herein called the “ Second Extension Term ”; and together with the First Extension Term herein called the “ Applicable Extension Term ”), provided that, in both cases:

 

(i)            Tenant shall give Landlord notice (herein called the “ Extension Notice ”) of its election to extend the term of this Lease by no later than the date that is five hundred forty (540) days prior to the Expiration Date of the initial term of this Lease or the Expiration Date of the First Extension Term, as applicable;

 

(ii)           Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period either as of the time of the giving of the Extension Notice or the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable (provided, however, that the foregoing requirement may be waived by Landlord, in its sole discretion, at any time); and

 

(iii)          The Named Tenant (together with any Tenant’s Affiliates of the Named Tenant) shall, as of the time of the giving of the applicable Extension Notice and the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or the Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable, be in actual occupancy of not less than sixty-six (66%) percent of the rentable square foot area of the Premises, provided that such occupancy requirement may be waived by Landlord in its sole discretion.

 

(b)           (i)            The Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord during the Applicable Extension Term shall be an amount equal to 100% of the fair market rent for the renewed Premises that a willing third-party would be willing to pay for the renewed Premises on a renewal basis, subject to the provisions of Section 39.02 hereof.  The fair market rent for the renewed Premises shall be determined as of the date that is ninety (90)

 

117



 

days prior to the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable.  For the purposes of determining the fair market rent for the Applicable Extension Term pursuant to this Article 39, the determination shall take into account all then relevant factors.

 

(ii)           With respect to clause (i) above, if and to the extent that any transaction used as a reference (or “comparable”) by the persons determining the fair market rent for the renewed Premises provides for any payments, costs and concessions by the landlord thereunder that Landlord will not incur with respect to the renewed Premises (including by way of example (but only to the extent applicable), brokerage commissions, takeover costs, construction costs, tenant construction allowances and rent abatements), such persons shall, in determining such fair market rent, adjust the Fixed Rent for the renewed Premises downward to reflect that in connection with the extension of the term hereof for the renewed Premises the Landlord will incur no such payments, costs or concessions .   Similarly, if and to the extent that any transaction used as a reference (or “comparable”) by the persons determining the fair market rent for the renewed Premises provides for any payments, rents, charges or other revenues to be paid to or received by the landlord thereunder that are not payable to or receivable by Landlord under this Lease (including by way of example, markups on electricity or overtime or supplemental services and any charges in connection with the performance of alterations and/or the review of plans and specifications therefor that are not chargeable by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease) such persons shall, in determining such fair market rent, adjust the Fixed Rent for the renewed Premises to reflect that in connection with the extension of the term hereof for the renewed Premises the Landlord will not receive such payments, rents, charges or other revenues.

 

(c)           Effective as of the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term and the Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable, (1) the Base Operating Year shall be re-set to be the calendar year which is the latest to occur of (x) the calendar year of the year in which Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable, occurs or (y) the calendar year immediately following the final comparative Tax Year relative to the initial Base Tax Amount, and the Base Tax Amount shall be re-set to be the Taxes, as finally determined, for the last complete Tax Year ending during the fiscal tax year in which occurs the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable, and (2) the Base Operating Amount shall be the Operating Expenses for the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year in which occurs the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable.

 

39.02.     (a)           In the event that Tenant gives the applicable Extension Notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 39.01 hereof (or gives a Tenant’s Acceptance Notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 38.02 above), Landlord and Tenant shall, no later than sixty (60) days following the giving of such Extension Notice or

 

118



 

Tenant’s Acceptance Notice, as applicable, schedule a time to meet and discuss (verbally) each party’s initial determination of fair market rent for the renewed Premises for the Applicable Extension Term (or the applicable Offering Space, as applicable).  Any such verbal discussions amongst Landlord and Tenant shall be made in good faith, but shall in no event be binding upon or usable as evidence by either party in connection with any arbitration initiated hereunder.  If, after sixty (60) days of such verbal discussions, Landlord and Tenant cannot reach agreement on the fair market rent for the renewed Premises with respect to the Applicable Extension Term (or the Fixed Rent for the applicable Offering Space, as applicable), either Landlord or Tenant may initiate the arbitration process provided for herein by giving notice to that effect to the other party, and such initiating party shall specify the name and address of the person designated to act as an arbitrator on its behalf.  Within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the designation of such initiating party’s arbitrator, the non-initiating party shall give notice to the initiating party specifying the name and address of the person designated to act as an arbitrator on its behalf.  Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s arbitrator, or Tenant nor Tenant’s arbitrator, shall be bound by nor shall any reference be made to the verbal discussions previously held by Landlord and Tenant.  If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of the appointment of its arbitrator within the time above specified, then Tenant shall provide an additional notice to Landlord requiring Landlord’s appointment of an arbitrator within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s receipt thereof.  If the non-initiating party fails to notify the initiating party of the appointment of its arbitrator within the time specified by the second notice, the appointment of the second arbitrator shall be made in the same manner as hereinafter provided for the appointment of a third arbitrator in a case where the two arbitrators appointed hereunder and the parties are unable to agree upon such appointment.  The two arbitrators so chosen shall meet within ten (10) days after the second arbitrator is appointed, and shall exchange sealed envelopes each containing such arbitrator’s written determination of the fair market rent for the renewed Premises during the Applicable Extension Term (or their determination of the Fixed Rent for the applicable Offering Space, as applicable).  The fair market rent specified by Landlord’s arbitrator shall herein be called “ Landlord’s Submitted Value ” and the fair market rent specified by Tenant’s arbitrator shall herein be called “ Tenant’s Submitted Value ”.  Copies of such written determinations shall promptly be sent to both Landlord and Tenant.  If the higher determination of fair market rent is not more than one hundred three percent (103%) of the lower determination of the fair market rent, then the Fixed Rent for the Applicable Extension Term (or the Fixed Rent for the applicable Offering Space, as applicable) shall be deemed to be the average of the two determinations.  If, however, the higher determination is more than one hundred three percent (103%) of the lower determination, then within ten (10) Business Days of the date the arbitrators submitted their respective fair market rent determinations, the two arbitrators shall together appoint a third arbitrator (which third arbitrator shall have at least 10 years’ relevant experience as a commercial real estate broker leasing office space in first-class downtown Manhattan office buildings.  In the event of their being unable to agree upon such appointment within said ten (10) Business Day period, the third arbitrator shall be selected by the parties themselves if they can agree thereon within a further period of ten

 

119



 

(10) Business Days.  If the parties do not so agree, then either party, on behalf of both and on notice to the other, may request such appointment by the AAA (or any successor organization thereto) in accordance with its rules then prevailing or if the AAA (or such successor organization) shall fail to appoint said third arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after such request is made, then either party may apply, on notice to the other, to the Supreme Court, New York County, New York (or any other court having jurisdiction and exercising functions similar to those now exercised by said Court) for the appointment of such third arbitrator meeting the requirements set forth above.  Within five (5) days after the appointment of such third arbitrator, Landlord’s arbitrator shall submit Landlord’s Submitted Value to such third arbitrator and Tenant’s arbitrator shall submit Tenant’s Submitted Value to such third arbitrator.  Each of Landlord’s or Tenant’s arbitrator’s shall be entitled to consult with Landlord or Tenant, respectively.  Each arbitrator’s submissions may include analysis, charts, computations and explanations as they deem reasonably necessary.  Such third arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days after the end of such five (5) day period, select either Landlord’s Submitted Value or Tenant’s Submitted Value as the fair market rent based on the criteria set forth in this Article 39 (or Article 38, as applicable), and send copies of its determination promptly to both Landlord and Tenant specifying whether Landlord’s Submitted Value or Tenant’s Submitted Value was chosen and such determination by such arbitrator shall conclusively be deemed to be the Fixed Rent for the Premises during the Applicable Extension Term (or the Fixed Rent for the applicable Offering Space, as applicable).

 

(b)           Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the one of the two original arbitrators appointed by or for such party, and the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator and all other expenses (not including the attorneys’ fees, witness fees and similar expenses of the parties which shall be borne separately by each of the parties) of the arbitration shall be borne by the parties equally.

 

(c)           Each of the arbitrators selected as herein provided shall have at least ten (10) years experience in the leasing and renting of office space in first-class office buildings in New York County.

 

(d)           In the event Landlord or Tenant initiates the aforesaid arbitration process and as of the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or the Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable, the amount of the fair market rent has not been determined, Tenant shall pay the amount determined by Landlord to be the fair market rent for the renewed Premises and when the determination has actually been made, an appropriate retroactive adjustment shall be made as of the Commencement Date of the First Extension Term or Commencement Date of the Second Extension Term, as applicable and if necessary.  In the event that such determination shall result in an overpayment by Tenant of any Fixed Rent, such overpayment shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination has been made (and if such determination shall result in an underpayment by Tenant of any Fixed

 

120


 

Rent, Tenant shall pay any such amounts to Landlord within thirty (30) days following such determination).

 

39.03.     Except as provided in Section 39.01 hereof, and unless the context shall otherwise require, Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the Applicable Extension Term shall be on the same terms and conditions as are in effect immediately prior to the expiration of the initial term of this Lease, provided, however, (i) Tenant shall have no further right to extend the term of this Lease pursuant to this Article 39 (except with respect to the Second Extension Option), (ii) Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of Fixed Rent or Additional Charges or any work contribution or allowance, and (iii) the Fixed Rent, Operating Payments and Tax Payments during the Extension Term shall be determined as provided in subsections 39.01(b) and (c) hereof.

 

39.04.     If Tenant does not timely send the applicable Extension Notice pursuant to the provisions of Section 39.01 hereof, this Article 39 shall have no force or effect and shall be deemed deleted from this Lease.  Time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of the applicable Extension Notice.  The termination of this Lease during the initial term hereof shall also terminate and render void any option or right on Tenant’s part to extend the term of this Lease pursuant to this Article 39 whether or not such option or right shall have theretofore been exercised; provided, however, if Tenant shall have exercised any option prior to a termination by reason of Tenant’s default hereunder, then damages shall be calculated pursuant to Article 24 hereof as if said options were validly effectuated.  None of Tenant’s options or elections set forth in this Article 39 may be severed from this Lease or separately sold, assigned or transferred.

 

39.05.     If Tenant exercises its right to extend the term of this Lease for the Extension Term pursuant to this Article 39, the phrases “the term of this Lease” or the “term hereof” as used in this Lease, shall be construed to include the Applicable Extension Term, and the Expiration Date shall be construed to be the date of the expiration of the Applicable Extension Term.

 

39.06.     If this Lease is renewed for the Applicable Extension Term, then Landlord or Tenant may request the other party hereto to execute, acknowledge and deliver, and the other party shall so execute, acknowledge and deliver, an instrument in form for recording setting forth the exercise of Tenant’s right to extend the term of this Lease and the last day of the Extension Term.

 

39.07.     Notwithstanding any language to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that the rights contained in this Article 39 are for the sole benefit of the Named Tenant (and any Tenant’s Affiliates of the Named Tenant) and no person or entity other than the Named Tenant (and any Tenant’s Affiliates of the Named Tenant) (and Landlord or Landlord’s designee if Landlord or its designee shall receive an assignment of this Lease pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.07 hereof) shall be entitled to exercise any right granted by this Article 39.

 

121



 

ARTICLE 40

 

Generator; Chiller Unit

 

40.01.        Tenant shall have the one-time right, which Tenant may elect by written notice (herein called a “ Generator Election Notice ”) given to Landlord at any time during the term of this Lease to connect certain of Tenant’s systems, not to exceed 500 kilowatts in the aggregate (which number of kilowatts shall be designated by Tenant in the Generator Election Notice and herein called “ Tenant’s Maximum Load ”), to Landlord’s back-up generator (herein called the “ Back-Up Generator System ”); provided, at the time Tenant provides the Generator Election Notice Landlord shall have such capacity available for Tenant’s use or same has not been designated to another tenant for such tenant’s use (it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall ensure such capacity remains available for Tenant’s use through the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Commencement Date).  Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to the adequacy or suitability of the Back-Up generator System for Tenant’s purposes, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability of any nature whatsoever to Tenant if the Back-Up Generator System fails to provide emergency power to Tenant as and when required by Tenant, or otherwise causes damage to Tenant’s systems.  Tenant shall not permit the aggregate load of Tenant’s systems connected to the Back-Up Generator System to exceed Tenant’s Maximum Load at any time.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Charges, from and after the date upon which any of Tenant’s systems are first connected to the Back-Up Generator System (or such earlier date that is 30 days after the giving of a Generator Election Notice by Tenant) and thereafter throughout the term of this Lease: (i) $500.00 per annum multiplied by Tenant’s Maximum Load (which amount shall be increased every twelve (12) months during the term of this Lease, starting with the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which Tenant is first required to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof, by the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index that shall have accumulated during the preceding twelve (12) month period) and (ii) within thirty (30) days of receipt of a bill therefore from time-to-time, Tenant’s proportionate share of the costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance, repair of, replacement of (if necessary) and fuel costs, taxes and fees for, the Back-Up Generator System, which proportionate share shall be computed from time-to-time as a fraction, the numerator of which is Tenant’s Maximum Load and the denominator of which is the total number of kilowatts then connected to the Back-Up Generator System.  Tenant shall have the right, upon notice to Landlord, to discontinue, at any time during the term of this Lease, Tenant’s use of and connection to the Back-Up Generator System, in which case Tenant shall disconnect same at Tenant’s cost and expense and pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

 

40.02.        (a)        Tenant shall have the right, in connection with the performance of the Tenant’s Work, to install, and thereafter at any time during the term of this Lease to maintain, operate and replace (it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this

 

122



 

Section 40.02 with respect to the initial installation shall apply to any such replacement): (i) a diesel generator (herein called the “ Diesel Generator ”) in the portion of the Building designated on Exhibit H in the loading dock level of the Building (herein called the “ Back-Up Power System Area ”), which Generator Area shall be for Tenant’s exclusive use; (ii) a fuel storage tank and associated equipment, including piping and filling valves (herein called the “ Storage Tank ”); (iii) a fuel pumping system (herein called the “ Pumping System ”) in (the Diesel Generator, the Storage Tank and the Pumping System are sometimes herein collectively called the “ Back-Up Power System ”) and (iv) a chiller unit and all related equipment thereto (including, without limitation, any pumps) to service Tenant’s supplemental air-conditioning requirements in the Premises in a capacity detailed on Exhibit H annexed hereto in the Back-Up Power System Area (collectively, the “ Chiller Unit ”); provided that in connection with such installation of the Back-Up Power System and/or Chiller Unit (and in the event that Tenant makes such installation) Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that:

 

(i)            such installation shall be performed in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements and with all of the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 11 hereof and shall not cause structural damage to the Building;

 

(ii)           subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13.05 above, Tenant shall promptly repair any damage caused to the Back-Up Power System Area by reason of such installation, including, without limitation, any repairs, restoration, maintenance, renewal or replacement thereof necessitated by or in any way caused by or relating to such installations except to the extent such damage has resulted from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees;

 

(iii)          Tenant shall not install the Back-Up Power System or Chiller Unit in the Back-Up Power System Area without Landlord’s prior approval of the manner, plans and specifications of such installation, which approval Landlord shall grant or withhold in accordance with Article 11 hereof;

 

(iv)          such installation shall not adversely affect the insurance coverage for the Building or to the extent that such installation shall result in an increase in the amount of the premiums for such coverage, then Tenant shall be liable for such increase to such extent as Additional Charges hereunder (it being understood and agreed that, so long as Tenant complies with the terms and conditions of this Article 40 with respect thereto, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that, as of the date hereof, the Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit shall have no such adverse affect on such insurance coverage);

 

(v)           Tenant shall obtain and maintain such insurance coverage with respect to the Back-Up Power System and the Chiller Unit for the benefit of Landlord and its managing agent in such amount and of such type as Landlord may

 

123



 

reasonably require from time to time; provided that such insurance shall not be in amounts that are in excess of the amounts generally required by landlords of buildings comparable to the Building in lower Manhattan; and

 

(vi)          Tenant shall pay as and when due, and shall be solely responsible for, any and all taxes, fees, license charges or other amounts imposed upon Tenant, Landlord or the Building in connection with the Back-Up Power System and/or the Chiller Unit.

 

(b)           Tenant, its contractors, agents or employees shall have access to that portion or portions of the Back-Up Power System Area located outside of the Premises in order to install, maintain, use, operate and replace the Back-Up Power System and/or the Chiller Unit, upon reasonable advance notice to Landlord and upon the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)            Any damage to the Building (subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13.05 above) or to the personal property of Landlord or other tenants of the Building arising as a result of such access shall be repaired and restored, at Tenant’s sole cost, to the condition existing prior to such access except to the extent such damage is the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees (subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13.05 above); and

 

(ii)           Landlord shall have the right to assign a Building representative to be present during the duration of Tenant’s access to such portion or portions of the Back-Up Power System Area located outside of the Premises and Tenant shall pay the amount of Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs therefor as Additional Charges.

 

(c)           Tenant shall at all times maintain the Back-Up Power System and/or the Chiller Unit in good order and repair, and Tenant shall maintain and keep in effect at Tenant’s cost during the term of this Lease a maintenance contract therefor.

 

(d)           Landlord shall provide Tenant access in the service level of the Building to 100 amps/480 V of electrical power for use in the Generator Area by Tenant at the location in the loading dock level of the Building where such power currently is provided; it being understood and agreed that Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to bring such power to and distribute same in the Generator Area (though Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable access to the location where such amps are located in order for Tenant to perform such distribution).  Tenant shall install a submeter, in a location designated by Landlord, that will measure Tenant’s usage of such electrical power and Tenant shall pay for such electrical power in accordance with the provisions of Article 14 hereof.  Tenant’s use of said electrical power shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of Article 14 hereof, except that

 

124



 

Tenant is solely responsible to install, maintain and repair the submeter measuring Tenant’s usage in such service level.

 

(e)           In connection with Tenant’s use of the Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit, Landlord shall make available to Tenant, subject to the terms of Article 8 hereof and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, the risers shown on Exhibit J annexed hereto in order for Tenant to run conduit between the Premises and the level of the Building on which the Back-Up Power System and Chiller Unit are located.

 

ARTICLE 41

 

Antenna

 

41.01.        Landlord agrees that, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements and further subject to the conditions and limitations hereinafter stipulated, Tenant shall have the right, during the term of this Lease, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install on a portion of the rooftop of the Building and to thereafter maintain, repair, and operate a one (1) communications antenna or microwave dish not to exceed 24” in diameter (herein called, together with related support structures, wires, cables and other equipment, the “ Antenna ”) as an incident to the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises, provided and on condition that:

 

(a)           as of the date that Tenant submits Tenant’s plans and specifications for the Antenna, Landlord shall have available for use by Tenant sufficient space on the roof of the Building, in Landlord’s sole reasonable judgment (taking into account then-current and future anticipated needs), for Tenant’s Antenna;

 

(b)           Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, shall designate the portion of the rooftop for such installation (herein called the “ Antenna Space ”), and from and after the date that Landlord makes the Antenna Space available to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Charges, Landlord’s then customary monthly rent for the use of the Antenna Space (on a pro rata basis, based on the number of rentable square feet contained in the Antenna Space);

 

(c)           the size and dimensions of the Antenna, including any reasonably required support structures, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

 

(d)           no such equipment shall extend higher than the parapet of the roof of the Building;

 

(e)           the installation and position of such Antenna, including any reasonably required support structures, shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and any or all rules, regulations, orders and other requirements of the New

 

125



 

York Board of Underwriters and/or the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization and/or any other similar body performing the same or similar functions and having jurisdiction or cognizance over the Building and/or the Antenna Space, whether now or hereafter in force (herein collectively called the “ Antenna Legal Requirements ”);

 

(f)            the installation of any electrical or communications lines (“ Wiring ”) and related equipment in connection with the installation and operation of the Antenna, as well as the manner and location (i.e., routing) of all Wiring and related equipment in connection therewith shall (A) be at Tenant’ s sole cost and expense, (B) be subject to Landlord’s prior consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, (C) comply with the Antenna Legal Requirements and (d) be performed in accordance with all applicable terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including the provisions of Article 11 hereof;

 

(g)           the Antenna, including all support structures, Wiring and related equipment, shall be maintained and kept in repair by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; and

 

(h)           Tenant shall not install the Antenna without Landlord’s prior approval of (i) all plans and specifications for the work and installations to be performed by Tenant pursuant to this Article 41, and (ii) the manner of installation thereof, which approval shall not to be unreasonably withheld.  Such work and installations shall be further subject to inspection and reasonable supervision by Landlord.

 

The parties acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s use of the rooftop of the Building is a nonexclusive use and that Landlord has permitted and may permit, in the future, the use of other portions of the roof by any other persons, firms or corporations for such use as Landlord may determine in its sole discretion, including the installation of other antennas and support equipment.

 

41.02.        For the purpose of installing, servicing or repairing the Antenna and related equipment, Tenant shall have access to the rooftop of the Building upon prior reasonable request of Landlord.  All access by Tenant to the rooftop of the Building shall be subject to the reasonable supervision and control of Landlord and to Landlord’s reasonable safeguards for the security and protection of the Building, the Building equipment and installations and equipment of other tenants and occupants of the Building as may be located on the roof of the Building.  Landlord shall have the right to assign a Building representative to be present during the duration of Tenant’s access to the roof and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of Landlord’s commercially reasonable charges therefor as Additional Charges hereunder.

 

41.03.        Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly and faithfully obey, observe and comply with all laws, ordinances, regulations, requirements and rules of all duly constituted public authorities in any manner affecting or relating to Tenant’s use of said roof as to the installation, repair, maintenance and operation of the Antenna,

 

126



 

including any support structures and related equipment erected or installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 41.  Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall secure and thereafter maintain all permits and licenses required for the installation, operation, maintenance or replacement of the Antenna, including any support structures and related equipment erected or installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 41, including, without limitation, any approval, license or permit required from the Federal Communications Commission.  In no event shall the maximum level of microwave emissions from the Antenna exceed an amount equal to Tenant’s proportionate share, as reasonably determined by Landlord, of the total microwave emissions allowable for the Building as determined by the governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof.

 

41.04.        Tenant shall pay for all electrical service required for Tenant’s use of the Antenna and related equipment erected or installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 41 in accordance with Article 14 hereof; provided, however, Landlord shall provide, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a reasonable amount of electricity in order for Tenant to operate the Antenna in a location reasonably designated by Landlord.

 

41.05.        The Antenna, including any support structures and related equipment installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 41, shall be Tenant’s Property, and, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease, shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to the extent required pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.01 hereof.  All wiring and related electrical equipment installed by Tenant in connection with the installation and operation of the Antenna shall be Tenant’s Property.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease, if Landlord so directs by written notice to Tenant, Tenant shall promptly remove such Wiring and electrical equipment as designated in such notice, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly repair any and all damage to the rooftop of the Building and to any other part of the Building caused by or resulting from the installation, maintenance and repair, operation or removal of the Antenna, including any support structures, Wiring and related equipment erected or installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 41, and restore said affected areas to their condition as existed prior to the installation thereof.

 

41.06.        Tenant agrees to accept the Antenna Space in its “as is” condition and agrees that Landlord shall be under no obligation to perform any work or incur any expense in connection with the installation, operation or maintenance of the Antenna, including all support structures, Wiring, cabling and related electrical and other equipment, and/or in connection with Tenant’s use of the Antenna Space.  Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be required to provide any services whatsoever to the Antenna Space or to the rooftop of the Building.

 

41.07.        Tenant covenants and agrees that all installations made by Tenant on the rooftop of the Building or in any other part of the Building pursuant to the provisions of

 

127



 

this Article 41 shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents or employees shall be liable for any damage or injury thereto caused in any manner, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees.  If the Antenna is installed, Tenant shall obtain and thereafter maintain during the term of this Lease liability insurance coverage for the benefit of Landlord and its managing agent, as designated by Landlord, in such amount and of such type as Landlord may require.  If any installations referred to in this Article 41 should revoke, negate or in any manner impair or limit any roof warranty or guaranty obtained by Landlord, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any loss or damage sustained or costs or expenses incurred by Landlord as a result thereof.

 

41.08.        Tenant will, and does hereby, indemnify and save harmless Landlord and its managing agent (and Landlord’s mortgagee, if any) from and against:  (i) any and all claims, reasonable counsel fees, demands, damages, expenses or losses by reason of any liens, orders, claims or charges resulting from any work done, or materials or supplies furnished, in connection with the fabrication, erection, installation, maintenance and operation of the Antenna, including any support structures, Wiring and any related equipment installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 41; and (ii) any and all claims, costs, demands, expenses, fees or suits arising out of accidents, damage, injury or loss to any and all persons and property, or either, whomsoever or whatsoever resulting from or arising in connection with the erection, installation, maintenance and operation and repair of the Antenna, including any support structures, wiring and related equipment installed by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 41, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees (subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13.05 above).

 

41.09.        Tenant covenants and agrees that the Antenna, including any support structures, Wiring and related electrical equipment to be installed by Tenant, shall not interfere with or adversely affect any of Landlord’s equipment, installations, lines or machinery, or the use, repair, maintenance or removal thereof that are then-existing on the roof of the Building.  Tenant shall cooperate reasonably with any other then-existing tenant or person (herein called a “ Roof User ”) having equipment, installations, lines or machinery on the roof of the Building (herein called “ Rooftop Installations ”) so as not to cause (or to eliminate) any interference or adverse effect caused to such Rooftop Installations or the use, repair, maintenance or removal thereof by the Antenna.

 

41.10.        Tenant acknowledges being advised by Landlord that Landlord has granted, and shall be granting, to third parties, various rights and licenses to utilize various portions of the Building and rooftop thereof for the installation of microwave dishes, satellite communications equipment, whip antennae and other communications equipment and related equipment (all of the foregoing are herein collectively referred to as “ Other Communications Equipment ”) and that, inasmuch as Landlord’s ability to facilitate the installation and operation of such Other Communications Equipment will be of paramount importance to Landlord, Landlord shall have the right (provided that the

 

128



 

operation of Tenant’s Rooftop Installations shall not be adversely affected), at any time and from time to time during the term of this Lease, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, to relocate the Antenna to other areas of the Building and rooftop thereof as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine so as to accommodate such Other Communications Equipment on the roof of the Building and so as to eliminate, or not to create, problems of interference with respect to or between Other Communications Equipment now, or in the future, installed on the roof or other areas of the Building.  Such relocation shall, to the extent practicable, be performed during hours other than Tenant’s regular business hours so as to minimize any disruption of Tenant’s normal business activities and except for such downtime such relocation shall not prevent Tenant from using its Antenna for its original intended purpose, without any material decrease in the quality of communications or material increase in the cost of operating, maintaining, repairing and removing the Antenna.  Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to effectuate the relocation of Tenant’s Antenna, including any support structures and related equipment as shall be required by Landlord.  All costs involved in such relocation shall be borne by Landlord and such relocation shall be performed by Landlord in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements.

 

41.11.        Tenant shall not be permitted to assign or transfer all or any portion of the rights granted to Tenant pursuant to this Article 41 or to permit all or any portion of the Antenna Space to be used or occupied by any person or entity other than Tenant, unless Tenant assigns this Lease to the party to whom such rights are assigned or transferred pursuant to Article 7 hereof or unless Tenant subleases all or substantially all of the Premises pursuant to Article 7 hereof, in which case such subtenant shall have the rights of Tenant hereunder for so long as such sublease shall be in full force and effect.

 

41.12.        If Tenant shall default in fulfilling any of its monetary covenants or obligations under this Article 41 and such default shall continue for ten (10) days after written notice thereof has been given to Tenant, or if Tenant shall default in fulfilling any of its non monetary covenants or obligations under this Article 41 and such default shall continue and not be remedied within thirty (30) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying the same, then, in any of said cases Landlord, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to Landlord, during the continuance of such default, may give to Tenant not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice of intention to terminate the permission granted by this Article 41, whereupon such permission shall terminate on the date set forth in said notice.

 

ARTICLE 42

 

Tenant’s Self-Help Rights

 

42.01  If Tenant believes that Landlord has failed to timely perform any obligation of Landlord pursuant to Article 13 hereof in accordance with the applicable

 

129



 

provisions of such Article and same adversely affects Tenant’s use of the Premises (herein called a “ Self Help Item ”), Tenant may give Landlord a notice (herein called a “ Self Help Notice ”) of Tenant’s intention to perform such Self Help Item on Landlord’s behalf.  If Landlord fails within ten (10) Business Days (or, in the case of an emergency, within a reasonable period of time after its receipt of notice from Tenant, taking into account the nature and extent of such emergency and if Tenant has previously notified Landlord in writing of such failure to perform any such repairs and/or maintenance, then within five (5) Business Days) after its receipt of such Self Help Notice to either (i) commence (and thereafter continue to diligently perform) the cure of such Self Help Item or (ii) give a notice to Tenant (herein called a “ Landlord’s Self Help Dispute Notice ”) disputing Tenant’s right to perform the cure of such Self Help Item pursuant to the terms of this Article 41 (except in the case of an emergency or if the work required to cure the Self Help Item would affect only the Premises and, in Tenant’s reasonable judgment, does not constitute a Material Alteration, in which case Tenant may elect to proceed at its own risk and indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liabilities incurred by Landlord as a result thereof), Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to commence and thereafter prosecute the cure of such Self Help Item in accordance with the provisions of this Article 42 at any time thereafter, provided that Tenant commences to cure such Self Help Item prior to the date on which Landlord either (x) notifies Tenant that it intends to immediately commence to cure such Self Help Item and promptly commences such cure or (y) gives to Tenant a Landlord’s Self Help Dispute Notice (except in the case of an emergency or if the work required to cure the Self Help Item would affect only the Premises and does not constitute a Material Alteration, in which case Tenant may elect to proceed at its own risk and indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liabilities incurred by Landlord as a result thereof).  The extent of the work performed by Tenant in curing any such Self-Help Item shall not exceed the work that is reasonably necessary to effectuate such remedy and the cost of such work shall be reasonably prudent under the circumstances.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not (except in the case of an emergency or if the work required to cure the Self Help Item would affect only the Premises and not constitute a Material Alteration, in which case Tenant may elect to proceed at its own risk and indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liabilities incurred by Landlord as a result thereof) be entitled to cure any Self-Help Item if (x) such cure requires access to the premises of other tenants or occupants of the Building unless Tenant shall have first obtained the prior written consent of any such tenant or occupant, or (y) the performance of such cure would affect Building systems outside the Premises that service tenants other than Tenant or in addition to Tenant or would impair or disrupt services to the tenants of the Building, except to a de minimis extent, unless Tenant shall have first obtained the prior written consent of such other tenants of the Building or (z) such cure would affect the structure of the Premises and/or the Building and/or the exterior (including the appearance) of the Building.

 

42.02.        Subject to the foregoing provisions hereof regarding Tenant’s right to proceed at its own risk in cases of emergency or if the work required to cure the Self Help

 

130


 

Item would affect only the Premises and, in Tenant’s reasonable judgment, does not constitute a Material Alteration, if either (i) within such ten (10) business day period or at any time thereafter prior to the date on which Tenant commences to cure such Self Help Item, Landlord gives a Landlord’s Self Help Dispute Notice, or (ii) Tenant disputes whether Landlord has commenced to cure or is diligently proceeding with the cure of such Self Help Item, Tenant may commence an arbitration by the American Arbitration Association pursuant to its Guidelines for Expedited Arbitration (herein called a “ Self Help Arbitration ”).  Such arbitration shall make a determination as to either (i) whether Landlord has failed to commence or has been and is then continuing to fail to diligently prosecute the Self Help Item in question or (ii) whether Tenant has the right pursuant to the terms of this Article 42 to cure such Self Help Item.  If Tenant shall prevail in such arbitration, Tenant may perform the cure of such Self Help Item.  In addition, Landlord shall have the right to initiate a Self Help Arbitration if (i) Landlord disputes the existence or nature or scope or appropriate manner of correction of a Self Help Item (regardless of whether Tenant has elected to proceed at its own risk in the case of an emergency or if the work required to cure the Self Help Item would affect only the Premises and same does not constitute a Material Alteration) or (ii) Landlord disputes the Self Help Amount (as such term is defined in Section 42.03 below).   In connection with such arbitration under this Section 42.02, the non-prevailing party shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees and expenses actually incurred by the prevailing party.

 

42.03      Upon completion of any Self Help Item by Tenant as provided herein, Tenant shall give notice thereof (herein called a “ Self Help Item Completion Notice ”) to Landlord, together with a copy of paid invoices setting forth the costs and expenses incurred by Tenant to complete such Self Help Item (herein called the “ Self Help Amount ”).  Landlord shall reimburse Tenant in the amount of such reasonable costs and expenses within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s Self Help Item Completion Notice, unless Landlord disputes same in accordance with the terms hereof.   If Landlord fails to make such payment (unless Landlord is disputing same in accordance with the terms hereof) within thirty (30) days of receipt Tenant’s Self Help Item Completion Notice, Tenant shall the right to have such unpaid Self Help Amount be credited against the next installment(s) of Fixed Rent thereafter becoming due under this Lease, provided Tenant first gives at least fifteen (15) days notice to Landlord.  Within such 30-day or 15-day period Landlord may dispute Tenant’s right to such credit by providing written notice thereof to Tenant. If Landlord fails to dispute Tenant’s right to such credit within the 30-day or 15-day period described above, time being of the essence, Tenant shall be entitled to take such credit against the next installment(s) of Fixed Rent thereafter becoming due under this Lease, which credit shall be with interest thereon at the Interest Rate accruing from the last day Landlord was permitted to make such payment, as aforesaid, until the day such credit is taken.

 

42.04      Any Self Help Items performed by Tenant shall constitute Alterations and shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including, without

 

131



 

limitation, the provisions of Article 8 and Article 11 hereof.  Landlord, at no out of pocket cost to Landlord (except to the extent that such cost may be included in the Self Help Amount), shall provide Tenant with all reasonable cooperation required by Tenant in connection with the performance by Tenant of Self Help Items including, without limitation, providing Tenant with copies of applicable plans and specifications and/or other relevant documentation in Landlord’s possession.

 

42.05      Nothing in this Article 42 shall prevent Tenant from claiming that it is entitled to an abatement of Fixed Rent pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 35.04(b) above, whether or not Landlord is seeking to perform or deliver the services, or is disputing the need therefor or Tenant itself is performing the work pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Article 42 (provided Tenant diligently and continuously performs such work).

 

[Signature page follows]

 

132



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BROOKFIELD PROPERTIES OLP CO. LLC ,

 

Landlord

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul L. Schulman

 

 

Name: Paul L. Schulman

 

 

Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. ,

 

Tenant

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bob Gasser

 

 

Name: Bob Gasser

 

 

Title: CEO

 

 

 

Tenant’s Federal Identification Number: 95-2848406

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

Name
  Jurisdiction of
Incorporation/Organization

ITG Inc. 

  Delaware

AlterNet Securities, Inc. 

  Delaware

Hoenig Group Inc. 

  Delaware

ITG Capital, Inc. 

  Delaware

ITG Software Solutions, Inc. 

  Delaware

ITG Global Trading Incorporated

  Delaware

ITG Solutions Network, Inc. 

  Delaware

ITG Analytics, Inc. 

  Delaware

ITG Investment Research, Inc. 

  Delaware

The Macgregor Group, Inc. 

  Delaware

Blackwatch Brokerage Inc. 

  Delaware

ITG Derivatives LLC

  Illinois

Investment Technology Group International Limited

  Ireland

ITG Ventures Limited

  Ireland

Investment Technology Group Limited

  Ireland

Investment Technology Group Europe Limited

  Ireland

ITG Investment Technology Group (Israel) Ltd. 

  Israel

ITG Australia Limited

  Australia

ITG Canada Corp. 

  Nova Scotia

TriAct Canada Marketplace LP

  Ontario

ITG Hong Kong Limited

  Hong Kong

Hoenig (Far East) Limited

  Hong Kong

Note: Certain subsidiaries were omitted from this list in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(21)(ii).




QuickLinks


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors
Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-78309, No. 333-42725, No. 333-50804, No. 333-89290, No. 333-99087, No. 333-26309, No. 333-159271, No. 333-156634, No. 333-166855, No. 333-170116 and No. 333-175017) on Form S-8 of Investment Technology Group, Inc. of our reports dated February 28, 2012, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial condition of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which reports appear in the December 31, 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc.

/S/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York
February 28, 2012




Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Robert C. Gasser, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2012        

 

 

 

 

/s/ ROBERT C. GASSER

Robert C. Gasser
Chief Executive Officer



Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Steven R. Vigliotti, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2012        

 

 

 

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Steven R. Vigliotti
Chief Financial Officer



Exhibit 32.1

Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(18 U.S.C., Section 1350)

        In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the SEC on the date hereof (the "Report"), Robert C. Gasser, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Steven R. Vigliotti, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, that to his knowledge:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); and

(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


/s/ ROBERT C. GASSER

Robert C. Gasser
Chief Executive Officer
February 28, 2012

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Steven R. Vigliotti
Chief Financial Officer
February 28, 2012

        The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.